diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'D139696.diff')
| -rw-r--r-- | D139696.diff | 13808 |
1 files changed, 13808 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/D139696.diff b/D139696.diff new file mode 100644 index 0000000..432a9c6 --- /dev/null +++ b/D139696.diff @@ -0,0 +1,13808 @@ +diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/COPYING.LGPLv2.1 b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/COPYING.LGPLv2.1 +new file mode 100644 +--- /dev/null ++++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/COPYING.LGPLv2.1 +@@ -0,0 +1,504 @@ ++ GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE ++ Version 2.1, February 1999 ++ ++ Copyright (C) 1991, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc. ++ 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA ++ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies ++ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. ++ ++[This is the first released version of the Lesser GPL. It also counts ++ as the successor of the GNU Library Public License, version 2, hence ++ the version number 2.1.] ++ ++ Preamble ++ ++ The licenses for most software are designed to take away your ++freedom to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public ++Licenses are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change ++free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. ++ ++ This license, the Lesser General Public License, applies to some ++specially designated software packages--typically libraries--of the ++Free Software Foundation and other authors who decide to use it. You ++can use it too, but we suggest you first think carefully about whether ++this license or the ordinary General Public License is the better ++strategy to use in any particular case, based on the explanations below. ++ ++ When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom of use, ++not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that ++you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge ++for this service if you wish); that you receive source code or can get ++it if you want it; that you can change the software and use pieces of ++it in new free programs; and that you are informed that you can do ++these things. ++ ++ To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid ++distributors to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender these ++rights. These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for ++you if you distribute copies of the library or if you modify it. ++ ++ For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis ++or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave ++you. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source ++code. If you link other code with the library, you must provide ++complete object files to the recipients, so that they can relink them ++with the library after making changes to the library and recompiling ++it. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights. ++ ++ We protect your rights with a two-step method: (1) we copyright the ++library, and (2) we offer you this license, which gives you legal ++permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the library. ++ ++ To protect each distributor, we want to make it very clear that ++there is no warranty for the free library. Also, if the library is ++modified by someone else and passed on, the recipients should know ++that what they have is not the original version, so that the original ++author's reputation will not be affected by problems that might be ++introduced by others. ++ ++ Finally, software patents pose a constant threat to the existence of ++any free program. We wish to make sure that a company cannot ++effectively restrict the users of a free program by obtaining a ++restrictive license from a patent holder. Therefore, we insist that ++any patent license obtained for a version of the library must be ++consistent with the full freedom of use specified in this license. ++ ++ Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the ++ordinary GNU General Public License. This license, the GNU Lesser ++General Public License, applies to certain designated libraries, and ++is quite different from the ordinary General Public License. We use ++this license for certain libraries in order to permit linking those ++libraries into non-free programs. ++ ++ When a program is linked with a library, whether statically or using ++a shared library, the combination of the two is legally speaking a ++combined work, a derivative of the original library. The ordinary ++General Public License therefore permits such linking only if the ++entire combination fits its criteria of freedom. The Lesser General ++Public License permits more lax criteria for linking other code with ++the library. ++ ++ We call this license the "Lesser" General Public License because it ++does Less to protect the user's freedom than the ordinary General ++Public License. It also provides other free software developers Less ++of an advantage over competing non-free programs. These disadvantages ++are the reason we use the ordinary General Public License for many ++libraries. However, the Lesser license provides advantages in certain ++special circumstances. ++ ++ For example, on rare occasions, there may be a special need to ++encourage the widest possible use of a certain library, so that it becomes ++a de-facto standard. To achieve this, non-free programs must be ++allowed to use the library. A more frequent case is that a free ++library does the same job as widely used non-free libraries. In this ++case, there is little to gain by limiting the free library to free ++software only, so we use the Lesser General Public License. ++ ++ In other cases, permission to use a particular library in non-free ++programs enables a greater number of people to use a large body of ++free software. For example, permission to use the GNU C Library in ++non-free programs enables many more people to use the whole GNU ++operating system, as well as its variant, the GNU/Linux operating ++system. ++ ++ Although the Lesser General Public License is Less protective of the ++users' freedom, it does ensure that the user of a program that is ++linked with the Library has the freedom and the wherewithal to run ++that program using a modified version of the Library. ++ ++ The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and ++modification follow. Pay close attention to the difference between a ++"work based on the library" and a "work that uses the library". The ++former contains code derived from the library, whereas the latter must ++be combined with the library in order to run. ++ ++ GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE ++ TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION ++ ++ 0. This License Agreement applies to any software library or other ++program which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or ++other authorized party saying it may be distributed under the terms of ++this Lesser General Public License (also called "this License"). ++Each licensee is addressed as "you". ++ ++ A "library" means a collection of software functions and/or data ++prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs ++(which use some of those functions and data) to form executables. ++ ++ The "Library", below, refers to any such software library or work ++which has been distributed under these terms. A "work based on the ++Library" means either the Library or any derivative work under ++copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Library or a ++portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated ++straightforwardly into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is ++included without limitation in the term "modification".) ++ ++ "Source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work for ++making modifications to it. For a library, complete source code means ++all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated ++interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation ++and installation of the library. ++ ++ Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not ++covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of ++running a program using the Library is not restricted, and output from ++such a program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based ++on the Library (independent of the use of the Library in a tool for ++writing it). Whether that is true depends on what the Library does ++and what the program that uses the Library does. ++ ++ 1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Library's ++complete source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that ++you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an ++appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact ++all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any ++warranty; and distribute a copy of this License along with the ++Library. ++ ++ You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, ++and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a ++fee. ++ ++ 2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Library or any portion ++of it, thus forming a work based on the Library, and copy and ++distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 ++above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: ++ ++ a) The modified work must itself be a software library. ++ ++ b) You must cause the files modified to carry prominent notices ++ stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. ++ ++ c) You must cause the whole of the work to be licensed at no ++ charge to all third parties under the terms of this License. ++ ++ d) If a facility in the modified Library refers to a function or a ++ table of data to be supplied by an application program that uses ++ the facility, other than as an argument passed when the facility ++ is invoked, then you must make a good faith effort to ensure that, ++ in the event an application does not supply such function or ++ table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of ++ its purpose remains meaningful. ++ ++ (For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has ++ a purpose that is entirely well-defined independent of the ++ application. Therefore, Subsection 2d requires that any ++ application-supplied function or table used by this function must ++ be optional: if the application does not supply it, the square ++ root function must still compute square roots.) ++ ++These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If ++identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library, ++and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in ++themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those ++sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you ++distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based ++on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of ++this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the ++entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote ++it. ++ ++Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest ++your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to ++exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or ++collective works based on the Library. ++ ++In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Library ++with the Library (or with a work based on the Library) on a volume of ++a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under ++the scope of this License. ++ ++ 3. You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary GNU General Public ++License instead of this License to a given copy of the Library. To do ++this, you must alter all the notices that refer to this License, so ++that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public License, version 2, ++instead of to this License. (If a newer version than version 2 of the ++ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared, then you can specify ++that version instead if you wish.) Do not make any other change in ++these notices. ++ ++ Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for ++that copy, so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all ++subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy. ++ ++ This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of ++the Library into a program that is not a library. ++ ++ 4. You may copy and distribute the Library (or a portion or ++derivative of it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form ++under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you accompany ++it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which ++must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a ++medium customarily used for software interchange. ++ ++ If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy ++from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the ++source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to ++distribute the source code, even though third parties are not ++compelled to copy the source along with the object code. ++ ++ 5. A program that contains no derivative of any portion of the ++Library, but is designed to work with the Library by being compiled or ++linked with it, is called a "work that uses the Library". Such a ++work, in isolation, is not a derivative work of the Library, and ++therefore falls outside the scope of this License. ++ ++ However, linking a "work that uses the Library" with the Library ++creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library (because it ++contains portions of the Library), rather than a "work that uses the ++library". The executable is therefore covered by this License. ++Section 6 states terms for distribution of such executables. ++ ++ When a "work that uses the Library" uses material from a header file ++that is part of the Library, the object code for the work may be a ++derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not. ++Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be ++linked without the Library, or if the work is itself a library. The ++threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law. ++ ++ If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data ++structure layouts and accessors, and small macros and small inline ++functions (ten lines or less in length), then the use of the object ++file is unrestricted, regardless of whether it is legally a derivative ++work. (Executables containing this object code plus portions of the ++Library will still fall under Section 6.) ++ ++ Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may ++distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6. ++Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6, ++whether or not they are linked directly with the Library itself. ++ ++ 6. As an exception to the Sections above, you may also combine or ++link a "work that uses the Library" with the Library to produce a ++work containing portions of the Library, and distribute that work ++under terms of your choice, provided that the terms permit ++modification of the work for the customer's own use and reverse ++engineering for debugging such modifications. ++ ++ You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the ++Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by ++this License. You must supply a copy of this License. If the work ++during execution displays copyright notices, you must include the ++copyright notice for the Library among them, as well as a reference ++directing the user to the copy of this License. Also, you must do one ++of these things: ++ ++ a) Accompany the work with the complete corresponding ++ machine-readable source code for the Library including whatever ++ changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under ++ Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable linked ++ with the Library, with the complete machine-readable "work that ++ uses the Library", as object code and/or source code, so that the ++ user can modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified ++ executable containing the modified Library. (It is understood ++ that the user who changes the contents of definitions files in the ++ Library will not necessarily be able to recompile the application ++ to use the modified definitions.) ++ ++ b) Use a suitable shared library mechanism for linking with the ++ Library. A suitable mechanism is one that (1) uses at run time a ++ copy of the library already present on the user's computer system, ++ rather than copying library functions into the executable, and (2) ++ will operate properly with a modified version of the library, if ++ the user installs one, as long as the modified version is ++ interface-compatible with the version that the work was made with. ++ ++ c) Accompany the work with a written offer, valid for at ++ least three years, to give the same user the materials ++ specified in Subsection 6a, above, for a charge no more ++ than the cost of performing this distribution. ++ ++ d) If distribution of the work is made by offering access to copy ++ from a designated place, offer equivalent access to copy the above ++ specified materials from the same place. ++ ++ e) Verify that the user has already received a copy of these ++ materials or that you have already sent this user a copy. ++ ++ For an executable, the required form of the "work that uses the ++Library" must include any data and utility programs needed for ++reproducing the executable from it. However, as a special exception, ++the materials to be distributed need not include anything that is ++normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major ++components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on ++which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies ++the executable. ++ ++ It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license ++restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally ++accompany the operating system. Such a contradiction means you cannot ++use both them and the Library together in an executable that you ++distribute. ++ ++ 7. You may place library facilities that are a work based on the ++Library side-by-side in a single library together with other library ++facilities not covered by this License, and distribute such a combined ++library, provided that the separate distribution of the work based on ++the Library and of the other library facilities is otherwise ++permitted, and provided that you do these two things: ++ ++ a) Accompany the combined library with a copy of the same work ++ based on the Library, uncombined with any other library ++ facilities. This must be distributed under the terms of the ++ Sections above. ++ ++ b) Give prominent notice with the combined library of the fact ++ that part of it is a work based on the Library, and explaining ++ where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same work. ++ ++ 8. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or distribute ++the Library except as expressly provided under this License. Any ++attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, or ++distribute the Library is void, and will automatically terminate your ++rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, ++or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses ++terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance. ++ ++ 9. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not ++signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or ++distribute the Library or its derivative works. These actions are ++prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by ++modifying or distributing the Library (or any work based on the ++Library), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and ++all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying ++the Library or works based on it. ++ ++ 10. Each time you redistribute the Library (or any work based on the ++Library), the recipient automatically receives a license from the ++original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or modify the Library ++subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further ++restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. ++You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties with ++this License. ++ ++ 11. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent ++infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), ++conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or ++otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not ++excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot ++distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this ++License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you ++may not distribute the Library at all. For example, if a patent ++license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Library by ++all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then ++the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to ++refrain entirely from distribution of the Library. ++ ++If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any ++particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply, ++and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances. ++ ++It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any ++patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any ++such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the ++integrity of the free software distribution system which is ++implemented by public license practices. Many people have made ++generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed ++through that system in reliance on consistent application of that ++system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing ++to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot ++impose that choice. ++ ++This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to ++be a consequence of the rest of this License. ++ ++ 12. If the distribution and/or use of the Library is restricted in ++certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the ++original copyright holder who places the Library under this License may add ++an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries, ++so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus ++excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if ++written in the body of this License. ++ ++ 13. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new ++versions of the Lesser General Public License from time to time. ++Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, ++but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. ++ ++Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Library ++specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and ++"any later version", you have the option of following the terms and ++conditions either of that version or of any later version published by ++the Free Software Foundation. If the Library does not specify a ++license version number, you may choose any version ever published by ++the Free Software Foundation. ++ ++ 14. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library into other free ++programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible with these, ++write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is ++copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free ++Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our ++decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status ++of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing ++and reuse of software generally. ++ ++ NO WARRANTY ++ ++ 15. BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO ++WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. ++EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR ++OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY ++KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE ++IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR ++PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE ++LIBRARY IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME ++THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. ++ ++ 16. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN ++WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY ++AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU ++FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR ++CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE ++LIBRARY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING ++RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A ++FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF ++SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH ++DAMAGES. ++ ++ END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS ++ ++ How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries ++ ++ If you develop a new library, and you want it to be of the greatest ++possible use to the public, we recommend making it free software that ++everyone can redistribute and change. You can do so by permitting ++redistribution under these terms (or, alternatively, under the terms of the ++ordinary General Public License). ++ ++ To apply these terms, attach the following notices to the library. It is ++safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively ++convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least the ++"copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found. ++ ++ <one line to give the library's name and a brief idea of what it does.> ++ Copyright (C) <year> <name of author> ++ ++ This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or ++ modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public ++ License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either ++ version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. ++ ++ This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ++ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ++ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ++ Lesser General Public License for more details. ++ ++ You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public ++ License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software ++ Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA ++ ++Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. ++ ++You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or your ++school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the library, if ++necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names: ++ ++ Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the ++ library `Frob' (a library for tweaking knobs) written by James Random Hacker. ++ ++ <signature of Ty Coon>, 1 April 1990 ++ Ty Coon, President of Vice ++ ++That's all there is to it! ++ ++ +diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavcodec/avcodec.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavcodec/avcodec.h +new file mode 100644 +--- /dev/null ++++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavcodec/avcodec.h +@@ -0,0 +1,3204 @@ ++/* ++ * copyright (c) 2001 Fabrice Bellard ++ * ++ * This file is part of FFmpeg. ++ * ++ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or ++ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public ++ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either ++ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. ++ * ++ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ++ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ++ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ++ * Lesser General Public License for more details. ++ * ++ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public ++ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software ++ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA ++ */ ++ ++#ifndef AVCODEC_AVCODEC_H ++#define AVCODEC_AVCODEC_H ++ ++/** ++ * @file ++ * @ingroup libavc ++ * Libavcodec external API header ++ */ ++ ++#include "libavutil/samplefmt.h" ++#include "libavutil/attributes.h" ++#include "libavutil/avutil.h" ++#include "libavutil/buffer.h" ++#include "libavutil/dict.h" ++#include "libavutil/frame.h" ++#include "libavutil/log.h" ++#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h" ++#include "libavutil/rational.h" ++ ++#include "codec.h" ++#include "codec_desc.h" ++#include "codec_par.h" ++#include "codec_id.h" ++#include "defs.h" ++#include "packet.h" ++#include "version.h" ++ ++/** ++ * @defgroup libavc libavcodec ++ * Encoding/Decoding Library ++ * ++ * @{ ++ * ++ * @defgroup lavc_decoding Decoding ++ * @{ ++ * @} ++ * ++ * @defgroup lavc_encoding Encoding ++ * @{ ++ * @} ++ * ++ * @defgroup lavc_codec Codecs ++ * @{ ++ * @defgroup lavc_codec_native Native Codecs ++ * @{ ++ * @} ++ * @defgroup lavc_codec_wrappers External library wrappers ++ * @{ ++ * @} ++ * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel Hardware Accelerators bridge ++ * @{ ++ * @} ++ * @} ++ * @defgroup lavc_internal Internal ++ * @{ ++ * @} ++ * @} ++ */ ++ ++/** ++ * @ingroup libavc ++ * @defgroup lavc_encdec send/receive encoding and decoding API overview ++ * @{ ++ * ++ * The avcodec_send_packet()/avcodec_receive_frame()/avcodec_send_frame()/ ++ * avcodec_receive_packet() functions provide an encode/decode API, which ++ * decouples input and output. ++ * ++ * The API is very similar for encoding/decoding and audio/video, and works as ++ * follows: ++ * - Set up and open the AVCodecContext as usual. ++ * - Send valid input: ++ * - For decoding, call avcodec_send_packet() to give the decoder raw ++ * compressed data in an AVPacket. ++ * - For encoding, call avcodec_send_frame() to give the encoder an AVFrame ++ * containing uncompressed audio or video. ++ * ++ * In both cases, it is recommended that AVPackets and AVFrames are ++ * refcounted, or libavcodec might have to copy the input data. (libavformat ++ * always returns refcounted AVPackets, and av_frame_get_buffer() allocates ++ * refcounted AVFrames.) ++ * - Receive output in a loop. Periodically call one of the avcodec_receive_*() ++ * functions and process their output: ++ * - For decoding, call avcodec_receive_frame(). On success, it will return ++ * an AVFrame containing uncompressed audio or video data. ++ * - For encoding, call avcodec_receive_packet(). On success, it will return ++ * an AVPacket with a compressed frame. ++ * ++ * Repeat this call until it returns AVERROR(EAGAIN) or an error. The ++ * AVERROR(EAGAIN) return value means that new input data is required to ++ * return new output. In this case, continue with sending input. For each ++ * input frame/packet, the codec will typically return 1 output frame/packet, ++ * but it can also be 0 or more than 1. ++ * ++ * At the beginning of decoding or encoding, the codec might accept multiple ++ * input frames/packets without returning a frame, until its internal buffers ++ * are filled. This situation is handled transparently if you follow the steps ++ * outlined above. ++ * ++ * In theory, sending input can result in EAGAIN - this should happen only if ++ * not all output was received. You can use this to structure alternative decode ++ * or encode loops other than the one suggested above. For example, you could ++ * try sending new input on each iteration, and try to receive output if that ++ * returns EAGAIN. ++ * ++ * End of stream situations. These require "flushing" (aka draining) the codec, ++ * as the codec might buffer multiple frames or packets internally for ++ * performance or out of necessity (consider B-frames). ++ * This is handled as follows: ++ * - Instead of valid input, send NULL to the avcodec_send_packet() (decoding) ++ * or avcodec_send_frame() (encoding) functions. This will enter draining ++ * mode. ++ * - Call avcodec_receive_frame() (decoding) or avcodec_receive_packet() ++ * (encoding) in a loop until AVERROR_EOF is returned. The functions will ++ * not return AVERROR(EAGAIN), unless you forgot to enter draining mode. ++ * - Before decoding can be resumed again, the codec has to be reset with ++ * avcodec_flush_buffers(). ++ * ++ * Using the API as outlined above is highly recommended. But it is also ++ * possible to call functions outside of this rigid schema. For example, you can ++ * call avcodec_send_packet() repeatedly without calling ++ * avcodec_receive_frame(). In this case, avcodec_send_packet() will succeed ++ * until the codec's internal buffer has been filled up (which is typically of ++ * size 1 per output frame, after initial input), and then reject input with ++ * AVERROR(EAGAIN). Once it starts rejecting input, you have no choice but to ++ * read at least some output. ++ * ++ * Not all codecs will follow a rigid and predictable dataflow; the only ++ * guarantee is that an AVERROR(EAGAIN) return value on a send/receive call on ++ * one end implies that a receive/send call on the other end will succeed, or ++ * at least will not fail with AVERROR(EAGAIN). In general, no codec will ++ * permit unlimited buffering of input or output. ++ * ++ * A codec is not allowed to return AVERROR(EAGAIN) for both sending and ++ * receiving. This would be an invalid state, which could put the codec user ++ * into an endless loop. The API has no concept of time either: it cannot happen ++ * that trying to do avcodec_send_packet() results in AVERROR(EAGAIN), but a ++ * repeated call 1 second later accepts the packet (with no other receive/flush ++ * API calls involved). The API is a strict state machine, and the passage of ++ * time is not supposed to influence it. Some timing-dependent behavior might ++ * still be deemed acceptable in certain cases. But it must never result in both ++ * send/receive returning EAGAIN at the same time at any point. It must also ++ * absolutely be avoided that the current state is "unstable" and can ++ * "flip-flop" between the send/receive APIs allowing progress. For example, ++ * it's not allowed that the codec randomly decides that it actually wants to ++ * consume a packet now instead of returning a frame, after it just returned ++ * AVERROR(EAGAIN) on an avcodec_send_packet() call. ++ * @} ++ */ ++ ++/** ++ * @defgroup lavc_core Core functions/structures. ++ * @ingroup libavc ++ * ++ * Basic definitions, functions for querying libavcodec capabilities, ++ * allocating core structures, etc. ++ * @{ ++ */ ++ ++/** ++ * @ingroup lavc_encoding ++ * minimum encoding buffer size ++ * Used to avoid some checks during header writing. ++ */ ++#define AV_INPUT_BUFFER_MIN_SIZE 16384 ++ ++/** ++ * @ingroup lavc_encoding ++ */ ++typedef struct RcOverride { ++ int start_frame; ++ int end_frame; ++ int qscale; // If this is 0 then quality_factor will be used instead. ++ float quality_factor; ++} RcOverride; ++ ++/* encoding support ++ These flags can be passed in AVCodecContext.flags before initialization. ++ Note: Not everything is supported yet. ++*/ ++ ++/** ++ * Allow decoders to produce frames with data planes that are not aligned ++ * to CPU requirements (e.g. due to cropping). ++ */ ++#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_UNALIGNED (1 << 0) ++/** ++ * Use fixed qscale. ++ */ ++#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_QSCALE (1 << 1) ++/** ++ * 4 MV per MB allowed / advanced prediction for H.263. ++ */ ++#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_4MV (1 << 2) ++/** ++ * Output even those frames that might be corrupted. ++ */ ++#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_OUTPUT_CORRUPT (1 << 3) ++/** ++ * Use qpel MC. ++ */ ++#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_QPEL (1 << 4) ++/** ++ * Don't output frames whose parameters differ from first ++ * decoded frame in stream. ++ */ ++#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_DROPCHANGED (1 << 5) ++/** ++ * Use internal 2pass ratecontrol in first pass mode. ++ */ ++#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_PASS1 (1 << 9) ++/** ++ * Use internal 2pass ratecontrol in second pass mode. ++ */ ++#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_PASS2 (1 << 10) ++/** ++ * loop filter. ++ */ ++#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_LOOP_FILTER (1 << 11) ++/** ++ * Only decode/encode grayscale. ++ */ ++#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_GRAY (1 << 13) ++/** ++ * error[?] variables will be set during encoding. ++ */ ++#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_PSNR (1 << 15) ++#if FF_API_FLAG_TRUNCATED ++/** ++ * Input bitstream might be truncated at a random location ++ * instead of only at frame boundaries. ++ * ++ * @deprecated use codec parsers for packetizing input ++ */ ++# define AV_CODEC_FLAG_TRUNCATED (1 << 16) ++#endif ++/** ++ * Use interlaced DCT. ++ */ ++#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_INTERLACED_DCT (1 << 18) ++/** ++ * Force low delay. ++ */ ++#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_LOW_DELAY (1 << 19) ++/** ++ * Place global headers in extradata instead of every keyframe. ++ */ ++#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_GLOBAL_HEADER (1 << 22) ++/** ++ * Use only bitexact stuff (except (I)DCT). ++ */ ++#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_BITEXACT (1 << 23) ++/* Fx : Flag for H.263+ extra options */ ++/** ++ * H.263 advanced intra coding / MPEG-4 AC prediction ++ */ ++#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_AC_PRED (1 << 24) ++/** ++ * interlaced motion estimation ++ */ ++#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_INTERLACED_ME (1 << 29) ++#define AV_CODEC_FLAG_CLOSED_GOP (1U << 31) ++ ++/** ++ * Allow non spec compliant speedup tricks. ++ */ ++#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_FAST (1 << 0) ++/** ++ * Skip bitstream encoding. ++ */ ++#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_NO_OUTPUT (1 << 2) ++/** ++ * Place global headers at every keyframe instead of in extradata. ++ */ ++#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_LOCAL_HEADER (1 << 3) ++ ++/** ++ * timecode is in drop frame format. DEPRECATED!!!! ++ */ ++#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_DROP_FRAME_TIMECODE (1 << 13) ++ ++/** ++ * Input bitstream might be truncated at a packet boundaries ++ * instead of only at frame boundaries. ++ */ ++#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_CHUNKS (1 << 15) ++/** ++ * Discard cropping information from SPS. ++ */ ++#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_IGNORE_CROP (1 << 16) ++ ++/** ++ * Show all frames before the first keyframe ++ */ ++#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_SHOW_ALL (1 << 22) ++/** ++ * Export motion vectors through frame side data ++ */ ++#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_EXPORT_MVS (1 << 28) ++/** ++ * Do not skip samples and export skip information as frame side data ++ */ ++#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_SKIP_MANUAL (1 << 29) ++/** ++ * Do not reset ASS ReadOrder field on flush (subtitles decoding) ++ */ ++#define AV_CODEC_FLAG2_RO_FLUSH_NOOP (1 << 30) ++ ++/* Unsupported options : ++ * Syntax Arithmetic coding (SAC) ++ * Reference Picture Selection ++ * Independent Segment Decoding */ ++/* /Fx */ ++/* codec capabilities */ ++ ++/* Exported side data. ++ These flags can be passed in AVCodecContext.export_side_data before ++ initialization. ++*/ ++/** ++ * Export motion vectors through frame side data ++ */ ++#define AV_CODEC_EXPORT_DATA_MVS (1 << 0) ++/** ++ * Export encoder Producer Reference Time through packet side data ++ */ ++#define AV_CODEC_EXPORT_DATA_PRFT (1 << 1) ++/** ++ * Decoding only. ++ * Export the AVVideoEncParams structure through frame side data. ++ */ ++#define AV_CODEC_EXPORT_DATA_VIDEO_ENC_PARAMS (1 << 2) ++/** ++ * Decoding only. ++ * Do not apply film grain, export it instead. ++ */ ++#define AV_CODEC_EXPORT_DATA_FILM_GRAIN (1 << 3) ++ ++/** ++ * The decoder will keep a reference to the frame and may reuse it later. ++ */ ++#define AV_GET_BUFFER_FLAG_REF (1 << 0) ++ ++/** ++ * The encoder will keep a reference to the packet and may reuse it later. ++ */ ++#define AV_GET_ENCODE_BUFFER_FLAG_REF (1 << 0) ++ ++struct AVCodecInternal; ++ ++/** ++ * main external API structure. ++ * New fields can be added to the end with minor version bumps. ++ * Removal, reordering and changes to existing fields require a major ++ * version bump. ++ * You can use AVOptions (av_opt* / av_set/get*()) to access these fields from ++ * user applications. The name string for AVOptions options matches the ++ * associated command line parameter name and can be found in ++ * libavcodec/options_table.h The AVOption/command line parameter names differ ++ * in some cases from the C structure field names for historic reasons or ++ * brevity. sizeof(AVCodecContext) must not be used outside libav*. ++ */ ++typedef struct AVCodecContext { ++ /** ++ * information on struct for av_log ++ * - set by avcodec_alloc_context3 ++ */ ++ const AVClass* av_class; ++ int log_level_offset; ++ ++ enum AVMediaType codec_type; /* see AVMEDIA_TYPE_xxx */ ++ const struct AVCodec* codec; ++ enum AVCodecID codec_id; /* see AV_CODEC_ID_xxx */ ++ ++ /** ++ * fourcc (LSB first, so "ABCD" -> ('D'<<24) + ('C'<<16) + ('B'<<8) + 'A'). ++ * This is used to work around some encoder bugs. ++ * A demuxer should set this to what is stored in the field used to identify ++ * the codec. If there are multiple such fields in a container then the ++ * demuxer should choose the one which maximizes the information about the ++ * used codec. If the codec tag field in a container is larger than 32 bits ++ * then the demuxer should remap the longer ID to 32 bits with a table or ++ * other structure. Alternatively a new extra_codec_tag + size could be added ++ * but for this a clear advantage must be demonstrated first. ++ * - encoding: Set by user, if not then the default based on codec_id will be ++ * used. ++ * - decoding: Set by user, will be converted to uppercase by libavcodec ++ * during init. ++ */ ++ unsigned int codec_tag; ++ ++ void* priv_data; ++ ++ /** ++ * Private context used for internal data. ++ * ++ * Unlike priv_data, this is not codec-specific. It is used in general ++ * libavcodec functions. ++ */ ++ struct AVCodecInternal* internal; ++ ++ /** ++ * Private data of the user, can be used to carry app specific stuff. ++ * - encoding: Set by user. ++ * - decoding: Set by user. ++ */ ++ void* opaque; ++ ++ /** ++ * the average bitrate ++ * - encoding: Set by user; unused for constant quantizer encoding. ++ * - decoding: Set by user, may be overwritten by libavcodec ++ * if this info is available in the stream ++ */ ++ int64_t bit_rate; ++ ++ /** ++ * number of bits the bitstream is allowed to diverge from the reference. ++ * the reference can be CBR (for CBR pass1) or VBR (for pass2) ++ * - encoding: Set by user; unused for constant quantizer encoding. ++ * - decoding: unused ++ */ ++ int bit_rate_tolerance; ++ ++ /** ++ * Global quality for codecs which cannot change it per frame. ++ * This should be proportional to MPEG-1/2/4 qscale. ++ * - encoding: Set by user. ++ * - decoding: unused ++ */ ++ int global_quality; ++ ++ /** ++ * - encoding: Set by user. ++ * - decoding: unused ++ */ ++ int compression_level; ++#define FF_COMPRESSION_DEFAULT -1 ++ ++ /** ++ * AV_CODEC_FLAG_*. ++ * - encoding: Set by user. ++ * - decoding: Set by user. ++ */ ++ int flags; ++ ++ /** ++ * AV_CODEC_FLAG2_* ++ * - encoding: Set by user. ++ * - decoding: Set by user. ++ */ ++ int flags2; ++ ++ /** ++ * some codecs need / can use extradata like Huffman tables. ++ * MJPEG: Huffman tables ++ * rv10: additional flags ++ * MPEG-4: global headers (they can be in the bitstream or here) ++ * The allocated memory should be AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE bytes larger ++ * than extradata_size to avoid problems if it is read with the bitstream ++ * reader. The bytewise contents of extradata must not depend on the ++ * architecture or CPU endianness. Must be allocated with the av_malloc() ++ * family of functions. ++ * - encoding: Set/allocated/freed by libavcodec. ++ * - decoding: Set/allocated/freed by user. ++ */ ++ uint8_t* extradata; ++ int extradata_size; ++ ++ /** ++ * This is the fundamental unit of time (in seconds) in terms ++ * of which frame timestamps are represented. For fixed-fps content, ++ * timebase should be 1/framerate and timestamp increments should be ++ * identically 1. ++ * This often, but not always is the inverse of the frame rate or field rate ++ * for video. 1/time_base is not the average frame rate if the frame rate is ++ * not constant. ++ * ++ * Like containers, elementary streams also can store timestamps, 1/time_base ++ * is the unit in which these timestamps are specified. ++ * As example of such codec time base see ISO/IEC 14496-2:2001(E) ++ * vop_time_increment_resolution and fixed_vop_rate ++ * (fixed_vop_rate == 0 implies that it is different from the framerate) ++ * ++ * - encoding: MUST be set by user. ++ * - decoding: the use of this field for decoding is deprecated. ++ * Use framerate instead. ++ */ ++ AVRational time_base; ++ ++ /** ++ * For some codecs, the time base is closer to the field rate than the frame ++ * rate. Most notably, H.264 and MPEG-2 specify time_base as half of frame ++ * duration if no telecine is used ... ++ * ++ * Set to time_base ticks per frame. Default 1, e.g., H.264/MPEG-2 set it ++ * to 2. ++ */ ++ int ticks_per_frame; ++ ++ /** ++ * Codec delay. ++ * ++ * Encoding: Number of frames delay there will be from the encoder input to ++ * the decoder output. (we assume the decoder matches the spec) ++ * Decoding: Number of frames delay in addition to what a standard decoder ++ * as specified in the spec would produce. ++ * ++ * Video: ++ * Number of frames the decoded output will be delayed relative to the ++ * encoded input. ++ * ++ * Audio: ++ * For encoding, this field is unused (see initial_padding). ++ * ++ * For decoding, this is the number of samples the decoder needs to ++ * output before the decoder's output is valid. When seeking, you should ++ * start decoding this many samples prior to your desired seek point. ++ * ++ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. ++ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. ++ */ ++ int delay; ++ ++ /* video only */ ++ /** ++ * picture width / height. ++ * ++ * @note Those fields may not match the values of the last ++ * AVFrame output by avcodec_receive_frame() due frame ++ * reordering. ++ * ++ * - encoding: MUST be set by user. ++ * - decoding: May be set by the user before opening the decoder if known e.g. ++ * from the container. Some decoders will require the dimensions ++ * to be set by the caller. During decoding, the decoder may ++ * overwrite those values as required while parsing the data. ++ */ ++ int width, height; ++ ++ /** ++ * Bitstream width / height, may be different from width/height e.g. when ++ * the decoded frame is cropped before being output or lowres is enabled. ++ * ++ * @note Those field may not match the value of the last ++ * AVFrame output by avcodec_receive_frame() due frame ++ * reordering. ++ * ++ * - encoding: unused ++ * - decoding: May be set by the user before opening the decoder if known ++ * e.g. from the container. During decoding, the decoder may ++ * overwrite those values as required while parsing the data. ++ */ ++ int coded_width, coded_height; ++ ++ /** ++ * the number of pictures in a group of pictures, or 0 for intra_only ++ * - encoding: Set by user. ++ * - decoding: unused ++ */ ++ int gop_size; ++ ++ /** ++ * Pixel format, see AV_PIX_FMT_xxx. ++ * May be set by the demuxer if known from headers. ++ * May be overridden by the decoder if it knows better. ++ * ++ * @note This field may not match the value of the last ++ * AVFrame output by avcodec_receive_frame() due frame ++ * reordering. ++ * ++ * - encoding: Set by user. ++ * - decoding: Set by user if known, overridden by libavcodec while ++ * parsing the data. ++ */ ++ enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt; ++ ++ /** ++ * If non NULL, 'draw_horiz_band' is called by the libavcodec ++ * decoder to draw a horizontal band. It improves cache usage. Not ++ * all codecs can do that. You must check the codec capabilities ++ * beforehand. ++ * When multithreading is used, it may be called from multiple threads ++ * at the same time; threads might draw different parts of the same AVFrame, ++ * or multiple AVFrames, and there is no guarantee that slices will be drawn ++ * in order. ++ * The function is also used by hardware acceleration APIs. ++ * It is called at least once during frame decoding to pass ++ * the data needed for hardware render. ++ * In that mode instead of pixel data, AVFrame points to ++ * a structure specific to the acceleration API. The application ++ * reads the structure and can change some fields to indicate progress ++ * or mark state. ++ * - encoding: unused ++ * - decoding: Set by user. ++ * @param height the height of the slice ++ * @param y the y position of the slice ++ * @param type 1->top field, 2->bottom field, 3->frame ++ * @param offset offset into the AVFrame.data from which the slice should be ++ * read ++ */ ++ void (*draw_horiz_band)(struct AVCodecContext* s, const AVFrame* src, ++ int offset[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS], int y, int type, ++ int height); ++ ++ /** ++ * Callback to negotiate the pixel format. Decoding only, may be set by the ++ * caller before avcodec_open2(). ++ * ++ * Called by some decoders to select the pixel format that will be used for ++ * the output frames. This is mainly used to set up hardware acceleration, ++ * then the provided format list contains the corresponding hwaccel pixel ++ * formats alongside the "software" one. The software pixel format may also ++ * be retrieved from \ref sw_pix_fmt. ++ * ++ * This callback will be called when the coded frame properties (such as ++ * resolution, pixel format, etc.) change and more than one output format is ++ * supported for those new properties. If a hardware pixel format is chosen ++ * and initialization for it fails, the callback may be called again ++ * immediately. ++ * ++ * This callback may be called from different threads if the decoder is ++ * multi-threaded, but not from more than one thread simultaneously. ++ * ++ * @param fmt list of formats which may be used in the current ++ * configuration, terminated by AV_PIX_FMT_NONE. ++ * @warning Behavior is undefined if the callback returns a value other ++ * than one of the formats in fmt or AV_PIX_FMT_NONE. ++ * @return the chosen format or AV_PIX_FMT_NONE ++ */ ++ enum AVPixelFormat (*get_format)(struct AVCodecContext* s, ++ const enum AVPixelFormat* fmt); ++ ++ /** ++ * maximum number of B-frames between non-B-frames ++ * Note: The output will be delayed by max_b_frames+1 relative to the input. ++ * - encoding: Set by user. ++ * - decoding: unused ++ */ ++ int max_b_frames; ++ ++ /** ++ * qscale factor between IP and B-frames ++ * If > 0 then the last P-frame quantizer will be used (q= ++ * lastp_q*factor+offset). If < 0 then normal ratecontrol will be done (q= ++ * -normal_q*factor+offset). ++ * - encoding: Set by user. ++ * - decoding: unused ++ */ ++ float b_quant_factor; ++ ++ /** ++ * qscale offset between IP and B-frames ++ * - encoding: Set by user. ++ * - decoding: unused ++ */ ++ float b_quant_offset; ++ ++ /** ++ * Size of the frame reordering buffer in the decoder. ++ * For MPEG-2 it is 1 IPB or 0 low delay IP. ++ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. ++ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. ++ */ ++ int has_b_frames; ++ ++ /** ++ * qscale factor between P- and I-frames ++ * If > 0 then the last P-frame quantizer will be used (q = lastp_q * factor + ++ * offset). If < 0 then normal ratecontrol will be done (q= ++ * -normal_q*factor+offset). ++ * - encoding: Set by user. ++ * - decoding: unused ++ */ ++ float i_quant_factor; ++ ++ /** ++ * qscale offset between P and I-frames ++ * - encoding: Set by user. ++ * - decoding: unused ++ */ ++ float i_quant_offset; ++ ++ /** ++ * luminance masking (0-> disabled) ++ * - encoding: Set by user. ++ * - decoding: unused ++ */ ++ float lumi_masking; ++ ++ /** ++ * temporary complexity masking (0-> disabled) ++ * - encoding: Set by user. ++ * - decoding: unused ++ */ ++ float temporal_cplx_masking; ++ ++ /** ++ * spatial complexity masking (0-> disabled) ++ * - encoding: Set by user. ++ * - decoding: unused ++ */ ++ float spatial_cplx_masking; ++ ++ /** ++ * p block masking (0-> disabled) ++ * - encoding: Set by user. ++ * - decoding: unused ++ */ ++ float p_masking; ++ ++ /** ++ * darkness masking (0-> disabled) ++ * - encoding: Set by user. ++ * - decoding: unused ++ */ ++ float dark_masking; ++ ++ /** ++ * slice count ++ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. ++ * - decoding: Set by user (or 0). ++ */ ++ int slice_count; ++ ++ /** ++ * slice offsets in the frame in bytes ++ * - encoding: Set/allocated by libavcodec. ++ * - decoding: Set/allocated by user (or NULL). ++ */ ++ int* slice_offset; ++ ++ /** ++ * sample aspect ratio (0 if unknown) ++ * That is the width of a pixel divided by the height of the pixel. ++ * Numerator and denominator must be relatively prime and smaller than 256 for ++ * some video standards. ++ * - encoding: Set by user. ++ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. ++ */ ++ AVRational sample_aspect_ratio; ++ ++ /** ++ * motion estimation comparison function ++ * - encoding: Set by user. ++ * - decoding: unused ++ */ ++ int me_cmp; ++ /** ++ * subpixel motion estimation comparison function ++ * - encoding: Set by user. ++ * - decoding: unused ++ */ ++ int me_sub_cmp; ++ /** ++ * macroblock comparison function (not supported yet) ++ * - encoding: Set by user. ++ * - decoding: unused ++ */ ++ int mb_cmp; ++ /** ++ * interlaced DCT comparison function ++ * - encoding: Set by user. ++ * - decoding: unused ++ */ ++ int ildct_cmp; ++#define FF_CMP_SAD 0 ++#define FF_CMP_SSE 1 ++#define FF_CMP_SATD 2 ++#define FF_CMP_DCT 3 ++#define FF_CMP_PSNR 4 ++#define FF_CMP_BIT 5 ++#define FF_CMP_RD 6 ++#define FF_CMP_ZERO 7 ++#define FF_CMP_VSAD 8 ++#define FF_CMP_VSSE 9 ++#define FF_CMP_NSSE 10 ++#define FF_CMP_W53 11 ++#define FF_CMP_W97 12 ++#define FF_CMP_DCTMAX 13 ++#define FF_CMP_DCT264 14 ++#define FF_CMP_MEDIAN_SAD 15 ++#define FF_CMP_CHROMA 256 ++ ++ /** ++ * ME diamond size & shape ++ * - encoding: Set by user. ++ * - decoding: unused ++ */ ++ int dia_size; ++ ++ /** ++ * amount of previous MV predictors (2a+1 x 2a+1 square) ++ * - encoding: Set by user. ++ * - decoding: unused ++ */ ++ int last_predictor_count; ++ ++ /** ++ * motion estimation prepass comparison function ++ * - encoding: Set by user. ++ * - decoding: unused ++ */ ++ int me_pre_cmp; ++ ++ /** ++ * ME prepass diamond size & shape ++ * - encoding: Set by user. ++ * - decoding: unused ++ */ ++ int pre_dia_size; ++ ++ /** ++ * subpel ME quality ++ * - encoding: Set by user. ++ * - decoding: unused ++ */ ++ int me_subpel_quality; ++ ++ /** ++ * maximum motion estimation search range in subpel units ++ * If 0 then no limit. ++ * ++ * - encoding: Set by user. ++ * - decoding: unused ++ */ ++ int me_range; ++ ++ /** ++ * slice flags ++ * - encoding: unused ++ * - decoding: Set by user. ++ */ ++ int slice_flags; ++#define SLICE_FLAG_CODED_ORDER \ ++ 0x0001 ///< draw_horiz_band() is called in coded order instead of display ++#define SLICE_FLAG_ALLOW_FIELD \ ++ 0x0002 ///< allow draw_horiz_band() with field slices (MPEG-2 field pics) ++#define SLICE_FLAG_ALLOW_PLANE \ ++ 0x0004 ///< allow draw_horiz_band() with 1 component at a time (SVQ1) ++ ++ /** ++ * macroblock decision mode ++ * - encoding: Set by user. ++ * - decoding: unused ++ */ ++ int mb_decision; ++#define FF_MB_DECISION_SIMPLE 0 ///< uses mb_cmp ++#define FF_MB_DECISION_BITS 1 ///< chooses the one which needs the fewest bits ++#define FF_MB_DECISION_RD 2 ///< rate distortion ++ ++ /** ++ * custom intra quantization matrix ++ * Must be allocated with the av_malloc() family of functions, and will be ++ * freed in avcodec_free_context(). ++ * - encoding: Set/allocated by user, freed by libavcodec. Can be NULL. ++ * - decoding: Set/allocated/freed by libavcodec. ++ */ ++ uint16_t* intra_matrix; ++ ++ /** ++ * custom inter quantization matrix ++ * Must be allocated with the av_malloc() family of functions, and will be ++ * freed in avcodec_free_context(). ++ * - encoding: Set/allocated by user, freed by libavcodec. Can be NULL. ++ * - decoding: Set/allocated/freed by libavcodec. ++ */ ++ uint16_t* inter_matrix; ++ ++ /** ++ * precision of the intra DC coefficient - 8 ++ * - encoding: Set by user. ++ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec ++ */ ++ int intra_dc_precision; ++ ++ /** ++ * Number of macroblock rows at the top which are skipped. ++ * - encoding: unused ++ * - decoding: Set by user. ++ */ ++ int skip_top; ++ ++ /** ++ * Number of macroblock rows at the bottom which are skipped. ++ * - encoding: unused ++ * - decoding: Set by user. ++ */ ++ int skip_bottom; ++ ++ /** ++ * minimum MB Lagrange multiplier ++ * - encoding: Set by user. ++ * - decoding: unused ++ */ ++ int mb_lmin; ++ ++ /** ++ * maximum MB Lagrange multiplier ++ * - encoding: Set by user. ++ * - decoding: unused ++ */ ++ int mb_lmax; ++ ++ /** ++ * - encoding: Set by user. ++ * - decoding: unused ++ */ ++ int bidir_refine; ++ ++ /** ++ * minimum GOP size ++ * - encoding: Set by user. ++ * - decoding: unused ++ */ ++ int keyint_min; ++ ++ /** ++ * number of reference frames ++ * - encoding: Set by user. ++ * - decoding: Set by lavc. ++ */ ++ int refs; ++ ++ /** ++ * Note: Value depends upon the compare function used for fullpel ME. ++ * - encoding: Set by user. ++ * - decoding: unused ++ */ ++ int mv0_threshold; ++ ++ /** ++ * Chromaticity coordinates of the source primaries. ++ * - encoding: Set by user ++ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec ++ */ ++ enum AVColorPrimaries color_primaries; ++ ++ /** ++ * Color Transfer Characteristic. ++ * - encoding: Set by user ++ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec ++ */ ++ enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc; ++ ++ /** ++ * YUV colorspace type. ++ * - encoding: Set by user ++ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec ++ */ ++ enum AVColorSpace colorspace; ++ ++ /** ++ * MPEG vs JPEG YUV range. ++ * - encoding: Set by user ++ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec ++ */ ++ enum AVColorRange color_range; ++ ++ /** ++ * This defines the location of chroma samples. ++ * - encoding: Set by user ++ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec ++ */ ++ enum AVChromaLocation chroma_sample_location; ++ ++ /** ++ * Number of slices. ++ * Indicates number of picture subdivisions. Used for parallelized ++ * decoding. ++ * - encoding: Set by user ++ * - decoding: unused ++ */ ++ int slices; ++ ++ /** Field order ++ * - encoding: set by libavcodec ++ * - decoding: Set by user. ++ */ ++ enum AVFieldOrder field_order; ++ ++ /* audio only */ ++ int sample_rate; ///< samples per second ++ int channels; ///< number of audio channels ++ ++ /** ++ * audio sample format ++ * - encoding: Set by user. ++ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. ++ */ ++ enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt; ///< sample format ++ ++ /* The following data should not be initialized. */ ++ /** ++ * Number of samples per channel in an audio frame. ++ * ++ * - encoding: set by libavcodec in avcodec_open2(). Each submitted frame ++ * except the last must contain exactly frame_size samples per channel. ++ * May be 0 when the codec has AV_CODEC_CAP_VARIABLE_FRAME_SIZE set, then ++ * the frame size is not restricted. ++ * - decoding: may be set by some decoders to indicate constant frame size ++ */ ++ int frame_size; ++ ++ /** ++ * Frame counter, set by libavcodec. ++ * ++ * - decoding: total number of frames returned from the decoder so far. ++ * - encoding: total number of frames passed to the encoder so far. ++ * ++ * @note the counter is not incremented if encoding/decoding resulted in ++ * an error. ++ */ ++ int frame_number; ++ ++ /** ++ * number of bytes per packet if constant and known or 0 ++ * Used by some WAV based audio codecs. ++ */ ++ int block_align; ++ ++ /** ++ * Audio cutoff bandwidth (0 means "automatic") ++ * - encoding: Set by user. ++ * - decoding: unused ++ */ ++ int cutoff; ++ ++ /** ++ * Audio channel layout. ++ * - encoding: set by user. ++ * - decoding: set by user, may be overwritten by libavcodec. ++ */ ++ uint64_t channel_layout; ++ ++ /** ++ * Request decoder to use this channel layout if it can (0 for default) ++ * - encoding: unused ++ * - decoding: Set by user. ++ */ ++ uint64_t request_channel_layout; ++ ++ /** ++ * Type of service that the audio stream conveys. ++ * - encoding: Set by user. ++ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. ++ */ ++ enum AVAudioServiceType audio_service_type; ++ ++ /** ++ * desired sample format ++ * - encoding: Not used. ++ * - decoding: Set by user. ++ * Decoder will decode to this format if it can. ++ */ ++ enum AVSampleFormat request_sample_fmt; ++ ++ /** ++ * This callback is called at the beginning of each frame to get data ++ * buffer(s) for it. There may be one contiguous buffer for all the data or ++ * there may be a buffer per each data plane or anything in between. What ++ * this means is, you may set however many entries in buf[] you feel ++ * necessary. Each buffer must be reference-counted using the AVBuffer API ++ * (see description of buf[] below). ++ * ++ * The following fields will be set in the frame before this callback is ++ * called: ++ * - format ++ * - width, height (video only) ++ * - sample_rate, channel_layout, nb_samples (audio only) ++ * Their values may differ from the corresponding values in ++ * AVCodecContext. This callback must use the frame values, not the codec ++ * context values, to calculate the required buffer size. ++ * ++ * This callback must fill the following fields in the frame: ++ * - data[] ++ * - linesize[] ++ * - extended_data: ++ * * if the data is planar audio with more than 8 channels, then this ++ * callback must allocate and fill extended_data to contain all pointers ++ * to all data planes. data[] must hold as many pointers as it can. ++ * extended_data must be allocated with av_malloc() and will be freed in ++ * av_frame_unref(). ++ * * otherwise extended_data must point to data ++ * - buf[] must contain one or more pointers to AVBufferRef structures. Each ++ * of the frame's data and extended_data pointers must be contained in these. ++ * That is, one AVBufferRef for each allocated chunk of memory, not ++ * necessarily one AVBufferRef per data[] entry. See: av_buffer_create(), ++ * av_buffer_alloc(), and av_buffer_ref(). ++ * - extended_buf and nb_extended_buf must be allocated with av_malloc() by ++ * this callback and filled with the extra buffers if there are more ++ * buffers than buf[] can hold. extended_buf will be freed in ++ * av_frame_unref(). ++ * ++ * If AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 is not set then get_buffer2() must call ++ * avcodec_default_get_buffer2() instead of providing buffers allocated by ++ * some other means. ++ * ++ * Each data plane must be aligned to the maximum required by the target ++ * CPU. ++ * ++ * @see avcodec_default_get_buffer2() ++ * ++ * Video: ++ * ++ * If AV_GET_BUFFER_FLAG_REF is set in flags then the frame may be reused ++ * (read and/or written to if it is writable) later by libavcodec. ++ * ++ * avcodec_align_dimensions2() should be used to find the required width and ++ * height, as they normally need to be rounded up to the next multiple of 16. ++ * ++ * Some decoders do not support linesizes changing between frames. ++ * ++ * If frame multithreading is used, this callback may be called from a ++ * different thread, but not from more than one at once. Does not need to be ++ * reentrant. ++ * ++ * @see avcodec_align_dimensions2() ++ * ++ * Audio: ++ * ++ * Decoders request a buffer of a particular size by setting ++ * AVFrame.nb_samples prior to calling get_buffer2(). The decoder may, ++ * however, utilize only part of the buffer by setting AVFrame.nb_samples ++ * to a smaller value in the output frame. ++ * ++ * As a convenience, av_samples_get_buffer_size() and ++ * av_samples_fill_arrays() in libavutil may be used by custom get_buffer2() ++ * functions to find the required data size and to fill data pointers and ++ * linesize. In AVFrame.linesize, only linesize[0] may be set for audio ++ * since all planes must be the same size. ++ * ++ * @see av_samples_get_buffer_size(), av_samples_fill_arrays() ++ * ++ * - encoding: unused ++ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. ++ */ ++ int (*get_buffer2)(struct AVCodecContext* s, AVFrame* frame, int flags); ++ ++ /* - encoding parameters */ ++ float qcompress; ///< amount of qscale change between easy & hard scenes ++ ///< (0.0-1.0) ++ float qblur; ///< amount of qscale smoothing over time (0.0-1.0) ++ ++ /** ++ * minimum quantizer ++ * - encoding: Set by user. ++ * - decoding: unused ++ */ ++ int qmin; ++ ++ /** ++ * maximum quantizer ++ * - encoding: Set by user. ++ * - decoding: unused ++ */ ++ int qmax; ++ ++ /** ++ * maximum quantizer difference between frames ++ * - encoding: Set by user. ++ * - decoding: unused ++ */ ++ int max_qdiff; ++ ++ /** ++ * decoder bitstream buffer size ++ * - encoding: Set by user. ++ * - decoding: unused ++ */ ++ int rc_buffer_size; ++ ++ /** ++ * ratecontrol override, see RcOverride ++ * - encoding: Allocated/set/freed by user. ++ * - decoding: unused ++ */ ++ int rc_override_count; ++ RcOverride* rc_override; ++ ++ /** ++ * maximum bitrate ++ * - encoding: Set by user. ++ * - decoding: Set by user, may be overwritten by libavcodec. ++ */ ++ int64_t rc_max_rate; ++ ++ /** ++ * minimum bitrate ++ * - encoding: Set by user. ++ * - decoding: unused ++ */ ++ int64_t rc_min_rate; ++ ++ /** ++ * Ratecontrol attempt to use, at maximum, <value> of what can be used without ++ * an underflow. ++ * - encoding: Set by user. ++ * - decoding: unused. ++ */ ++ float rc_max_available_vbv_use; ++ ++ /** ++ * Ratecontrol attempt to use, at least, <value> times the amount needed to ++ * prevent a vbv overflow. ++ * - encoding: Set by user. ++ * - decoding: unused. ++ */ ++ float rc_min_vbv_overflow_use; ++ ++ /** ++ * Number of bits which should be loaded into the rc buffer before decoding ++ * starts. ++ * - encoding: Set by user. ++ * - decoding: unused ++ */ ++ int rc_initial_buffer_occupancy; ++ ++ /** ++ * trellis RD quantization ++ * - encoding: Set by user. ++ * - decoding: unused ++ */ ++ int trellis; ++ ++ /** ++ * pass1 encoding statistics output buffer ++ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. ++ * - decoding: unused ++ */ ++ char* stats_out; ++ ++ /** ++ * pass2 encoding statistics input buffer ++ * Concatenated stuff from stats_out of pass1 should be placed here. ++ * - encoding: Allocated/set/freed by user. ++ * - decoding: unused ++ */ ++ char* stats_in; ++ ++ /** ++ * Work around bugs in encoders which sometimes cannot be detected ++ * automatically. ++ * - encoding: Set by user ++ * - decoding: Set by user ++ */ ++ int workaround_bugs; ++#define FF_BUG_AUTODETECT 1 ///< autodetection ++#define FF_BUG_XVID_ILACE 4 ++#define FF_BUG_UMP4 8 ++#define FF_BUG_NO_PADDING 16 ++#define FF_BUG_AMV 32 ++#define FF_BUG_QPEL_CHROMA 64 ++#define FF_BUG_STD_QPEL 128 ++#define FF_BUG_QPEL_CHROMA2 256 ++#define FF_BUG_DIRECT_BLOCKSIZE 512 ++#define FF_BUG_EDGE 1024 ++#define FF_BUG_HPEL_CHROMA 2048 ++#define FF_BUG_DC_CLIP 4096 ++#define FF_BUG_MS \ ++ 8192 ///< Work around various bugs in Microsoft's broken decoders. ++#define FF_BUG_TRUNCATED 16384 ++#define FF_BUG_IEDGE 32768 ++ ++ /** ++ * strictly follow the standard (MPEG-4, ...). ++ * - encoding: Set by user. ++ * - decoding: Set by user. ++ * Setting this to STRICT or higher means the encoder and decoder will ++ * generally do stupid things, whereas setting it to unofficial or lower ++ * will mean the encoder might produce output that is not supported by all ++ * spec-compliant decoders. Decoders don't differentiate between normal, ++ * unofficial and experimental (that is, they always try to decode things ++ * when they can) unless they are explicitly asked to behave stupidly ++ * (=strictly conform to the specs) ++ */ ++ int strict_std_compliance; ++#define FF_COMPLIANCE_VERY_STRICT \ ++ 2 ///< Strictly conform to an older more strict version of the spec or ++ ///< reference software. ++#define FF_COMPLIANCE_STRICT \ ++ 1 ///< Strictly conform to all the things in the spec no matter what ++ ///< consequences. ++#define FF_COMPLIANCE_NORMAL 0 ++#define FF_COMPLIANCE_UNOFFICIAL -1 ///< Allow unofficial extensions ++#define FF_COMPLIANCE_EXPERIMENTAL \ ++ -2 ///< Allow nonstandardized experimental things. ++ ++ /** ++ * error concealment flags ++ * - encoding: unused ++ * - decoding: Set by user. ++ */ ++ int error_concealment; ++#define FF_EC_GUESS_MVS 1 ++#define FF_EC_DEBLOCK 2 ++#define FF_EC_FAVOR_INTER 256 ++ ++ /** ++ * debug ++ * - encoding: Set by user. ++ * - decoding: Set by user. ++ */ ++ int debug; ++#define FF_DEBUG_PICT_INFO 1 ++#define FF_DEBUG_RC 2 ++#define FF_DEBUG_BITSTREAM 4 ++#define FF_DEBUG_MB_TYPE 8 ++#define FF_DEBUG_QP 16 ++#define FF_DEBUG_DCT_COEFF 0x00000040 ++#define FF_DEBUG_SKIP 0x00000080 ++#define FF_DEBUG_STARTCODE 0x00000100 ++#define FF_DEBUG_ER 0x00000400 ++#define FF_DEBUG_MMCO 0x00000800 ++#define FF_DEBUG_BUGS 0x00001000 ++#define FF_DEBUG_BUFFERS 0x00008000 ++#define FF_DEBUG_THREADS 0x00010000 ++#define FF_DEBUG_GREEN_MD 0x00800000 ++#define FF_DEBUG_NOMC 0x01000000 ++ ++ /** ++ * Error recognition; may misdetect some more or less valid parts as errors. ++ * - encoding: Set by user. ++ * - decoding: Set by user. ++ */ ++ int err_recognition; ++ ++/** ++ * Verify checksums embedded in the bitstream (could be of either encoded or ++ * decoded data, depending on the codec) and print an error message on mismatch. ++ * If AV_EF_EXPLODE is also set, a mismatching checksum will result in the ++ * decoder returning an error. ++ */ ++#define AV_EF_CRCCHECK (1 << 0) ++#define AV_EF_BITSTREAM (1 << 1) ///< detect bitstream specification deviations ++#define AV_EF_BUFFER (1 << 2) ///< detect improper bitstream length ++#define AV_EF_EXPLODE (1 << 3) ///< abort decoding on minor error detection ++ ++#define AV_EF_IGNORE_ERR (1 << 15) ///< ignore errors and continue ++#define AV_EF_CAREFUL \ ++ (1 << 16) ///< consider things that violate the spec, are fast to calculate ++ ///< and have not been seen in the wild as errors ++#define AV_EF_COMPLIANT \ ++ (1 << 17) ///< consider all spec non compliances as errors ++#define AV_EF_AGGRESSIVE \ ++ (1 << 18) ///< consider things that a sane encoder should not do as an error ++ ++ /** ++ * opaque 64-bit number (generally a PTS) that will be reordered and ++ * output in AVFrame.reordered_opaque ++ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec to the reordered_opaque of the input ++ * frame corresponding to the last returned packet. Only ++ * supported by encoders with the ++ * AV_CODEC_CAP_ENCODER_REORDERED_OPAQUE capability. ++ * - decoding: Set by user. ++ */ ++ int64_t reordered_opaque; ++ ++ /** ++ * Hardware accelerator in use ++ * - encoding: unused. ++ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec ++ */ ++ const struct AVHWAccel* hwaccel; ++ ++ /** ++ * Hardware accelerator context. ++ * For some hardware accelerators, a global context needs to be ++ * provided by the user. In that case, this holds display-dependent ++ * data FFmpeg cannot instantiate itself. Please refer to the ++ * FFmpeg HW accelerator documentation to know how to fill this. ++ * - encoding: unused ++ * - decoding: Set by user ++ */ ++ void* hwaccel_context; ++ ++ /** ++ * error ++ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec if flags & AV_CODEC_FLAG_PSNR. ++ * - decoding: unused ++ */ ++ uint64_t error[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; ++ ++ /** ++ * DCT algorithm, see FF_DCT_* below ++ * - encoding: Set by user. ++ * - decoding: unused ++ */ ++ int dct_algo; ++#define FF_DCT_AUTO 0 ++#define FF_DCT_FASTINT 1 ++#define FF_DCT_INT 2 ++#define FF_DCT_MMX 3 ++#define FF_DCT_ALTIVEC 5 ++#define FF_DCT_FAAN 6 ++ ++ /** ++ * IDCT algorithm, see FF_IDCT_* below. ++ * - encoding: Set by user. ++ * - decoding: Set by user. ++ */ ++ int idct_algo; ++#define FF_IDCT_AUTO 0 ++#define FF_IDCT_INT 1 ++#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLE 2 ++#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEMMX 3 ++#define FF_IDCT_ARM 7 ++#define FF_IDCT_ALTIVEC 8 ++#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEARM 10 ++#define FF_IDCT_XVID 14 ++#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEARMV5TE 16 ++#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEARMV6 17 ++#define FF_IDCT_FAAN 20 ++#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLENEON 22 ++#define FF_IDCT_NONE \ ++ 24 /* Used by XvMC to extract IDCT coefficients with FF_IDCT_PERM_NONE */ ++#define FF_IDCT_SIMPLEAUTO 128 ++ ++ /** ++ * bits per sample/pixel from the demuxer (needed for huffyuv). ++ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. ++ * - decoding: Set by user. ++ */ ++ int bits_per_coded_sample; ++ ++ /** ++ * Bits per sample/pixel of internal libavcodec pixel/sample format. ++ * - encoding: set by user. ++ * - decoding: set by libavcodec. ++ */ ++ int bits_per_raw_sample; ++ ++ /** ++ * low resolution decoding, 1-> 1/2 size, 2->1/4 size ++ * - encoding: unused ++ * - decoding: Set by user. ++ */ ++ int lowres; ++ ++ /** ++ * thread count ++ * is used to decide how many independent tasks should be passed to execute() ++ * - encoding: Set by user. ++ * - decoding: Set by user. ++ */ ++ int thread_count; ++ ++ /** ++ * Which multithreading methods to use. ++ * Use of FF_THREAD_FRAME will increase decoding delay by one frame per ++ * thread, so clients which cannot provide future frames should not use it. ++ * ++ * - encoding: Set by user, otherwise the default is used. ++ * - decoding: Set by user, otherwise the default is used. ++ */ ++ int thread_type; ++#define FF_THREAD_FRAME 1 ///< Decode more than one frame at once ++#define FF_THREAD_SLICE \ ++ 2 ///< Decode more than one part of a single frame at once ++ ++ /** ++ * Which multithreading methods are in use by the codec. ++ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. ++ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. ++ */ ++ int active_thread_type; ++ ++#if FF_API_THREAD_SAFE_CALLBACKS ++ /** ++ * Set by the client if its custom get_buffer() callback can be called ++ * synchronously from another thread, which allows faster multithreaded ++ * decoding. draw_horiz_band() will be called from other threads regardless of ++ * this setting. Ignored if the default get_buffer() is used. ++ * - encoding: Set by user. ++ * - decoding: Set by user. ++ * ++ * @deprecated the custom get_buffer2() callback should always be ++ * thread-safe. Thread-unsafe get_buffer2() implementations will be ++ * invalid starting with LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR=60; in other words, ++ * libavcodec will behave as if this field was always set to 1. ++ * Callers that want to be forward compatible with future libavcodec ++ * versions should wrap access to this field in ++ * #if LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 60 ++ */ ++ attribute_deprecated int thread_safe_callbacks; ++#endif ++ ++ /** ++ * The codec may call this to execute several independent things. ++ * It will return only after finishing all tasks. ++ * The user may replace this with some multithreaded implementation, ++ * the default implementation will execute the parts serially. ++ * @param count the number of things to execute ++ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. ++ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. ++ */ ++ int (*execute)(struct AVCodecContext* c, ++ int (*func)(struct AVCodecContext* c2, void* arg), void* arg2, ++ int* ret, int count, int size); ++ ++ /** ++ * The codec may call this to execute several independent things. ++ * It will return only after finishing all tasks. ++ * The user may replace this with some multithreaded implementation, ++ * the default implementation will execute the parts serially. ++ * Also see avcodec_thread_init and e.g. the --enable-pthread configure ++ * option. ++ * @param c context passed also to func ++ * @param count the number of things to execute ++ * @param arg2 argument passed unchanged to func ++ * @param ret return values of executed functions, must have space for "count" ++ * values. May be NULL. ++ * @param func function that will be called count times, with jobnr from 0 to ++ * count-1. threadnr will be in the range 0 to c->thread_count-1 < MAX_THREADS ++ * and so that no two instances of func executing at the same time will have ++ * the same threadnr. ++ * @return always 0 currently, but code should handle a future improvement ++ * where when any call to func returns < 0 no further calls to func may be ++ * done and < 0 is returned. ++ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. ++ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. ++ */ ++ int (*execute2)(struct AVCodecContext* c, ++ int (*func)(struct AVCodecContext* c2, void* arg, int jobnr, ++ int threadnr), ++ void* arg2, int* ret, int count); ++ ++ /** ++ * noise vs. sse weight for the nsse comparison function ++ * - encoding: Set by user. ++ * - decoding: unused ++ */ ++ int nsse_weight; ++ ++ /** ++ * profile ++ * - encoding: Set by user. ++ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. ++ */ ++ int profile; ++#define FF_PROFILE_UNKNOWN -99 ++#define FF_PROFILE_RESERVED -100 ++ ++#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_MAIN 0 ++#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_LOW 1 ++#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_SSR 2 ++#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_LTP 3 ++#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_HE 4 ++#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_HE_V2 28 ++#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_LD 22 ++#define FF_PROFILE_AAC_ELD 38 ++#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_AAC_LOW 128 ++#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_AAC_HE 131 ++ ++#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHD 0 ++#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHR_LB 1 ++#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHR_SQ 2 ++#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHR_HQ 3 ++#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHR_HQX 4 ++#define FF_PROFILE_DNXHR_444 5 ++ ++#define FF_PROFILE_DTS 20 ++#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_ES 30 ++#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_96_24 40 ++#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_HD_HRA 50 ++#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_HD_MA 60 ++#define FF_PROFILE_DTS_EXPRESS 70 ++ ++#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_422 0 ++#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_HIGH 1 ++#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_SS 2 ++#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_SNR_SCALABLE 3 ++#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_MAIN 4 ++#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG2_SIMPLE 5 ++ ++#define FF_PROFILE_H264_CONSTRAINED (1 << 9) // 8+1; constraint_set1_flag ++#define FF_PROFILE_H264_INTRA (1 << 11) // 8+3; constraint_set3_flag ++ ++#define FF_PROFILE_H264_BASELINE 66 ++#define FF_PROFILE_H264_CONSTRAINED_BASELINE (66 | FF_PROFILE_H264_CONSTRAINED) ++#define FF_PROFILE_H264_MAIN 77 ++#define FF_PROFILE_H264_EXTENDED 88 ++#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH 100 ++#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_10 110 ++#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_10_INTRA (110 | FF_PROFILE_H264_INTRA) ++#define FF_PROFILE_H264_MULTIVIEW_HIGH 118 ++#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_422 122 ++#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_422_INTRA (122 | FF_PROFILE_H264_INTRA) ++#define FF_PROFILE_H264_STEREO_HIGH 128 ++#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_444 144 ++#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_444_PREDICTIVE 244 ++#define FF_PROFILE_H264_HIGH_444_INTRA (244 | FF_PROFILE_H264_INTRA) ++#define FF_PROFILE_H264_CAVLC_444 44 ++ ++#define FF_PROFILE_VC1_SIMPLE 0 ++#define FF_PROFILE_VC1_MAIN 1 ++#define FF_PROFILE_VC1_COMPLEX 2 ++#define FF_PROFILE_VC1_ADVANCED 3 ++ ++#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE 0 ++#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE_SCALABLE 1 ++#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_CORE 2 ++#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_MAIN 3 ++#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_N_BIT 4 ++#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SCALABLE_TEXTURE 5 ++#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE_FACE_ANIMATION 6 ++#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_BASIC_ANIMATED_TEXTURE 7 ++#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_HYBRID 8 ++#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_REAL_TIME 9 ++#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_CORE_SCALABLE 10 ++#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_CODING 11 ++#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_CORE 12 ++#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_SCALABLE_TEXTURE 13 ++#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_SIMPLE_STUDIO 14 ++#define FF_PROFILE_MPEG4_ADVANCED_SIMPLE 15 ++ ++#define FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_CSTREAM_RESTRICTION_0 1 ++#define FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_CSTREAM_RESTRICTION_1 2 ++#define FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_CSTREAM_NO_RESTRICTION 32768 ++#define FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_DCINEMA_2K 3 ++#define FF_PROFILE_JPEG2000_DCINEMA_4K 4 ++ ++#define FF_PROFILE_VP9_0 0 ++#define FF_PROFILE_VP9_1 1 ++#define FF_PROFILE_VP9_2 2 ++#define FF_PROFILE_VP9_3 3 ++ ++#define FF_PROFILE_HEVC_MAIN 1 ++#define FF_PROFILE_HEVC_MAIN_10 2 ++#define FF_PROFILE_HEVC_MAIN_STILL_PICTURE 3 ++#define FF_PROFILE_HEVC_REXT 4 ++ ++#define FF_PROFILE_VVC_MAIN_10 1 ++#define FF_PROFILE_VVC_MAIN_10_444 33 ++ ++#define FF_PROFILE_AV1_MAIN 0 ++#define FF_PROFILE_AV1_HIGH 1 ++#define FF_PROFILE_AV1_PROFESSIONAL 2 ++ ++#define FF_PROFILE_MJPEG_HUFFMAN_BASELINE_DCT 0xc0 ++#define FF_PROFILE_MJPEG_HUFFMAN_EXTENDED_SEQUENTIAL_DCT 0xc1 ++#define FF_PROFILE_MJPEG_HUFFMAN_PROGRESSIVE_DCT 0xc2 ++#define FF_PROFILE_MJPEG_HUFFMAN_LOSSLESS 0xc3 ++#define FF_PROFILE_MJPEG_JPEG_LS 0xf7 ++ ++#define FF_PROFILE_SBC_MSBC 1 ++ ++#define FF_PROFILE_PRORES_PROXY 0 ++#define FF_PROFILE_PRORES_LT 1 ++#define FF_PROFILE_PRORES_STANDARD 2 ++#define FF_PROFILE_PRORES_HQ 3 ++#define FF_PROFILE_PRORES_4444 4 ++#define FF_PROFILE_PRORES_XQ 5 ++ ++#define FF_PROFILE_ARIB_PROFILE_A 0 ++#define FF_PROFILE_ARIB_PROFILE_C 1 ++ ++#define FF_PROFILE_KLVA_SYNC 0 ++#define FF_PROFILE_KLVA_ASYNC 1 ++ ++ /** ++ * level ++ * - encoding: Set by user. ++ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. ++ */ ++ int level; ++#define FF_LEVEL_UNKNOWN -99 ++ ++ /** ++ * Skip loop filtering for selected frames. ++ * - encoding: unused ++ * - decoding: Set by user. ++ */ ++ enum AVDiscard skip_loop_filter; ++ ++ /** ++ * Skip IDCT/dequantization for selected frames. ++ * - encoding: unused ++ * - decoding: Set by user. ++ */ ++ enum AVDiscard skip_idct; ++ ++ /** ++ * Skip decoding for selected frames. ++ * - encoding: unused ++ * - decoding: Set by user. ++ */ ++ enum AVDiscard skip_frame; ++ ++ /** ++ * Header containing style information for text subtitles. ++ * For SUBTITLE_ASS subtitle type, it should contain the whole ASS ++ * [Script Info] and [V4+ Styles] section, plus the [Events] line and ++ * the Format line following. It shouldn't include any Dialogue line. ++ * - encoding: Set/allocated/freed by user (before avcodec_open2()) ++ * - decoding: Set/allocated/freed by libavcodec (by avcodec_open2()) ++ */ ++ uint8_t* subtitle_header; ++ int subtitle_header_size; ++ ++ /** ++ * Audio only. The number of "priming" samples (padding) inserted by the ++ * encoder at the beginning of the audio. I.e. this number of leading ++ * decoded samples must be discarded by the caller to get the original audio ++ * without leading padding. ++ * ++ * - decoding: unused ++ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec. The timestamps on the output packets are ++ * adjusted by the encoder so that they always refer to the ++ * first sample of the data actually contained in the packet, ++ * including any added padding. E.g. if the timebase is ++ * 1/samplerate and the timestamp of the first input sample is ++ * 0, the timestamp of the first output packet will be ++ * -initial_padding. ++ */ ++ int initial_padding; ++ ++ /** ++ * - decoding: For codecs that store a framerate value in the compressed ++ * bitstream, the decoder may export it here. { 0, 1} when ++ * unknown. ++ * - encoding: May be used to signal the framerate of CFR content to an ++ * encoder. ++ */ ++ AVRational framerate; ++ ++ /** ++ * Nominal unaccelerated pixel format, see AV_PIX_FMT_xxx. ++ * - encoding: unused. ++ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec before calling get_format() ++ */ ++ enum AVPixelFormat sw_pix_fmt; ++ ++ /** ++ * Timebase in which pkt_dts/pts and AVPacket.dts/pts are. ++ * - encoding unused. ++ * - decoding set by user. ++ */ ++ AVRational pkt_timebase; ++ ++ /** ++ * AVCodecDescriptor ++ * - encoding: unused. ++ * - decoding: set by libavcodec. ++ */ ++ const AVCodecDescriptor* codec_descriptor; ++ ++ /** ++ * Current statistics for PTS correction. ++ * - decoding: maintained and used by libavcodec, not intended to be used by ++ * user apps ++ * - encoding: unused ++ */ ++ int64_t ++ pts_correction_num_faulty_pts; /// Number of incorrect PTS values so far ++ int64_t ++ pts_correction_num_faulty_dts; /// Number of incorrect DTS values so far ++ int64_t pts_correction_last_pts; /// PTS of the last frame ++ int64_t pts_correction_last_dts; /// DTS of the last frame ++ ++ /** ++ * Character encoding of the input subtitles file. ++ * - decoding: set by user ++ * - encoding: unused ++ */ ++ char* sub_charenc; ++ ++ /** ++ * Subtitles character encoding mode. Formats or codecs might be adjusting ++ * this setting (if they are doing the conversion themselves for instance). ++ * - decoding: set by libavcodec ++ * - encoding: unused ++ */ ++ int sub_charenc_mode; ++#define FF_SUB_CHARENC_MODE_DO_NOTHING \ ++ -1 ///< do nothing (demuxer outputs a stream supposed to be already in UTF-8, ++ ///< or the codec is bitmap for instance) ++#define FF_SUB_CHARENC_MODE_AUTOMATIC \ ++ 0 ///< libavcodec will select the mode itself ++#define FF_SUB_CHARENC_MODE_PRE_DECODER \ ++ 1 ///< the AVPacket data needs to be recoded to UTF-8 before being fed to the ++ ///< decoder, requires iconv ++#define FF_SUB_CHARENC_MODE_IGNORE \ ++ 2 ///< neither convert the subtitles, nor check them for valid UTF-8 ++ ++ /** ++ * Skip processing alpha if supported by codec. ++ * Note that if the format uses pre-multiplied alpha (common with VP6, ++ * and recommended due to better video quality/compression) ++ * the image will look as if alpha-blended onto a black background. ++ * However for formats that do not use pre-multiplied alpha ++ * there might be serious artefacts (though e.g. libswscale currently ++ * assumes pre-multiplied alpha anyway). ++ * ++ * - decoding: set by user ++ * - encoding: unused ++ */ ++ int skip_alpha; ++ ++ /** ++ * Number of samples to skip after a discontinuity ++ * - decoding: unused ++ * - encoding: set by libavcodec ++ */ ++ int seek_preroll; ++ ++#if FF_API_DEBUG_MV ++ /** ++ * @deprecated unused ++ */ ++ attribute_deprecated int debug_mv; ++# define FF_DEBUG_VIS_MV_P_FOR \ ++ 0x00000001 // visualize forward predicted MVs of P frames ++# define FF_DEBUG_VIS_MV_B_FOR \ ++ 0x00000002 // visualize forward predicted MVs of B frames ++# define FF_DEBUG_VIS_MV_B_BACK \ ++ 0x00000004 // visualize backward predicted MVs of B frames ++#endif ++ ++ /** ++ * custom intra quantization matrix ++ * - encoding: Set by user, can be NULL. ++ * - decoding: unused. ++ */ ++ uint16_t* chroma_intra_matrix; ++ ++ /** ++ * dump format separator. ++ * can be ", " or "\n " or anything else ++ * - encoding: Set by user. ++ * - decoding: Set by user. ++ */ ++ uint8_t* dump_separator; ++ ++ /** ++ * ',' separated list of allowed decoders. ++ * If NULL then all are allowed ++ * - encoding: unused ++ * - decoding: set by user ++ */ ++ char* codec_whitelist; ++ ++ /** ++ * Properties of the stream that gets decoded ++ * - encoding: unused ++ * - decoding: set by libavcodec ++ */ ++ unsigned properties; ++#define FF_CODEC_PROPERTY_LOSSLESS 0x00000001 ++#define FF_CODEC_PROPERTY_CLOSED_CAPTIONS 0x00000002 ++#define FF_CODEC_PROPERTY_FILM_GRAIN 0x00000004 ++ ++ /** ++ * Additional data associated with the entire coded stream. ++ * ++ * - decoding: unused ++ * - encoding: may be set by libavcodec after avcodec_open2(). ++ */ ++ AVPacketSideData* coded_side_data; ++ int nb_coded_side_data; ++ ++ /** ++ * A reference to the AVHWFramesContext describing the input (for encoding) ++ * or output (decoding) frames. The reference is set by the caller and ++ * afterwards owned (and freed) by libavcodec - it should never be read by ++ * the caller after being set. ++ * ++ * - decoding: This field should be set by the caller from the get_format() ++ * callback. The previous reference (if any) will always be ++ * unreffed by libavcodec before the get_format() call. ++ * ++ * If the default get_buffer2() is used with a hwaccel pixel ++ * format, then this AVHWFramesContext will be used for ++ * allocating the frame buffers. ++ * ++ * - encoding: For hardware encoders configured to use a hwaccel pixel ++ * format, this field should be set by the caller to a reference ++ * to the AVHWFramesContext describing input frames. ++ * AVHWFramesContext.format must be equal to ++ * AVCodecContext.pix_fmt. ++ * ++ * This field should be set before avcodec_open2() is called. ++ */ ++ AVBufferRef* hw_frames_ctx; ++ ++#if FF_API_SUB_TEXT_FORMAT ++ /** ++ * @deprecated unused ++ */ ++ attribute_deprecated int sub_text_format; ++# define FF_SUB_TEXT_FMT_ASS 0 ++#endif ++ ++ /** ++ * Audio only. The amount of padding (in samples) appended by the encoder to ++ * the end of the audio. I.e. this number of decoded samples must be ++ * discarded by the caller from the end of the stream to get the original ++ * audio without any trailing padding. ++ * ++ * - decoding: unused ++ * - encoding: unused ++ */ ++ int trailing_padding; ++ ++ /** ++ * The number of pixels per image to maximally accept. ++ * ++ * - decoding: set by user ++ * - encoding: set by user ++ */ ++ int64_t max_pixels; ++ ++ /** ++ * A reference to the AVHWDeviceContext describing the device which will ++ * be used by a hardware encoder/decoder. The reference is set by the ++ * caller and afterwards owned (and freed) by libavcodec. ++ * ++ * This should be used if either the codec device does not require ++ * hardware frames or any that are used are to be allocated internally by ++ * libavcodec. If the user wishes to supply any of the frames used as ++ * encoder input or decoder output then hw_frames_ctx should be used ++ * instead. When hw_frames_ctx is set in get_format() for a decoder, this ++ * field will be ignored while decoding the associated stream segment, but ++ * may again be used on a following one after another get_format() call. ++ * ++ * For both encoders and decoders this field should be set before ++ * avcodec_open2() is called and must not be written to thereafter. ++ * ++ * Note that some decoders may require this field to be set initially in ++ * order to support hw_frames_ctx at all - in that case, all frames ++ * contexts used must be created on the same device. ++ */ ++ AVBufferRef* hw_device_ctx; ++ ++ /** ++ * Bit set of AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_* flags, which affect hardware accelerated ++ * decoding (if active). ++ * - encoding: unused ++ * - decoding: Set by user (either before avcodec_open2(), or in the ++ * AVCodecContext.get_format callback) ++ */ ++ int hwaccel_flags; ++ ++ /** ++ * Video decoding only. Certain video codecs support cropping, meaning that ++ * only a sub-rectangle of the decoded frame is intended for display. This ++ * option controls how cropping is handled by libavcodec. ++ * ++ * When set to 1 (the default), libavcodec will apply cropping internally. ++ * I.e. it will modify the output frame width/height fields and offset the ++ * data pointers (only by as much as possible while preserving alignment, or ++ * by the full amount if the AV_CODEC_FLAG_UNALIGNED flag is set) so that ++ * the frames output by the decoder refer only to the cropped area. The ++ * crop_* fields of the output frames will be zero. ++ * ++ * When set to 0, the width/height fields of the output frames will be set ++ * to the coded dimensions and the crop_* fields will describe the cropping ++ * rectangle. Applying the cropping is left to the caller. ++ * ++ * @warning When hardware acceleration with opaque output frames is used, ++ * libavcodec is unable to apply cropping from the top/left border. ++ * ++ * @note when this option is set to zero, the width/height fields of the ++ * AVCodecContext and output AVFrames have different meanings. The codec ++ * context fields store display dimensions (with the coded dimensions in ++ * coded_width/height), while the frame fields store the coded dimensions ++ * (with the display dimensions being determined by the crop_* fields). ++ */ ++ int apply_cropping; ++ ++ /* ++ * Video decoding only. Sets the number of extra hardware frames which ++ * the decoder will allocate for use by the caller. This must be set ++ * before avcodec_open2() is called. ++ * ++ * Some hardware decoders require all frames that they will use for ++ * output to be defined in advance before decoding starts. For such ++ * decoders, the hardware frame pool must therefore be of a fixed size. ++ * The extra frames set here are on top of any number that the decoder ++ * needs internally in order to operate normally (for example, frames ++ * used as reference pictures). ++ */ ++ int extra_hw_frames; ++ ++ /** ++ * The percentage of damaged samples to discard a frame. ++ * ++ * - decoding: set by user ++ * - encoding: unused ++ */ ++ int discard_damaged_percentage; ++ ++ /** ++ * The number of samples per frame to maximally accept. ++ * ++ * - decoding: set by user ++ * - encoding: set by user ++ */ ++ int64_t max_samples; ++ ++ /** ++ * Bit set of AV_CODEC_EXPORT_DATA_* flags, which affects the kind of ++ * metadata exported in frame, packet, or coded stream side data by ++ * decoders and encoders. ++ * ++ * - decoding: set by user ++ * - encoding: set by user ++ */ ++ int export_side_data; ++ ++ /** ++ * This callback is called at the beginning of each packet to get a data ++ * buffer for it. ++ * ++ * The following field will be set in the packet before this callback is ++ * called: ++ * - size ++ * This callback must use the above value to calculate the required buffer ++ * size, which must padded by at least AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE bytes. ++ * ++ * In some specific cases, the encoder may not use the entire buffer allocated ++ * by this callback. This will be reflected in the size value in the packet ++ * once returned by avcodec_receive_packet(). ++ * ++ * This callback must fill the following fields in the packet: ++ * - data: alignment requirements for AVPacket apply, if any. Some ++ * architectures and encoders may benefit from having aligned data. ++ * - buf: must contain a pointer to an AVBufferRef structure. The packet's ++ * data pointer must be contained in it. See: av_buffer_create(), ++ * av_buffer_alloc(), and av_buffer_ref(). ++ * ++ * If AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 is not set then get_encode_buffer() must call ++ * avcodec_default_get_encode_buffer() instead of providing a buffer allocated ++ * by some other means. ++ * ++ * The flags field may contain a combination of AV_GET_ENCODE_BUFFER_FLAG_ ++ * flags. They may be used for example to hint what use the buffer may get ++ * after being created. Implementations of this callback may ignore flags they ++ * don't understand. If AV_GET_ENCODE_BUFFER_FLAG_REF is set in flags then the ++ * packet may be reused (read and/or written to if it is writable) later by ++ * libavcodec. ++ * ++ * This callback must be thread-safe, as when frame threading is used, it may ++ * be called from multiple threads simultaneously. ++ * ++ * @see avcodec_default_get_encode_buffer() ++ * ++ * - encoding: Set by libavcodec, user can override. ++ * - decoding: unused ++ */ ++ int (*get_encode_buffer)(struct AVCodecContext* s, AVPacket* pkt, int flags); ++} AVCodecContext; ++ ++struct MpegEncContext; ++ ++/** ++ * @defgroup lavc_hwaccel AVHWAccel ++ * ++ * @note Nothing in this structure should be accessed by the user. At some ++ * point in future it will not be externally visible at all. ++ * ++ * @{ ++ */ ++typedef struct AVHWAccel { ++ /** ++ * Name of the hardware accelerated codec. ++ * The name is globally unique among encoders and among decoders (but an ++ * encoder and a decoder can share the same name). ++ */ ++ const char* name; ++ ++ /** ++ * Type of codec implemented by the hardware accelerator. ++ * ++ * See AVMEDIA_TYPE_xxx ++ */ ++ enum AVMediaType type; ++ ++ /** ++ * Codec implemented by the hardware accelerator. ++ * ++ * See AV_CODEC_ID_xxx ++ */ ++ enum AVCodecID id; ++ ++ /** ++ * Supported pixel format. ++ * ++ * Only hardware accelerated formats are supported here. ++ */ ++ enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt; ++ ++ /** ++ * Hardware accelerated codec capabilities. ++ * see AV_HWACCEL_CODEC_CAP_* ++ */ ++ int capabilities; ++ ++ /***************************************************************** ++ * No fields below this line are part of the public API. They ++ * may not be used outside of libavcodec and can be changed and ++ * removed at will. ++ * New public fields should be added right above. ++ ***************************************************************** ++ */ ++ ++ /** ++ * Allocate a custom buffer ++ */ ++ int (*alloc_frame)(AVCodecContext* avctx, AVFrame* frame); ++ ++ /** ++ * Called at the beginning of each frame or field picture. ++ * ++ * Meaningful frame information (codec specific) is guaranteed to ++ * be parsed at this point. This function is mandatory. ++ * ++ * Note that buf can be NULL along with buf_size set to 0. ++ * Otherwise, this means the whole frame is available at this point. ++ * ++ * @param avctx the codec context ++ * @param buf the frame data buffer base ++ * @param buf_size the size of the frame in bytes ++ * @return zero if successful, a negative value otherwise ++ */ ++ int (*start_frame)(AVCodecContext* avctx, const uint8_t* buf, ++ uint32_t buf_size); ++ ++ /** ++ * Callback for parameter data (SPS/PPS/VPS etc). ++ * ++ * Useful for hardware decoders which keep persistent state about the ++ * video parameters, and need to receive any changes to update that state. ++ * ++ * @param avctx the codec context ++ * @param type the nal unit type ++ * @param buf the nal unit data buffer ++ * @param buf_size the size of the nal unit in bytes ++ * @return zero if successful, a negative value otherwise ++ */ ++ int (*decode_params)(AVCodecContext* avctx, int type, const uint8_t* buf, ++ uint32_t buf_size); ++ ++ /** ++ * Callback for each slice. ++ * ++ * Meaningful slice information (codec specific) is guaranteed to ++ * be parsed at this point. This function is mandatory. ++ * The only exception is XvMC, that works on MB level. ++ * ++ * @param avctx the codec context ++ * @param buf the slice data buffer base ++ * @param buf_size the size of the slice in bytes ++ * @return zero if successful, a negative value otherwise ++ */ ++ int (*decode_slice)(AVCodecContext* avctx, const uint8_t* buf, ++ uint32_t buf_size); ++ ++ /** ++ * Called at the end of each frame or field picture. ++ * ++ * The whole picture is parsed at this point and can now be sent ++ * to the hardware accelerator. This function is mandatory. ++ * ++ * @param avctx the codec context ++ * @return zero if successful, a negative value otherwise ++ */ ++ int (*end_frame)(AVCodecContext* avctx); ++ ++ /** ++ * Size of per-frame hardware accelerator private data. ++ * ++ * Private data is allocated with av_mallocz() before ++ * AVCodecContext.get_buffer() and deallocated after ++ * AVCodecContext.release_buffer(). ++ */ ++ int frame_priv_data_size; ++ ++ /** ++ * Called for every Macroblock in a slice. ++ * ++ * XvMC uses it to replace the ff_mpv_reconstruct_mb(). ++ * Instead of decoding to raw picture, MB parameters are ++ * stored in an array provided by the video driver. ++ * ++ * @param s the mpeg context ++ */ ++ void (*decode_mb)(struct MpegEncContext* s); ++ ++ /** ++ * Initialize the hwaccel private data. ++ * ++ * This will be called from ff_get_format(), after hwaccel and ++ * hwaccel_context are set and the hwaccel private data in AVCodecInternal ++ * is allocated. ++ */ ++ int (*init)(AVCodecContext* avctx); ++ ++ /** ++ * Uninitialize the hwaccel private data. ++ * ++ * This will be called from get_format() or avcodec_close(), after hwaccel ++ * and hwaccel_context are already uninitialized. ++ */ ++ int (*uninit)(AVCodecContext* avctx); ++ ++ /** ++ * Size of the private data to allocate in ++ * AVCodecInternal.hwaccel_priv_data. ++ */ ++ int priv_data_size; ++ ++ /** ++ * Internal hwaccel capabilities. ++ */ ++ int caps_internal; ++ ++ /** ++ * Fill the given hw_frames context with current codec parameters. Called ++ * from get_format. Refer to avcodec_get_hw_frames_parameters() for ++ * details. ++ * ++ * This CAN be called before AVHWAccel.init is called, and you must assume ++ * that avctx->hwaccel_priv_data is invalid. ++ */ ++ int (*frame_params)(AVCodecContext* avctx, AVBufferRef* hw_frames_ctx); ++} AVHWAccel; ++ ++/** ++ * HWAccel is experimental and is thus avoided in favor of non experimental ++ * codecs ++ */ ++#define AV_HWACCEL_CODEC_CAP_EXPERIMENTAL 0x0200 ++ ++/** ++ * Hardware acceleration should be used for decoding even if the codec level ++ * used is unknown or higher than the maximum supported level reported by the ++ * hardware driver. ++ * ++ * It's generally a good idea to pass this flag unless you have a specific ++ * reason not to, as hardware tends to under-report supported levels. ++ */ ++#define AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_IGNORE_LEVEL (1 << 0) ++ ++/** ++ * Hardware acceleration can output YUV pixel formats with a different chroma ++ * sampling than 4:2:0 and/or other than 8 bits per component. ++ */ ++#define AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_ALLOW_HIGH_DEPTH (1 << 1) ++ ++/** ++ * Hardware acceleration should still be attempted for decoding when the ++ * codec profile does not match the reported capabilities of the hardware. ++ * ++ * For example, this can be used to try to decode baseline profile H.264 ++ * streams in hardware - it will often succeed, because many streams marked ++ * as baseline profile actually conform to constrained baseline profile. ++ * ++ * @warning If the stream is actually not supported then the behaviour is ++ * undefined, and may include returning entirely incorrect output ++ * while indicating success. ++ */ ++#define AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_ALLOW_PROFILE_MISMATCH (1 << 2) ++ ++/** ++ * @} ++ */ ++ ++enum AVSubtitleType { ++ SUBTITLE_NONE, ++ ++ SUBTITLE_BITMAP, ///< A bitmap, pict will be set ++ ++ /** ++ * Plain text, the text field must be set by the decoder and is ++ * authoritative. ass and pict fields may contain approximations. ++ */ ++ SUBTITLE_TEXT, ++ ++ /** ++ * Formatted text, the ass field must be set by the decoder and is ++ * authoritative. pict and text fields may contain approximations. ++ */ ++ SUBTITLE_ASS, ++}; ++ ++#define AV_SUBTITLE_FLAG_FORCED 0x00000001 ++ ++typedef struct AVSubtitleRect { ++ int x; ///< top left corner of pict, undefined when pict is not set ++ int y; ///< top left corner of pict, undefined when pict is not set ++ int w; ///< width of pict, undefined when pict is not set ++ int h; ///< height of pict, undefined when pict is not set ++ int nb_colors; ///< number of colors in pict, undefined when pict is not set ++ ++ /** ++ * data+linesize for the bitmap of this subtitle. ++ * Can be set for text/ass as well once they are rendered. ++ */ ++ uint8_t* data[4]; ++ int linesize[4]; ++ ++ enum AVSubtitleType type; ++ ++ char* text; ///< 0 terminated plain UTF-8 text ++ ++ /** ++ * 0 terminated ASS/SSA compatible event line. ++ * The presentation of this is unaffected by the other values in this ++ * struct. ++ */ ++ char* ass; ++ ++ int flags; ++} AVSubtitleRect; ++ ++typedef struct AVSubtitle { ++ uint16_t format; /* 0 = graphics */ ++ uint32_t start_display_time; /* relative to packet pts, in ms */ ++ uint32_t end_display_time; /* relative to packet pts, in ms */ ++ unsigned num_rects; ++ AVSubtitleRect** rects; ++ int64_t pts; ///< Same as packet pts, in AV_TIME_BASE ++} AVSubtitle; ++ ++/** ++ * Return the LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_INT constant. ++ */ ++unsigned avcodec_version(void); ++ ++/** ++ * Return the libavcodec build-time configuration. ++ */ ++const char* avcodec_configuration(void); ++ ++/** ++ * Return the libavcodec license. ++ */ ++const char* avcodec_license(void); ++ ++/** ++ * Allocate an AVCodecContext and set its fields to default values. The ++ * resulting struct should be freed with avcodec_free_context(). ++ * ++ * @param codec if non-NULL, allocate private data and initialize defaults ++ * for the given codec. It is illegal to then call avcodec_open2() ++ * with a different codec. ++ * If NULL, then the codec-specific defaults won't be initialized, ++ * which may result in suboptimal default settings (this is ++ * important mainly for encoders, e.g. libx264). ++ * ++ * @return An AVCodecContext filled with default values or NULL on failure. ++ */ ++AVCodecContext* avcodec_alloc_context3(const AVCodec* codec); ++ ++/** ++ * Free the codec context and everything associated with it and write NULL to ++ * the provided pointer. ++ */ ++void avcodec_free_context(AVCodecContext** avctx); ++ ++/** ++ * Get the AVClass for AVCodecContext. It can be used in combination with ++ * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. ++ * ++ * @see av_opt_find(). ++ */ ++const AVClass* avcodec_get_class(void); ++ ++#if FF_API_GET_FRAME_CLASS ++/** ++ * @deprecated This function should not be used. ++ */ ++attribute_deprecated const AVClass* avcodec_get_frame_class(void); ++#endif ++ ++/** ++ * Get the AVClass for AVSubtitleRect. It can be used in combination with ++ * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. ++ * ++ * @see av_opt_find(). ++ */ ++const AVClass* avcodec_get_subtitle_rect_class(void); ++ ++/** ++ * Fill the parameters struct based on the values from the supplied codec ++ * context. Any allocated fields in par are freed and replaced with duplicates ++ * of the corresponding fields in codec. ++ * ++ * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure ++ */ ++int avcodec_parameters_from_context(AVCodecParameters* par, ++ const AVCodecContext* codec); ++ ++/** ++ * Fill the codec context based on the values from the supplied codec ++ * parameters. Any allocated fields in codec that have a corresponding field in ++ * par are freed and replaced with duplicates of the corresponding field in par. ++ * Fields in codec that do not have a counterpart in par are not touched. ++ * ++ * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. ++ */ ++int avcodec_parameters_to_context(AVCodecContext* codec, ++ const AVCodecParameters* par); ++ ++/** ++ * Initialize the AVCodecContext to use the given AVCodec. Prior to using this ++ * function the context has to be allocated with avcodec_alloc_context3(). ++ * ++ * The functions avcodec_find_decoder_by_name(), avcodec_find_encoder_by_name(), ++ * avcodec_find_decoder() and avcodec_find_encoder() provide an easy way for ++ * retrieving a codec. ++ * ++ * @warning This function is not thread safe! ++ * ++ * @note Always call this function before using decoding routines (such as ++ * @ref avcodec_receive_frame()). ++ * ++ * @code ++ * av_dict_set(&opts, "b", "2.5M", 0); ++ * codec = avcodec_find_decoder(AV_CODEC_ID_H264); ++ * if (!codec) ++ * exit(1); ++ * ++ * context = avcodec_alloc_context3(codec); ++ * ++ * if (avcodec_open2(context, codec, opts) < 0) ++ * exit(1); ++ * @endcode ++ * ++ * @param avctx The context to initialize. ++ * @param codec The codec to open this context for. If a non-NULL codec has been ++ * previously passed to avcodec_alloc_context3() or ++ * for this context, then this parameter MUST be either NULL or ++ * equal to the previously passed codec. ++ * @param options A dictionary filled with AVCodecContext and codec-private ++ * options. On return this object will be filled with options that were not ++ * found. ++ * ++ * @return zero on success, a negative value on error ++ * @see avcodec_alloc_context3(), avcodec_find_decoder(), ++ * avcodec_find_encoder(), av_dict_set(), av_opt_find(). ++ */ ++int avcodec_open2(AVCodecContext* avctx, const AVCodec* codec, ++ AVDictionary** options); ++ ++/** ++ * Close a given AVCodecContext and free all the data associated with it ++ * (but not the AVCodecContext itself). ++ * ++ * Calling this function on an AVCodecContext that hasn't been opened will free ++ * the codec-specific data allocated in avcodec_alloc_context3() with a non-NULL ++ * codec. Subsequent calls will do nothing. ++ * ++ * @note Do not use this function. Use avcodec_free_context() to destroy a ++ * codec context (either open or closed). Opening and closing a codec context ++ * multiple times is not supported anymore -- use multiple codec contexts ++ * instead. ++ */ ++int avcodec_close(AVCodecContext* avctx); ++ ++/** ++ * Free all allocated data in the given subtitle struct. ++ * ++ * @param sub AVSubtitle to free. ++ */ ++void avsubtitle_free(AVSubtitle* sub); ++ ++/** ++ * @} ++ */ ++ ++/** ++ * @addtogroup lavc_decoding ++ * @{ ++ */ ++ ++/** ++ * The default callback for AVCodecContext.get_buffer2(). It is made public so ++ * it can be called by custom get_buffer2() implementations for decoders without ++ * AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 set. ++ */ ++int avcodec_default_get_buffer2(AVCodecContext* s, AVFrame* frame, int flags); ++ ++/** ++ * The default callback for AVCodecContext.get_encode_buffer(). It is made ++ * public so it can be called by custom get_encode_buffer() implementations for ++ * encoders without AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 set. ++ */ ++int avcodec_default_get_encode_buffer(AVCodecContext* s, AVPacket* pkt, ++ int flags); ++ ++/** ++ * Modify width and height values so that they will result in a memory ++ * buffer that is acceptable for the codec if you do not use any horizontal ++ * padding. ++ * ++ * May only be used if a codec with AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 has been opened. ++ */ ++void avcodec_align_dimensions(AVCodecContext* s, int* width, int* height); ++ ++/** ++ * Modify width and height values so that they will result in a memory ++ * buffer that is acceptable for the codec if you also ensure that all ++ * line sizes are a multiple of the respective linesize_align[i]. ++ * ++ * May only be used if a codec with AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 has been opened. ++ */ ++void avcodec_align_dimensions2(AVCodecContext* s, int* width, int* height, ++ int linesize_align[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]); ++ ++/** ++ * Converts AVChromaLocation to swscale x/y chroma position. ++ * ++ * The positions represent the chroma (0,0) position in a coordinates system ++ * with luma (0,0) representing the origin and luma(1,1) representing 256,256 ++ * ++ * @param xpos horizontal chroma sample position ++ * @param ypos vertical chroma sample position ++ */ ++int avcodec_enum_to_chroma_pos(int* xpos, int* ypos, enum AVChromaLocation pos); ++ ++/** ++ * Converts swscale x/y chroma position to AVChromaLocation. ++ * ++ * The positions represent the chroma (0,0) position in a coordinates system ++ * with luma (0,0) representing the origin and luma(1,1) representing 256,256 ++ * ++ * @param xpos horizontal chroma sample position ++ * @param ypos vertical chroma sample position ++ */ ++enum AVChromaLocation avcodec_chroma_pos_to_enum(int xpos, int ypos); ++ ++/** ++ * Decode a subtitle message. ++ * Return a negative value on error, otherwise return the number of bytes used. ++ * If no subtitle could be decompressed, got_sub_ptr is zero. ++ * Otherwise, the subtitle is stored in *sub. ++ * Note that AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 is not available for subtitle codecs. This is for ++ * simplicity, because the performance difference is expected to be negligible ++ * and reusing a get_buffer written for video codecs would probably perform ++ * badly due to a potentially very different allocation pattern. ++ * ++ * Some decoders (those marked with AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY) have a delay between ++ * input and output. This means that for some packets they will not immediately ++ * produce decoded output and need to be flushed at the end of decoding to get ++ * all the decoded data. Flushing is done by calling this function with packets ++ * with avpkt->data set to NULL and avpkt->size set to 0 until it stops ++ * returning subtitles. It is safe to flush even those decoders that are not ++ * marked with AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY, then no subtitles will be returned. ++ * ++ * @note The AVCodecContext MUST have been opened with @ref avcodec_open2() ++ * before packets may be fed to the decoder. ++ * ++ * @param avctx the codec context ++ * @param[out] sub The preallocated AVSubtitle in which the decoded subtitle ++ * will be stored, must be freed with avsubtitle_free if *got_sub_ptr is set. ++ * @param[in,out] got_sub_ptr Zero if no subtitle could be decompressed, ++ * otherwise, it is nonzero. ++ * @param[in] avpkt The input AVPacket containing the input buffer. ++ */ ++int avcodec_decode_subtitle2(AVCodecContext* avctx, AVSubtitle* sub, ++ int* got_sub_ptr, AVPacket* avpkt); ++ ++/** ++ * Supply raw packet data as input to a decoder. ++ * ++ * Internally, this call will copy relevant AVCodecContext fields, which can ++ * influence decoding per-packet, and apply them when the packet is actually ++ * decoded. (For example AVCodecContext.skip_frame, which might direct the ++ * decoder to drop the frame contained by the packet sent with this function.) ++ * ++ * @warning The input buffer, avpkt->data must be AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE ++ * larger than the actual read bytes because some optimized bitstream ++ * readers read 32 or 64 bits at once and could read over the end. ++ * ++ * @note The AVCodecContext MUST have been opened with @ref avcodec_open2() ++ * before packets may be fed to the decoder. ++ * ++ * @param avctx codec context ++ * @param[in] avpkt The input AVPacket. Usually, this will be a single video ++ * frame, or several complete audio frames. ++ * Ownership of the packet remains with the caller, and the ++ * decoder will not write to the packet. The decoder may create ++ * a reference to the packet data (or copy it if the packet is ++ * not reference-counted). ++ * Unlike with older APIs, the packet is always fully consumed, ++ * and if it contains multiple frames (e.g. some audio codecs), ++ * will require you to call avcodec_receive_frame() multiple ++ * times afterwards before you can send a new packet. ++ * It can be NULL (or an AVPacket with data set to NULL and ++ * size set to 0); in this case, it is considered a flush ++ * packet, which signals the end of the stream. Sending the ++ * first flush packet will return success. Subsequent ones are ++ * unnecessary and will return AVERROR_EOF. If the decoder ++ * still has frames buffered, it will return them after sending ++ * a flush packet. ++ * ++ * @return 0 on success, otherwise negative error code: ++ * AVERROR(EAGAIN): input is not accepted in the current state - user ++ * must read output with avcodec_receive_frame() (once ++ * all output is read, the packet should be resent, and ++ * the call will not fail with EAGAIN). ++ * AVERROR_EOF: the decoder has been flushed, and no new packets can ++ * be sent to it (also returned if more than 1 flush ++ * packet is sent) ++ * AVERROR(EINVAL): codec not opened, it is an encoder, or requires flush ++ * AVERROR(ENOMEM): failed to add packet to internal queue, or similar ++ * other errors: legitimate decoding errors ++ */ ++int avcodec_send_packet(AVCodecContext* avctx, const AVPacket* avpkt); ++ ++/** ++ * Return decoded output data from a decoder. ++ * ++ * @param avctx codec context ++ * @param frame This will be set to a reference-counted video or audio ++ * frame (depending on the decoder type) allocated by the ++ * decoder. Note that the function will always call ++ * av_frame_unref(frame) before doing anything else. ++ * ++ * @return ++ * 0: success, a frame was returned ++ * AVERROR(EAGAIN): output is not available in this state - user must try ++ * to send new input ++ * AVERROR_EOF: the decoder has been fully flushed, and there will be ++ * no more output frames ++ * AVERROR(EINVAL): codec not opened, or it is an encoder ++ * AVERROR_INPUT_CHANGED: current decoded frame has changed parameters ++ * with respect to first decoded frame. Applicable ++ * when flag AV_CODEC_FLAG_DROPCHANGED is set. ++ * other negative values: legitimate decoding errors ++ */ ++int avcodec_receive_frame(AVCodecContext* avctx, AVFrame* frame); ++ ++/** ++ * Supply a raw video or audio frame to the encoder. Use ++ * avcodec_receive_packet() to retrieve buffered output packets. ++ * ++ * @param avctx codec context ++ * @param[in] frame AVFrame containing the raw audio or video frame to be ++ * encoded. Ownership of the frame remains with the caller, and the encoder will ++ * not write to the frame. The encoder may create a reference to the frame data ++ * (or copy it if the frame is not reference-counted). It can be NULL, in which ++ * case it is considered a flush packet. This signals the end of the stream. If ++ * the encoder still has packets buffered, it will return them after this call. ++ * Once flushing mode has been entered, additional flush packets are ignored, ++ * and sending frames will return AVERROR_EOF. ++ * ++ * For audio: ++ * If AV_CODEC_CAP_VARIABLE_FRAME_SIZE is set, then each frame ++ * can have any number of samples. ++ * If it is not set, frame->nb_samples must be equal to ++ * avctx->frame_size for all frames except the last. ++ * The final frame may be smaller than avctx->frame_size. ++ * @return 0 on success, otherwise negative error code: ++ * AVERROR(EAGAIN): input is not accepted in the current state - user ++ * must read output with avcodec_receive_packet() (once ++ * all output is read, the packet should be resent, and ++ * the call will not fail with EAGAIN). ++ * AVERROR_EOF: the encoder has been flushed, and no new frames can ++ * be sent to it ++ * AVERROR(EINVAL): codec not opened, it is a decoder, or requires flush ++ * AVERROR(ENOMEM): failed to add packet to internal queue, or similar ++ * other errors: legitimate encoding errors ++ */ ++int avcodec_send_frame(AVCodecContext* avctx, const AVFrame* frame); ++ ++/** ++ * Read encoded data from the encoder. ++ * ++ * @param avctx codec context ++ * @param avpkt This will be set to a reference-counted packet allocated by the ++ * encoder. Note that the function will always call ++ * av_packet_unref(avpkt) before doing anything else. ++ * @return 0 on success, otherwise negative error code: ++ * AVERROR(EAGAIN): output is not available in the current state - user ++ * must try to send input ++ * AVERROR_EOF: the encoder has been fully flushed, and there will be ++ * no more output packets ++ * AVERROR(EINVAL): codec not opened, or it is a decoder ++ * other errors: legitimate encoding errors ++ */ ++int avcodec_receive_packet(AVCodecContext* avctx, AVPacket* avpkt); ++ ++/** ++ * Create and return a AVHWFramesContext with values adequate for hardware ++ * decoding. This is meant to get called from the get_format callback, and is ++ * a helper for preparing a AVHWFramesContext for AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx. ++ * This API is for decoding with certain hardware acceleration modes/APIs only. ++ * ++ * The returned AVHWFramesContext is not initialized. The caller must do this ++ * with av_hwframe_ctx_init(). ++ * ++ * Calling this function is not a requirement, but makes it simpler to avoid ++ * codec or hardware API specific details when manually allocating frames. ++ * ++ * Alternatively to this, an API user can set AVCodecContext.hw_device_ctx, ++ * which sets up AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx fully automatically, and makes ++ * it unnecessary to call this function or having to care about ++ * AVHWFramesContext initialization at all. ++ * ++ * There are a number of requirements for calling this function: ++ * ++ * - It must be called from get_format with the same avctx parameter that was ++ * passed to get_format. Calling it outside of get_format is not allowed, and ++ * can trigger undefined behavior. ++ * - The function is not always supported (see description of return values). ++ * Even if this function returns successfully, hwaccel initialization could ++ * fail later. (The degree to which implementations check whether the stream ++ * is actually supported varies. Some do this check only after the user's ++ * get_format callback returns.) ++ * - The hw_pix_fmt must be one of the choices suggested by get_format. If the ++ * user decides to use a AVHWFramesContext prepared with this API function, ++ * the user must return the same hw_pix_fmt from get_format. ++ * - The device_ref passed to this function must support the given hw_pix_fmt. ++ * - After calling this API function, it is the user's responsibility to ++ * initialize the AVHWFramesContext (returned by the out_frames_ref ++ * parameter), and to set AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx to it. If done, this must ++ * be done before returning from get_format (this is implied by the normal ++ * AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx API rules). ++ * - The AVHWFramesContext parameters may change every time time get_format is ++ * called. Also, AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx is reset before get_format. So ++ * you are inherently required to go through this process again on every ++ * get_format call. ++ * - It is perfectly possible to call this function without actually using ++ * the resulting AVHWFramesContext. One use-case might be trying to reuse a ++ * previously initialized AVHWFramesContext, and calling this API function ++ * only to test whether the required frame parameters have changed. ++ * - Fields that use dynamically allocated values of any kind must not be set ++ * by the user unless setting them is explicitly allowed by the documentation. ++ * If the user sets AVHWFramesContext.free and AVHWFramesContext.user_opaque, ++ * the new free callback must call the potentially set previous free callback. ++ * This API call may set any dynamically allocated fields, including the free ++ * callback. ++ * ++ * The function will set at least the following fields on AVHWFramesContext ++ * (potentially more, depending on hwaccel API): ++ * ++ * - All fields set by av_hwframe_ctx_alloc(). ++ * - Set the format field to hw_pix_fmt. ++ * - Set the sw_format field to the most suited and most versatile format. (An ++ * implication is that this will prefer generic formats over opaque formats ++ * with arbitrary restrictions, if possible.) ++ * - Set the width/height fields to the coded frame size, rounded up to the ++ * API-specific minimum alignment. ++ * - Only _if_ the hwaccel requires a pre-allocated pool: set the ++ * initial_pool_size field to the number of maximum reference surfaces possible ++ * with the codec, plus 1 surface for the user to work (meaning the user can ++ * safely reference at most 1 decoded surface at a time), plus additional ++ * buffering introduced by frame threading. If the hwaccel does not require ++ * pre-allocation, the field is left to 0, and the decoder will allocate new ++ * surfaces on demand during decoding. ++ * - Possibly AVHWFramesContext.hwctx fields, depending on the underlying ++ * hardware API. ++ * ++ * Essentially, out_frames_ref returns the same as av_hwframe_ctx_alloc(), but ++ * with basic frame parameters set. ++ * ++ * The function is stateless, and does not change the AVCodecContext or the ++ * device_ref AVHWDeviceContext. ++ * ++ * @param avctx The context which is currently calling get_format, and which ++ * implicitly contains all state needed for filling the returned ++ * AVHWFramesContext properly. ++ * @param device_ref A reference to the AVHWDeviceContext describing the device ++ * which will be used by the hardware decoder. ++ * @param hw_pix_fmt The hwaccel format you are going to return from get_format. ++ * @param out_frames_ref On success, set to a reference to an _uninitialized_ ++ * AVHWFramesContext, created from the given device_ref. ++ * Fields will be set to values required for decoding. ++ * Not changed if an error is returned. ++ * @return zero on success, a negative value on error. The following error codes ++ * have special semantics: ++ * AVERROR(ENOENT): the decoder does not support this functionality. Setup ++ * is always manual, or it is a decoder which does not ++ * support setting AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx at all, ++ * or it is a software format. ++ * AVERROR(EINVAL): it is known that hardware decoding is not supported for ++ * this configuration, or the device_ref is not supported ++ * for the hwaccel referenced by hw_pix_fmt. ++ */ ++int avcodec_get_hw_frames_parameters(AVCodecContext* avctx, ++ AVBufferRef* device_ref, ++ enum AVPixelFormat hw_pix_fmt, ++ AVBufferRef** out_frames_ref); ++ ++/** ++ * @defgroup lavc_parsing Frame parsing ++ * @{ ++ */ ++ ++enum AVPictureStructure { ++ AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_UNKNOWN, //< unknown ++ AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_TOP_FIELD, //< coded as top field ++ AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_BOTTOM_FIELD, //< coded as bottom field ++ AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_FRAME, //< coded as frame ++}; ++ ++typedef struct AVCodecParserContext { ++ void* priv_data; ++ const struct AVCodecParser* parser; ++ int64_t frame_offset; /* offset of the current frame */ ++ int64_t cur_offset; /* current offset ++ (incremented by each av_parser_parse()) */ ++ int64_t next_frame_offset; /* offset of the next frame */ ++ /* video info */ ++ int pict_type; /* XXX: Put it back in AVCodecContext. */ ++ /** ++ * This field is used for proper frame duration computation in lavf. ++ * It signals, how much longer the frame duration of the current frame ++ * is compared to normal frame duration. ++ * ++ * frame_duration = (1 + repeat_pict) * time_base ++ * ++ * It is used by codecs like H.264 to display telecined material. ++ */ ++ int repeat_pict; /* XXX: Put it back in AVCodecContext. */ ++ int64_t pts; /* pts of the current frame */ ++ int64_t dts; /* dts of the current frame */ ++ ++ /* private data */ ++ int64_t last_pts; ++ int64_t last_dts; ++ int fetch_timestamp; ++ ++#define AV_PARSER_PTS_NB 4 ++ int cur_frame_start_index; ++ int64_t cur_frame_offset[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB]; ++ int64_t cur_frame_pts[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB]; ++ int64_t cur_frame_dts[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB]; ++ ++ int flags; ++#define PARSER_FLAG_COMPLETE_FRAMES 0x0001 ++#define PARSER_FLAG_ONCE 0x0002 ++/// Set if the parser has a valid file offset ++#define PARSER_FLAG_FETCHED_OFFSET 0x0004 ++#define PARSER_FLAG_USE_CODEC_TS 0x1000 ++ ++ int64_t offset; ///< byte offset from starting packet start ++ int64_t cur_frame_end[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB]; ++ ++ /** ++ * Set by parser to 1 for key frames and 0 for non-key frames. ++ * It is initialized to -1, so if the parser doesn't set this flag, ++ * old-style fallback using AV_PICTURE_TYPE_I picture type as key frames ++ * will be used. ++ */ ++ int key_frame; ++ ++ // Timestamp generation support: ++ /** ++ * Synchronization point for start of timestamp generation. ++ * ++ * Set to >0 for sync point, 0 for no sync point and <0 for undefined ++ * (default). ++ * ++ * For example, this corresponds to presence of H.264 buffering period ++ * SEI message. ++ */ ++ int dts_sync_point; ++ ++ /** ++ * Offset of the current timestamp against last timestamp sync point in ++ * units of AVCodecContext.time_base. ++ * ++ * Set to INT_MIN when dts_sync_point unused. Otherwise, it must ++ * contain a valid timestamp offset. ++ * ++ * Note that the timestamp of sync point has usually a nonzero ++ * dts_ref_dts_delta, which refers to the previous sync point. Offset of ++ * the next frame after timestamp sync point will be usually 1. ++ * ++ * For example, this corresponds to H.264 cpb_removal_delay. ++ */ ++ int dts_ref_dts_delta; ++ ++ /** ++ * Presentation delay of current frame in units of AVCodecContext.time_base. ++ * ++ * Set to INT_MIN when dts_sync_point unused. Otherwise, it must ++ * contain valid non-negative timestamp delta (presentation time of a frame ++ * must not lie in the past). ++ * ++ * This delay represents the difference between decoding and presentation ++ * time of the frame. ++ * ++ * For example, this corresponds to H.264 dpb_output_delay. ++ */ ++ int pts_dts_delta; ++ ++ /** ++ * Position of the packet in file. ++ * ++ * Analogous to cur_frame_pts/dts ++ */ ++ int64_t cur_frame_pos[AV_PARSER_PTS_NB]; ++ ++ /** ++ * Byte position of currently parsed frame in stream. ++ */ ++ int64_t pos; ++ ++ /** ++ * Previous frame byte position. ++ */ ++ int64_t last_pos; ++ ++ /** ++ * Duration of the current frame. ++ * For audio, this is in units of 1 / AVCodecContext.sample_rate. ++ * For all other types, this is in units of AVCodecContext.time_base. ++ */ ++ int duration; ++ ++ enum AVFieldOrder field_order; ++ ++ /** ++ * Indicate whether a picture is coded as a frame, top field or bottom field. ++ * ++ * For example, H.264 field_pic_flag equal to 0 corresponds to ++ * AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_FRAME. An H.264 picture with field_pic_flag ++ * equal to 1 and bottom_field_flag equal to 0 corresponds to ++ * AV_PICTURE_STRUCTURE_TOP_FIELD. ++ */ ++ enum AVPictureStructure picture_structure; ++ ++ /** ++ * Picture number incremented in presentation or output order. ++ * This field may be reinitialized at the first picture of a new sequence. ++ * ++ * For example, this corresponds to H.264 PicOrderCnt. ++ */ ++ int output_picture_number; ++ ++ /** ++ * Dimensions of the decoded video intended for presentation. ++ */ ++ int width; ++ int height; ++ ++ /** ++ * Dimensions of the coded video. ++ */ ++ int coded_width; ++ int coded_height; ++ ++ /** ++ * The format of the coded data, corresponds to enum AVPixelFormat for video ++ * and for enum AVSampleFormat for audio. ++ * ++ * Note that a decoder can have considerable freedom in how exactly it ++ * decodes the data, so the format reported here might be different from the ++ * one returned by a decoder. ++ */ ++ int format; ++} AVCodecParserContext; ++ ++typedef struct AVCodecParser { ++ int codec_ids[7]; /* several codec IDs are permitted */ ++ int priv_data_size; ++ int (*parser_init)(AVCodecParserContext* s); ++ /* This callback never returns an error, a negative value means that ++ * the frame start was in a previous packet. */ ++ int (*parser_parse)(AVCodecParserContext* s, AVCodecContext* avctx, ++ const uint8_t** poutbuf, int* poutbuf_size, ++ const uint8_t* buf, int buf_size); ++ void (*parser_close)(AVCodecParserContext* s); ++ int (*split)(AVCodecContext* avctx, const uint8_t* buf, int buf_size); ++} AVCodecParser; ++ ++/** ++ * Iterate over all registered codec parsers. ++ * ++ * @param opaque a pointer where libavcodec will store the iteration state. Must ++ * point to NULL to start the iteration. ++ * ++ * @return the next registered codec parser or NULL when the iteration is ++ * finished ++ */ ++const AVCodecParser* av_parser_iterate(void** opaque); ++ ++AVCodecParserContext* av_parser_init(int codec_id); ++ ++/** ++ * Parse a packet. ++ * ++ * @param s parser context. ++ * @param avctx codec context. ++ * @param poutbuf set to pointer to parsed buffer or NULL if not yet ++ finished. ++ * @param poutbuf_size set to size of parsed buffer or zero if not yet ++ finished. ++ * @param buf input buffer. ++ * @param buf_size buffer size in bytes without the padding. I.e. the full ++ buffer size is assumed to be buf_size + AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE. To signal ++ EOF, this should be 0 (so that the last frame can be output). ++ * @param pts input presentation timestamp. ++ * @param dts input decoding timestamp. ++ * @param pos input byte position in stream. ++ * @return the number of bytes of the input bitstream used. ++ * ++ * Example: ++ * @code ++ * while(in_len){ ++ * len = av_parser_parse2(myparser, AVCodecContext, &data, &size, ++ * in_data, in_len, ++ * pts, dts, pos); ++ * in_data += len; ++ * in_len -= len; ++ * ++ * if(size) ++ * decode_frame(data, size); ++ * } ++ * @endcode ++ */ ++int av_parser_parse2(AVCodecParserContext* s, AVCodecContext* avctx, ++ uint8_t** poutbuf, int* poutbuf_size, const uint8_t* buf, ++ int buf_size, int64_t pts, int64_t dts, int64_t pos); ++ ++void av_parser_close(AVCodecParserContext* s); ++ ++/** ++ * @} ++ * @} ++ */ ++ ++/** ++ * @addtogroup lavc_encoding ++ * @{ ++ */ ++ ++int avcodec_encode_subtitle(AVCodecContext* avctx, uint8_t* buf, int buf_size, ++ const AVSubtitle* sub); ++ ++/** ++ * @} ++ */ ++ ++/** ++ * @defgroup lavc_misc Utility functions ++ * @ingroup libavc ++ * ++ * Miscellaneous utility functions related to both encoding and decoding ++ * (or neither). ++ * @{ ++ */ ++ ++/** ++ * @defgroup lavc_misc_pixfmt Pixel formats ++ * ++ * Functions for working with pixel formats. ++ * @{ ++ */ ++ ++/** ++ * Return a value representing the fourCC code associated to the ++ * pixel format pix_fmt, or 0 if no associated fourCC code can be ++ * found. ++ */ ++unsigned int avcodec_pix_fmt_to_codec_tag(enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt); ++ ++/** ++ * Find the best pixel format to convert to given a certain source pixel ++ * format. When converting from one pixel format to another, information loss ++ * may occur. For example, when converting from RGB24 to GRAY, the color ++ * information will be lost. Similarly, other losses occur when converting from ++ * some formats to other formats. avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt_of_2() searches ++ * which of the given pixel formats should be used to suffer the least amount of ++ * loss. The pixel formats from which it chooses one, are determined by the ++ * pix_fmt_list parameter. ++ * ++ * ++ * @param[in] pix_fmt_list AV_PIX_FMT_NONE terminated array of pixel formats to ++ * choose from ++ * @param[in] src_pix_fmt source pixel format ++ * @param[in] has_alpha Whether the source pixel format alpha channel is used. ++ * @param[out] loss_ptr Combination of flags informing you what kind of losses ++ * will occur. ++ * @return The best pixel format to convert to or -1 if none was found. ++ */ ++enum AVPixelFormat avcodec_find_best_pix_fmt_of_list( ++ const enum AVPixelFormat* pix_fmt_list, enum AVPixelFormat src_pix_fmt, ++ int has_alpha, int* loss_ptr); ++ ++enum AVPixelFormat avcodec_default_get_format(struct AVCodecContext* s, ++ const enum AVPixelFormat* fmt); ++ ++/** ++ * @} ++ */ ++ ++void avcodec_string(char* buf, int buf_size, AVCodecContext* enc, int encode); ++ ++int avcodec_default_execute(AVCodecContext* c, ++ int (*func)(AVCodecContext* c2, void* arg2), ++ void* arg, int* ret, int count, int size); ++int avcodec_default_execute2(AVCodecContext* c, ++ int (*func)(AVCodecContext* c2, void* arg2, int, ++ int), ++ void* arg, int* ret, int count); ++// FIXME func typedef ++ ++/** ++ * Fill AVFrame audio data and linesize pointers. ++ * ++ * The buffer buf must be a preallocated buffer with a size big enough ++ * to contain the specified samples amount. The filled AVFrame data ++ * pointers will point to this buffer. ++ * ++ * AVFrame extended_data channel pointers are allocated if necessary for ++ * planar audio. ++ * ++ * @param frame the AVFrame ++ * frame->nb_samples must be set prior to calling the ++ * function. This function fills in frame->data, ++ * frame->extended_data, frame->linesize[0]. ++ * @param nb_channels channel count ++ * @param sample_fmt sample format ++ * @param buf buffer to use for frame data ++ * @param buf_size size of buffer ++ * @param align plane size sample alignment (0 = default) ++ * @return >=0 on success, negative error code on failure ++ * @todo return the size in bytes required to store the samples in ++ * case of success, at the next libavutil bump ++ */ ++int avcodec_fill_audio_frame(AVFrame* frame, int nb_channels, ++ enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, const uint8_t* buf, ++ int buf_size, int align); ++ ++/** ++ * Reset the internal codec state / flush internal buffers. Should be called ++ * e.g. when seeking or when switching to a different stream. ++ * ++ * @note for decoders, this function just releases any references the decoder ++ * might keep internally, but the caller's references remain valid. ++ * ++ * @note for encoders, this function will only do something if the encoder ++ * declares support for AV_CODEC_CAP_ENCODER_FLUSH. When called, the encoder ++ * will drain any remaining packets, and can then be re-used for a different ++ * stream (as opposed to sending a null frame which will leave the encoder ++ * in a permanent EOF state after draining). This can be desirable if the ++ * cost of tearing down and replacing the encoder instance is high. ++ */ ++void avcodec_flush_buffers(AVCodecContext* avctx); ++ ++/** ++ * Return audio frame duration. ++ * ++ * @param avctx codec context ++ * @param frame_bytes size of the frame, or 0 if unknown ++ * @return frame duration, in samples, if known. 0 if not able to ++ * determine. ++ */ ++int av_get_audio_frame_duration(AVCodecContext* avctx, int frame_bytes); ++ ++/* memory */ ++ ++/** ++ * Same behaviour av_fast_malloc but the buffer has additional ++ * AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE at the end which will always be 0. ++ * ++ * In addition the whole buffer will initially and after resizes ++ * be 0-initialized so that no uninitialized data will ever appear. ++ */ ++void av_fast_padded_malloc(void* ptr, unsigned int* size, size_t min_size); ++ ++/** ++ * Same behaviour av_fast_padded_malloc except that buffer will always ++ * be 0-initialized after call. ++ */ ++void av_fast_padded_mallocz(void* ptr, unsigned int* size, size_t min_size); ++ ++/** ++ * @return a positive value if s is open (i.e. avcodec_open2() was called on it ++ * with no corresponding avcodec_close()), 0 otherwise. ++ */ ++int avcodec_is_open(AVCodecContext* s); ++ ++/** ++ * @} ++ */ ++ ++#endif /* AVCODEC_AVCODEC_H */ +diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavcodec/avfft.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavcodec/avfft.h +new file mode 100644 +--- /dev/null ++++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavcodec/avfft.h +@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@ ++/* ++ * This file is part of FFmpeg. ++ * ++ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or ++ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public ++ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either ++ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. ++ * ++ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ++ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ++ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ++ * Lesser General Public License for more details. ++ * ++ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public ++ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software ++ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA ++ */ ++ ++#ifndef AVCODEC_AVFFT_H ++#define AVCODEC_AVFFT_H ++ ++/** ++ * @file ++ * @ingroup lavc_fft ++ * FFT functions ++ */ ++ ++/** ++ * @defgroup lavc_fft FFT functions ++ * @ingroup lavc_misc ++ * ++ * @{ ++ */ ++ ++typedef float FFTSample; ++ ++typedef struct FFTComplex { ++ FFTSample re, im; ++} FFTComplex; ++ ++typedef struct FFTContext FFTContext; ++ ++/** ++ * Set up a complex FFT. ++ * @param nbits log2 of the length of the input array ++ * @param inverse if 0 perform the forward transform, if 1 perform the ++ * inverse ++ */ ++FFTContext* av_fft_init(int nbits, int inverse); ++ ++/** ++ * Do the permutation needed BEFORE calling ff_fft_calc(). ++ */ ++void av_fft_permute(FFTContext* s, FFTComplex* z); ++ ++/** ++ * Do a complex FFT with the parameters defined in av_fft_init(). The ++ * input data must be permuted before. No 1.0/sqrt(n) normalization is done. ++ */ ++void av_fft_calc(FFTContext* s, FFTComplex* z); ++ ++void av_fft_end(FFTContext* s); ++ ++FFTContext* av_mdct_init(int nbits, int inverse, double scale); ++void av_imdct_calc(FFTContext* s, FFTSample* output, const FFTSample* input); ++void av_imdct_half(FFTContext* s, FFTSample* output, const FFTSample* input); ++void av_mdct_calc(FFTContext* s, FFTSample* output, const FFTSample* input); ++void av_mdct_end(FFTContext* s); ++ ++/* Real Discrete Fourier Transform */ ++ ++enum RDFTransformType { ++ DFT_R2C, ++ IDFT_C2R, ++ IDFT_R2C, ++ DFT_C2R, ++}; ++ ++typedef struct RDFTContext RDFTContext; ++ ++/** ++ * Set up a real FFT. ++ * @param nbits log2 of the length of the input array ++ * @param trans the type of transform ++ */ ++RDFTContext* av_rdft_init(int nbits, enum RDFTransformType trans); ++void av_rdft_calc(RDFTContext* s, FFTSample* data); ++void av_rdft_end(RDFTContext* s); ++ ++/* Discrete Cosine Transform */ ++ ++typedef struct DCTContext DCTContext; ++ ++enum DCTTransformType { ++ DCT_II = 0, ++ DCT_III, ++ DCT_I, ++ DST_I, ++}; ++ ++/** ++ * Set up DCT. ++ * ++ * @param nbits size of the input array: ++ * (1 << nbits) for DCT-II, DCT-III and DST-I ++ * (1 << nbits) + 1 for DCT-I ++ * @param type the type of transform ++ * ++ * @note the first element of the input of DST-I is ignored ++ */ ++DCTContext* av_dct_init(int nbits, enum DCTTransformType type); ++void av_dct_calc(DCTContext* s, FFTSample* data); ++void av_dct_end(DCTContext* s); ++ ++/** ++ * @} ++ */ ++ ++#endif /* AVCODEC_AVFFT_H */ +diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavcodec/bsf.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavcodec/bsf.h +new file mode 100644 +--- /dev/null ++++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavcodec/bsf.h +@@ -0,0 +1,320 @@ ++/* ++ * Bitstream filters public API ++ * ++ * This file is part of FFmpeg. ++ * ++ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or ++ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public ++ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either ++ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. ++ * ++ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ++ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ++ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ++ * Lesser General Public License for more details. ++ * ++ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public ++ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software ++ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA ++ */ ++ ++#ifndef AVCODEC_BSF_H ++#define AVCODEC_BSF_H ++ ++#include "libavutil/dict.h" ++#include "libavutil/log.h" ++#include "libavutil/rational.h" ++ ++#include "codec_id.h" ++#include "codec_par.h" ++#include "packet.h" ++ ++/** ++ * @addtogroup lavc_core ++ * @{ ++ */ ++ ++/** ++ * The bitstream filter state. ++ * ++ * This struct must be allocated with av_bsf_alloc() and freed with ++ * av_bsf_free(). ++ * ++ * The fields in the struct will only be changed (by the caller or by the ++ * filter) as described in their documentation, and are to be considered ++ * immutable otherwise. ++ */ ++typedef struct AVBSFContext { ++ /** ++ * A class for logging and AVOptions ++ */ ++ const AVClass* av_class; ++ ++ /** ++ * The bitstream filter this context is an instance of. ++ */ ++ const struct AVBitStreamFilter* filter; ++ ++ /** ++ * Opaque filter-specific private data. If filter->priv_class is non-NULL, ++ * this is an AVOptions-enabled struct. ++ */ ++ void* priv_data; ++ ++ /** ++ * Parameters of the input stream. This field is allocated in ++ * av_bsf_alloc(), it needs to be filled by the caller before ++ * av_bsf_init(). ++ */ ++ AVCodecParameters* par_in; ++ ++ /** ++ * Parameters of the output stream. This field is allocated in ++ * av_bsf_alloc(), it is set by the filter in av_bsf_init(). ++ */ ++ AVCodecParameters* par_out; ++ ++ /** ++ * The timebase used for the timestamps of the input packets. Set by the ++ * caller before av_bsf_init(). ++ */ ++ AVRational time_base_in; ++ ++ /** ++ * The timebase used for the timestamps of the output packets. Set by the ++ * filter in av_bsf_init(). ++ */ ++ AVRational time_base_out; ++} AVBSFContext; ++ ++typedef struct AVBitStreamFilter { ++ const char* name; ++ ++ /** ++ * A list of codec ids supported by the filter, terminated by ++ * AV_CODEC_ID_NONE. ++ * May be NULL, in that case the bitstream filter works with any codec id. ++ */ ++ const enum AVCodecID* codec_ids; ++ ++ /** ++ * A class for the private data, used to declare bitstream filter private ++ * AVOptions. This field is NULL for bitstream filters that do not declare ++ * any options. ++ * ++ * If this field is non-NULL, the first member of the filter private data ++ * must be a pointer to AVClass, which will be set by libavcodec generic ++ * code to this class. ++ */ ++ const AVClass* priv_class; ++ ++ /***************************************************************** ++ * No fields below this line are part of the public API. They ++ * may not be used outside of libavcodec and can be changed and ++ * removed at will. ++ * New public fields should be added right above. ++ ***************************************************************** ++ */ ++ ++ int priv_data_size; ++ int (*init)(AVBSFContext* ctx); ++ int (*filter)(AVBSFContext* ctx, AVPacket* pkt); ++ void (*close)(AVBSFContext* ctx); ++ void (*flush)(AVBSFContext* ctx); ++} AVBitStreamFilter; ++ ++/** ++ * @return a bitstream filter with the specified name or NULL if no such ++ * bitstream filter exists. ++ */ ++const AVBitStreamFilter* av_bsf_get_by_name(const char* name); ++ ++/** ++ * Iterate over all registered bitstream filters. ++ * ++ * @param opaque a pointer where libavcodec will store the iteration state. Must ++ * point to NULL to start the iteration. ++ * ++ * @return the next registered bitstream filter or NULL when the iteration is ++ * finished ++ */ ++const AVBitStreamFilter* av_bsf_iterate(void** opaque); ++ ++/** ++ * Allocate a context for a given bitstream filter. The caller must fill in the ++ * context parameters as described in the documentation and then call ++ * av_bsf_init() before sending any data to the filter. ++ * ++ * @param filter the filter for which to allocate an instance. ++ * @param ctx a pointer into which the pointer to the newly-allocated context ++ * will be written. It must be freed with av_bsf_free() after the ++ * filtering is done. ++ * ++ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure ++ */ ++int av_bsf_alloc(const AVBitStreamFilter* filter, AVBSFContext** ctx); ++ ++/** ++ * Prepare the filter for use, after all the parameters and options have been ++ * set. ++ */ ++int av_bsf_init(AVBSFContext* ctx); ++ ++/** ++ * Submit a packet for filtering. ++ * ++ * After sending each packet, the filter must be completely drained by calling ++ * av_bsf_receive_packet() repeatedly until it returns AVERROR(EAGAIN) or ++ * AVERROR_EOF. ++ * ++ * @param pkt the packet to filter. The bitstream filter will take ownership of ++ * the packet and reset the contents of pkt. pkt is not touched if an error ++ * occurs. If pkt is empty (i.e. NULL, or pkt->data is NULL and ++ * pkt->side_data_elems zero), it signals the end of the stream (i.e. no more ++ * non-empty packets will be sent; sending more empty packets does nothing) and ++ * will cause the filter to output any packets it may have buffered internally. ++ * ++ * @return 0 on success. AVERROR(EAGAIN) if packets need to be retrieved from ++ * the filter (using av_bsf_receive_packet()) before new input can be consumed. ++ * Another negative AVERROR value if an error occurs. ++ */ ++int av_bsf_send_packet(AVBSFContext* ctx, AVPacket* pkt); ++ ++/** ++ * Retrieve a filtered packet. ++ * ++ * @param[out] pkt this struct will be filled with the contents of the filtered ++ * packet. It is owned by the caller and must be freed using ++ * av_packet_unref() when it is no longer needed. ++ * This parameter should be "clean" (i.e. freshly allocated ++ * with av_packet_alloc() or unreffed with av_packet_unref()) ++ * when this function is called. If this function returns ++ * successfully, the contents of pkt will be completely ++ * overwritten by the returned data. On failure, pkt is not ++ * touched. ++ * ++ * @return 0 on success. AVERROR(EAGAIN) if more packets need to be sent to the ++ * filter (using av_bsf_send_packet()) to get more output. AVERROR_EOF if there ++ * will be no further output from the filter. Another negative AVERROR value if ++ * an error occurs. ++ * ++ * @note one input packet may result in several output packets, so after sending ++ * a packet with av_bsf_send_packet(), this function needs to be called ++ * repeatedly until it stops returning 0. It is also possible for a filter to ++ * output fewer packets than were sent to it, so this function may return ++ * AVERROR(EAGAIN) immediately after a successful av_bsf_send_packet() call. ++ */ ++int av_bsf_receive_packet(AVBSFContext* ctx, AVPacket* pkt); ++ ++/** ++ * Reset the internal bitstream filter state. Should be called e.g. when ++ * seeking. ++ */ ++void av_bsf_flush(AVBSFContext* ctx); ++ ++/** ++ * Free a bitstream filter context and everything associated with it; write NULL ++ * into the supplied pointer. ++ */ ++void av_bsf_free(AVBSFContext** ctx); ++ ++/** ++ * Get the AVClass for AVBSFContext. It can be used in combination with ++ * AV_OPT_SEARCH_FAKE_OBJ for examining options. ++ * ++ * @see av_opt_find(). ++ */ ++const AVClass* av_bsf_get_class(void); ++ ++/** ++ * Structure for chain/list of bitstream filters. ++ * Empty list can be allocated by av_bsf_list_alloc(). ++ */ ++typedef struct AVBSFList AVBSFList; ++ ++/** ++ * Allocate empty list of bitstream filters. ++ * The list must be later freed by av_bsf_list_free() ++ * or finalized by av_bsf_list_finalize(). ++ * ++ * @return Pointer to @ref AVBSFList on success, NULL in case of failure ++ */ ++AVBSFList* av_bsf_list_alloc(void); ++ ++/** ++ * Free list of bitstream filters. ++ * ++ * @param lst Pointer to pointer returned by av_bsf_list_alloc() ++ */ ++void av_bsf_list_free(AVBSFList** lst); ++ ++/** ++ * Append bitstream filter to the list of bitstream filters. ++ * ++ * @param lst List to append to ++ * @param bsf Filter context to be appended ++ * ++ * @return >=0 on success, negative AVERROR in case of failure ++ */ ++int av_bsf_list_append(AVBSFList* lst, AVBSFContext* bsf); ++ ++/** ++ * Construct new bitstream filter context given it's name and options ++ * and append it to the list of bitstream filters. ++ * ++ * @param lst List to append to ++ * @param bsf_name Name of the bitstream filter ++ * @param options Options for the bitstream filter, can be set to NULL ++ * ++ * @return >=0 on success, negative AVERROR in case of failure ++ */ ++int av_bsf_list_append2(AVBSFList* lst, const char* bsf_name, ++ AVDictionary** options); ++/** ++ * Finalize list of bitstream filters. ++ * ++ * This function will transform @ref AVBSFList to single @ref AVBSFContext, ++ * so the whole chain of bitstream filters can be treated as single filter ++ * freshly allocated by av_bsf_alloc(). ++ * If the call is successful, @ref AVBSFList structure is freed and lst ++ * will be set to NULL. In case of failure, caller is responsible for ++ * freeing the structure by av_bsf_list_free() ++ * ++ * @param lst Filter list structure to be transformed ++ * @param[out] bsf Pointer to be set to newly created @ref AVBSFContext ++ * structure representing the chain of bitstream filters ++ * ++ * @return >=0 on success, negative AVERROR in case of failure ++ */ ++int av_bsf_list_finalize(AVBSFList** lst, AVBSFContext** bsf); ++ ++/** ++ * Parse string describing list of bitstream filters and create single ++ * @ref AVBSFContext describing the whole chain of bitstream filters. ++ * Resulting @ref AVBSFContext can be treated as any other @ref AVBSFContext ++ * freshly allocated by av_bsf_alloc(). ++ * ++ * @param str String describing chain of bitstream filters in format ++ * `bsf1[=opt1=val1:opt2=val2][,bsf2]` ++ * @param[out] bsf Pointer to be set to newly created @ref AVBSFContext ++ * structure representing the chain of bitstream filters ++ * ++ * @return >=0 on success, negative AVERROR in case of failure ++ */ ++int av_bsf_list_parse_str(const char* str, AVBSFContext** bsf); ++ ++/** ++ * Get null/pass-through bitstream filter. ++ * ++ * @param[out] bsf Pointer to be set to new instance of pass-through bitstream ++ * filter ++ * ++ * @return ++ */ ++int av_bsf_get_null_filter(AVBSFContext** bsf); ++ ++/** ++ * @} ++ */ ++ ++#endif // AVCODEC_BSF_H +diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavcodec/codec.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavcodec/codec.h +new file mode 100644 +--- /dev/null ++++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavcodec/codec.h +@@ -0,0 +1,513 @@ ++/* ++ * AVCodec public API ++ * ++ * This file is part of FFmpeg. ++ * ++ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or ++ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public ++ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either ++ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. ++ * ++ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ++ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ++ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ++ * Lesser General Public License for more details. ++ * ++ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public ++ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software ++ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA ++ */ ++ ++#ifndef AVCODEC_CODEC_H ++#define AVCODEC_CODEC_H ++ ++#include <stdint.h> ++ ++#include "libavutil/avutil.h" ++#include "libavutil/hwcontext.h" ++#include "libavutil/log.h" ++#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h" ++#include "libavutil/rational.h" ++#include "libavutil/samplefmt.h" ++ ++#include "libavcodec/codec_id.h" ++#include "libavcodec/version.h" ++ ++/** ++ * @addtogroup lavc_core ++ * @{ ++ */ ++ ++/** ++ * Decoder can use draw_horiz_band callback. ++ */ ++#define AV_CODEC_CAP_DRAW_HORIZ_BAND (1 << 0) ++/** ++ * Codec uses get_buffer() or get_encode_buffer() for allocating buffers and ++ * supports custom allocators. ++ * If not set, it might not use get_buffer() or get_encode_buffer() at all, or ++ * use operations that assume the buffer was allocated by ++ * avcodec_default_get_buffer2 or avcodec_default_get_encode_buffer. ++ */ ++#define AV_CODEC_CAP_DR1 (1 << 1) ++#if FF_API_FLAG_TRUNCATED ++/** ++ * @deprecated Use parsers to always send proper frames. ++ */ ++# define AV_CODEC_CAP_TRUNCATED (1 << 3) ++#endif ++/** ++ * Encoder or decoder requires flushing with NULL input at the end in order to ++ * give the complete and correct output. ++ * ++ * NOTE: If this flag is not set, the codec is guaranteed to never be fed with ++ * with NULL data. The user can still send NULL data to the public encode ++ * or decode function, but libavcodec will not pass it along to the codec ++ * unless this flag is set. ++ * ++ * Decoders: ++ * The decoder has a non-zero delay and needs to be fed with avpkt->data=NULL, ++ * avpkt->size=0 at the end to get the delayed data until the decoder no longer ++ * returns frames. ++ * ++ * Encoders: ++ * The encoder needs to be fed with NULL data at the end of encoding until the ++ * encoder no longer returns data. ++ * ++ * NOTE: For encoders implementing the AVCodec.encode2() function, setting this ++ * flag also means that the encoder must set the pts and duration for ++ * each output packet. If this flag is not set, the pts and duration will ++ * be determined by libavcodec from the input frame. ++ */ ++#define AV_CODEC_CAP_DELAY (1 << 5) ++/** ++ * Codec can be fed a final frame with a smaller size. ++ * This can be used to prevent truncation of the last audio samples. ++ */ ++#define AV_CODEC_CAP_SMALL_LAST_FRAME (1 << 6) ++ ++/** ++ * Codec can output multiple frames per AVPacket ++ * Normally demuxers return one frame at a time, demuxers which do not do ++ * are connected to a parser to split what they return into proper frames. ++ * This flag is reserved to the very rare category of codecs which have a ++ * bitstream that cannot be split into frames without timeconsuming ++ * operations like full decoding. Demuxers carrying such bitstreams thus ++ * may return multiple frames in a packet. This has many disadvantages like ++ * prohibiting stream copy in many cases thus it should only be considered ++ * as a last resort. ++ */ ++#define AV_CODEC_CAP_SUBFRAMES (1 << 8) ++/** ++ * Codec is experimental and is thus avoided in favor of non experimental ++ * encoders ++ */ ++#define AV_CODEC_CAP_EXPERIMENTAL (1 << 9) ++/** ++ * Codec should fill in channel configuration and samplerate instead of ++ * container ++ */ ++#define AV_CODEC_CAP_CHANNEL_CONF (1 << 10) ++/** ++ * Codec supports frame-level multithreading. ++ */ ++#define AV_CODEC_CAP_FRAME_THREADS (1 << 12) ++/** ++ * Codec supports slice-based (or partition-based) multithreading. ++ */ ++#define AV_CODEC_CAP_SLICE_THREADS (1 << 13) ++/** ++ * Codec supports changed parameters at any point. ++ */ ++#define AV_CODEC_CAP_PARAM_CHANGE (1 << 14) ++/** ++ * Codec supports multithreading through a method other than slice- or ++ * frame-level multithreading. Typically this marks wrappers around ++ * multithreading-capable external libraries. ++ */ ++#define AV_CODEC_CAP_OTHER_THREADS (1 << 15) ++#if FF_API_AUTO_THREADS ++# define AV_CODEC_CAP_AUTO_THREADS AV_CODEC_CAP_OTHER_THREADS ++#endif ++/** ++ * Audio encoder supports receiving a different number of samples in each call. ++ */ ++#define AV_CODEC_CAP_VARIABLE_FRAME_SIZE (1 << 16) ++/** ++ * Decoder is not a preferred choice for probing. ++ * This indicates that the decoder is not a good choice for probing. ++ * It could for example be an expensive to spin up hardware decoder, ++ * or it could simply not provide a lot of useful information about ++ * the stream. ++ * A decoder marked with this flag should only be used as last resort ++ * choice for probing. ++ */ ++#define AV_CODEC_CAP_AVOID_PROBING (1 << 17) ++ ++#if FF_API_UNUSED_CODEC_CAPS ++/** ++ * Deprecated and unused. Use AVCodecDescriptor.props instead ++ */ ++# define AV_CODEC_CAP_INTRA_ONLY 0x40000000 ++/** ++ * Deprecated and unused. Use AVCodecDescriptor.props instead ++ */ ++# define AV_CODEC_CAP_LOSSLESS 0x80000000 ++#endif ++ ++/** ++ * Codec is backed by a hardware implementation. Typically used to ++ * identify a non-hwaccel hardware decoder. For information about hwaccels, use ++ * avcodec_get_hw_config() instead. ++ */ ++#define AV_CODEC_CAP_HARDWARE (1 << 18) ++ ++/** ++ * Codec is potentially backed by a hardware implementation, but not ++ * necessarily. This is used instead of AV_CODEC_CAP_HARDWARE, if the ++ * implementation provides some sort of internal fallback. ++ */ ++#define AV_CODEC_CAP_HYBRID (1 << 19) ++ ++/** ++ * This codec takes the reordered_opaque field from input AVFrames ++ * and returns it in the corresponding field in AVCodecContext after ++ * encoding. ++ */ ++#define AV_CODEC_CAP_ENCODER_REORDERED_OPAQUE (1 << 20) ++ ++/** ++ * This encoder can be flushed using avcodec_flush_buffers(). If this flag is ++ * not set, the encoder must be closed and reopened to ensure that no frames ++ * remain pending. ++ */ ++#define AV_CODEC_CAP_ENCODER_FLUSH (1 << 21) ++ ++/** ++ * AVProfile. ++ */ ++typedef struct AVProfile { ++ int profile; ++ const char* name; ///< short name for the profile ++} AVProfile; ++ ++typedef struct AVCodecDefault AVCodecDefault; ++ ++struct AVCodecContext; ++struct AVSubtitle; ++struct AVPacket; ++ ++/** ++ * AVCodec. ++ */ ++typedef struct AVCodec { ++ /** ++ * Name of the codec implementation. ++ * The name is globally unique among encoders and among decoders (but an ++ * encoder and a decoder can share the same name). ++ * This is the primary way to find a codec from the user perspective. ++ */ ++ const char* name; ++ /** ++ * Descriptive name for the codec, meant to be more human readable than name. ++ * You should use the NULL_IF_CONFIG_SMALL() macro to define it. ++ */ ++ const char* long_name; ++ enum AVMediaType type; ++ enum AVCodecID id; ++ /** ++ * Codec capabilities. ++ * see AV_CODEC_CAP_* ++ */ ++ int capabilities; ++ uint8_t max_lowres; ///< maximum value for lowres supported by the decoder ++ const AVRational* ++ supported_framerates; ///< array of supported framerates, or NULL if any, ++ ///< array is terminated by {0,0} ++ const enum AVPixelFormat* ++ pix_fmts; ///< array of supported pixel formats, or NULL if unknown, ++ ///< array is terminated by -1 ++ const int* ++ supported_samplerates; ///< array of supported audio samplerates, or NULL ++ ///< if unknown, array is terminated by 0 ++ const enum AVSampleFormat* ++ sample_fmts; ///< array of supported sample formats, or NULL if unknown, ++ ///< array is terminated by -1 ++ const uint64_t* ++ channel_layouts; ///< array of support channel layouts, or NULL if ++ ///< unknown. array is terminated by 0 ++ const AVClass* priv_class; ///< AVClass for the private context ++ const AVProfile* ++ profiles; ///< array of recognized profiles, or NULL if unknown, array is ++ ///< terminated by {FF_PROFILE_UNKNOWN} ++ ++ /** ++ * Group name of the codec implementation. ++ * This is a short symbolic name of the wrapper backing this codec. A ++ * wrapper uses some kind of external implementation for the codec, such ++ * as an external library, or a codec implementation provided by the OS or ++ * the hardware. ++ * If this field is NULL, this is a builtin, libavcodec native codec. ++ * If non-NULL, this will be the suffix in AVCodec.name in most cases ++ * (usually AVCodec.name will be of the form "<codec_name>_<wrapper_name>"). ++ */ ++ const char* wrapper_name; ++ ++ /***************************************************************** ++ * No fields below this line are part of the public API. They ++ * may not be used outside of libavcodec and can be changed and ++ * removed at will. ++ * New public fields should be added right above. ++ ***************************************************************** ++ */ ++ /** ++ * Internal codec capabilities. ++ * See FF_CODEC_CAP_* in internal.h ++ */ ++ int caps_internal; ++ ++ int priv_data_size; ++ /** ++ * @name Frame-level threading support functions ++ * @{ ++ */ ++ /** ++ * Copy necessary context variables from a previous thread context to the ++ * current one. If not defined, the next thread will start automatically; ++ * otherwise, the codec must call ff_thread_finish_setup(). ++ * ++ * dst and src will (rarely) point to the same context, in which case memcpy ++ * should be skipped. ++ */ ++ int (*update_thread_context)(struct AVCodecContext* dst, ++ const struct AVCodecContext* src); ++ ++ /** ++ * Copy variables back to the user-facing context ++ */ ++ int (*update_thread_context_for_user)(struct AVCodecContext* dst, ++ const struct AVCodecContext* src); ++ /** @} */ ++ ++ /** ++ * Private codec-specific defaults. ++ */ ++ const AVCodecDefault* defaults; ++ ++ /** ++ * Initialize codec static data, called from av_codec_iterate(). ++ * ++ * This is not intended for time consuming operations as it is ++ * run for every codec regardless of that codec being used. ++ */ ++ void (*init_static_data)(struct AVCodec* codec); ++ ++ int (*init)(struct AVCodecContext*); ++ int (*encode_sub)(struct AVCodecContext*, uint8_t* buf, int buf_size, ++ const struct AVSubtitle* sub); ++ /** ++ * Encode data to an AVPacket. ++ * ++ * @param avctx codec context ++ * @param avpkt output AVPacket ++ * @param[in] frame AVFrame containing the raw data to be encoded ++ * @param[out] got_packet_ptr encoder sets to 0 or 1 to indicate that a ++ * non-empty packet was returned in avpkt. ++ * @return 0 on success, negative error code on failure ++ */ ++ int (*encode2)(struct AVCodecContext* avctx, struct AVPacket* avpkt, ++ const struct AVFrame* frame, int* got_packet_ptr); ++ /** ++ * Decode picture or subtitle data. ++ * ++ * @param avctx codec context ++ * @param outdata codec type dependent output struct ++ * @param[out] got_frame_ptr decoder sets to 0 or 1 to indicate that a ++ * non-empty frame or subtitle was returned in ++ * outdata. ++ * @param[in] avpkt AVPacket containing the data to be decoded ++ * @return amount of bytes read from the packet on success, negative error ++ * code on failure ++ */ ++ int (*decode)(struct AVCodecContext* avctx, void* outdata, int* got_frame_ptr, ++ struct AVPacket* avpkt); ++ int (*close)(struct AVCodecContext*); ++ /** ++ * Encode API with decoupled frame/packet dataflow. This function is called ++ * to get one output packet. It should call ff_encode_get_frame() to obtain ++ * input data. ++ */ ++ int (*receive_packet)(struct AVCodecContext* avctx, struct AVPacket* avpkt); ++ ++ /** ++ * Decode API with decoupled packet/frame dataflow. This function is called ++ * to get one output frame. It should call ff_decode_get_packet() to obtain ++ * input data. ++ */ ++ int (*receive_frame)(struct AVCodecContext* avctx, struct AVFrame* frame); ++ /** ++ * Flush buffers. ++ * Will be called when seeking ++ */ ++ void (*flush)(struct AVCodecContext*); ++ ++ /** ++ * Decoding only, a comma-separated list of bitstream filters to apply to ++ * packets before decoding. ++ */ ++ const char* bsfs; ++ ++ /** ++ * Array of pointers to hardware configurations supported by the codec, ++ * or NULL if no hardware supported. The array is terminated by a NULL ++ * pointer. ++ * ++ * The user can only access this field via avcodec_get_hw_config(). ++ */ ++ const struct AVCodecHWConfigInternal* const* hw_configs; ++ ++ /** ++ * List of supported codec_tags, terminated by FF_CODEC_TAGS_END. ++ */ ++ const uint32_t* codec_tags; ++} AVCodec; ++ ++/** ++ * Iterate over all registered codecs. ++ * ++ * @param opaque a pointer where libavcodec will store the iteration state. Must ++ * point to NULL to start the iteration. ++ * ++ * @return the next registered codec or NULL when the iteration is ++ * finished ++ */ ++const AVCodec* av_codec_iterate(void** opaque); ++ ++/** ++ * Find a registered decoder with a matching codec ID. ++ * ++ * @param id AVCodecID of the requested decoder ++ * @return A decoder if one was found, NULL otherwise. ++ */ ++const AVCodec* avcodec_find_decoder(enum AVCodecID id); ++ ++/** ++ * Find a registered decoder with the specified name. ++ * ++ * @param name name of the requested decoder ++ * @return A decoder if one was found, NULL otherwise. ++ */ ++const AVCodec* avcodec_find_decoder_by_name(const char* name); ++ ++/** ++ * Find a registered encoder with a matching codec ID. ++ * ++ * @param id AVCodecID of the requested encoder ++ * @return An encoder if one was found, NULL otherwise. ++ */ ++const AVCodec* avcodec_find_encoder(enum AVCodecID id); ++ ++/** ++ * Find a registered encoder with the specified name. ++ * ++ * @param name name of the requested encoder ++ * @return An encoder if one was found, NULL otherwise. ++ */ ++const AVCodec* avcodec_find_encoder_by_name(const char* name); ++/** ++ * @return a non-zero number if codec is an encoder, zero otherwise ++ */ ++int av_codec_is_encoder(const AVCodec* codec); ++ ++/** ++ * @return a non-zero number if codec is a decoder, zero otherwise ++ */ ++int av_codec_is_decoder(const AVCodec* codec); ++ ++/** ++ * Return a name for the specified profile, if available. ++ * ++ * @param codec the codec that is searched for the given profile ++ * @param profile the profile value for which a name is requested ++ * @return A name for the profile if found, NULL otherwise. ++ */ ++const char* av_get_profile_name(const AVCodec* codec, int profile); ++ ++enum { ++ /** ++ * The codec supports this format via the hw_device_ctx interface. ++ * ++ * When selecting this format, AVCodecContext.hw_device_ctx should ++ * have been set to a device of the specified type before calling ++ * avcodec_open2(). ++ */ ++ AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_HW_DEVICE_CTX = 0x01, ++ /** ++ * The codec supports this format via the hw_frames_ctx interface. ++ * ++ * When selecting this format for a decoder, ++ * AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx should be set to a suitable frames ++ * context inside the get_format() callback. The frames context ++ * must have been created on a device of the specified type. ++ * ++ * When selecting this format for an encoder, ++ * AVCodecContext.hw_frames_ctx should be set to the context which ++ * will be used for the input frames before calling avcodec_open2(). ++ */ ++ AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_HW_FRAMES_CTX = 0x02, ++ /** ++ * The codec supports this format by some internal method. ++ * ++ * This format can be selected without any additional configuration - ++ * no device or frames context is required. ++ */ ++ AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_INTERNAL = 0x04, ++ /** ++ * The codec supports this format by some ad-hoc method. ++ * ++ * Additional settings and/or function calls are required. See the ++ * codec-specific documentation for details. (Methods requiring ++ * this sort of configuration are deprecated and others should be ++ * used in preference.) ++ */ ++ AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_AD_HOC = 0x08, ++}; ++ ++typedef struct AVCodecHWConfig { ++ /** ++ * For decoders, a hardware pixel format which that decoder may be ++ * able to decode to if suitable hardware is available. ++ * ++ * For encoders, a pixel format which the encoder may be able to ++ * accept. If set to AV_PIX_FMT_NONE, this applies to all pixel ++ * formats supported by the codec. ++ */ ++ enum AVPixelFormat pix_fmt; ++ /** ++ * Bit set of AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_* flags, describing the possible ++ * setup methods which can be used with this configuration. ++ */ ++ int methods; ++ /** ++ * The device type associated with the configuration. ++ * ++ * Must be set for AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_HW_DEVICE_CTX and ++ * AV_CODEC_HW_CONFIG_METHOD_HW_FRAMES_CTX, otherwise unused. ++ */ ++ enum AVHWDeviceType device_type; ++} AVCodecHWConfig; ++ ++/** ++ * Retrieve supported hardware configurations for a codec. ++ * ++ * Values of index from zero to some maximum return the indexed configuration ++ * descriptor; all other values return NULL. If the codec does not support ++ * any hardware configurations then it will always return NULL. ++ */ ++const AVCodecHWConfig* avcodec_get_hw_config(const AVCodec* codec, int index); ++ ++/** ++ * @} ++ */ ++ ++#endif /* AVCODEC_CODEC_H */ +diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavcodec/codec_desc.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavcodec/codec_desc.h +new file mode 100644 +--- /dev/null ++++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavcodec/codec_desc.h +@@ -0,0 +1,128 @@ ++/* ++ * Codec descriptors public API ++ * ++ * This file is part of FFmpeg. ++ * ++ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or ++ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public ++ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either ++ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. ++ * ++ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ++ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ++ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ++ * Lesser General Public License for more details. ++ * ++ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public ++ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software ++ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA ++ */ ++ ++#ifndef AVCODEC_CODEC_DESC_H ++#define AVCODEC_CODEC_DESC_H ++ ++#include "libavutil/avutil.h" ++ ++#include "codec_id.h" ++ ++/** ++ * @addtogroup lavc_core ++ * @{ ++ */ ++ ++/** ++ * This struct describes the properties of a single codec described by an ++ * AVCodecID. ++ * @see avcodec_descriptor_get() ++ */ ++typedef struct AVCodecDescriptor { ++ enum AVCodecID id; ++ enum AVMediaType type; ++ /** ++ * Name of the codec described by this descriptor. It is non-empty and ++ * unique for each codec descriptor. It should contain alphanumeric ++ * characters and '_' only. ++ */ ++ const char* name; ++ /** ++ * A more descriptive name for this codec. May be NULL. ++ */ ++ const char* long_name; ++ /** ++ * Codec properties, a combination of AV_CODEC_PROP_* flags. ++ */ ++ int props; ++ /** ++ * MIME type(s) associated with the codec. ++ * May be NULL; if not, a NULL-terminated array of MIME types. ++ * The first item is always non-NULL and is the preferred MIME type. ++ */ ++ const char* const* mime_types; ++ /** ++ * If non-NULL, an array of profiles recognized for this codec. ++ * Terminated with FF_PROFILE_UNKNOWN. ++ */ ++ const struct AVProfile* profiles; ++} AVCodecDescriptor; ++ ++/** ++ * Codec uses only intra compression. ++ * Video and audio codecs only. ++ */ ++#define AV_CODEC_PROP_INTRA_ONLY (1 << 0) ++/** ++ * Codec supports lossy compression. Audio and video codecs only. ++ * @note a codec may support both lossy and lossless ++ * compression modes ++ */ ++#define AV_CODEC_PROP_LOSSY (1 << 1) ++/** ++ * Codec supports lossless compression. Audio and video codecs only. ++ */ ++#define AV_CODEC_PROP_LOSSLESS (1 << 2) ++/** ++ * Codec supports frame reordering. That is, the coded order (the order in which ++ * the encoded packets are output by the encoders / stored / input to the ++ * decoders) may be different from the presentation order of the corresponding ++ * frames. ++ * ++ * For codecs that do not have this property set, PTS and DTS should always be ++ * equal. ++ */ ++#define AV_CODEC_PROP_REORDER (1 << 3) ++/** ++ * Subtitle codec is bitmap based ++ * Decoded AVSubtitle data can be read from the AVSubtitleRect->pict field. ++ */ ++#define AV_CODEC_PROP_BITMAP_SUB (1 << 16) ++/** ++ * Subtitle codec is text based. ++ * Decoded AVSubtitle data can be read from the AVSubtitleRect->ass field. ++ */ ++#define AV_CODEC_PROP_TEXT_SUB (1 << 17) ++ ++/** ++ * @return descriptor for given codec ID or NULL if no descriptor exists. ++ */ ++const AVCodecDescriptor* avcodec_descriptor_get(enum AVCodecID id); ++ ++/** ++ * Iterate over all codec descriptors known to libavcodec. ++ * ++ * @param prev previous descriptor. NULL to get the first descriptor. ++ * ++ * @return next descriptor or NULL after the last descriptor ++ */ ++const AVCodecDescriptor* avcodec_descriptor_next(const AVCodecDescriptor* prev); ++ ++/** ++ * @return codec descriptor with the given name or NULL if no such descriptor ++ * exists. ++ */ ++const AVCodecDescriptor* avcodec_descriptor_get_by_name(const char* name); ++ ++/** ++ * @} ++ */ ++ ++#endif // AVCODEC_CODEC_DESC_H +diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavcodec/codec_id.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavcodec/codec_id.h +new file mode 100644 +--- /dev/null ++++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavcodec/codec_id.h +@@ -0,0 +1,637 @@ ++/* ++ * Codec IDs ++ * ++ * This file is part of FFmpeg. ++ * ++ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or ++ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public ++ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either ++ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. ++ * ++ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ++ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ++ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ++ * Lesser General Public License for more details. ++ * ++ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public ++ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software ++ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA ++ */ ++ ++#ifndef AVCODEC_CODEC_ID_H ++#define AVCODEC_CODEC_ID_H ++ ++#include "libavutil/avutil.h" ++#include "libavutil/samplefmt.h" ++ ++/** ++ * @addtogroup lavc_core ++ * @{ ++ */ ++ ++/** ++ * Identify the syntax and semantics of the bitstream. ++ * The principle is roughly: ++ * Two decoders with the same ID can decode the same streams. ++ * Two encoders with the same ID can encode compatible streams. ++ * There may be slight deviations from the principle due to implementation ++ * details. ++ * ++ * If you add a codec ID to this list, add it so that ++ * 1. no value of an existing codec ID changes (that would break ABI), ++ * 2. it is as close as possible to similar codecs ++ * ++ * After adding new codec IDs, do not forget to add an entry to the codec ++ * descriptor list and bump libavcodec minor version. ++ */ ++enum AVCodecID { ++ AV_CODEC_ID_NONE, ++ ++ /* video codecs */ ++ AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG1VIDEO, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG2VIDEO, ///< preferred ID for MPEG-1/2 video decoding ++ AV_CODEC_ID_H261, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_H263, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_RV10, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_RV20, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_MJPEG, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_MJPEGB, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_LJPEG, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_SP5X, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_JPEGLS, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG4, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_RAWVIDEO, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_MSMPEG4V1, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_MSMPEG4V2, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_MSMPEG4V3, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_WMV1, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_WMV2, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_H263P, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_H263I, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_FLV1, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_SVQ1, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_SVQ3, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_DVVIDEO, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_HUFFYUV, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_CYUV, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_H264, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO3, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_VP3, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_THEORA, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_ASV1, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_ASV2, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_FFV1, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_4XM, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_VCR1, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_CLJR, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_MDEC, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_ROQ, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_INTERPLAY_VIDEO, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_XAN_WC3, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_XAN_WC4, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_RPZA, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_CINEPAK, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_WS_VQA, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_MSRLE, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_MSVIDEO1, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_IDCIN, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_8BPS, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_SMC, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_FLIC, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEMOTION1, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_VMDVIDEO, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_MSZH, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_ZLIB, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_QTRLE, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_TSCC, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_ULTI, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_QDRAW, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_VIXL, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_QPEG, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_PNG, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_PPM, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_PBM, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_PGM, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_PGMYUV, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_PAM, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_FFVHUFF, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_RV30, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_RV40, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_VC1, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_WMV3, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_LOCO, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_WNV1, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_AASC, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO2, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_FRAPS, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEMOTION2, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_BMP, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_CSCD, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_MMVIDEO, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_ZMBV, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_AVS, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_SMACKVIDEO, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_NUV, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_KMVC, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_FLASHSV, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_CAVS, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_JPEG2000, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_VMNC, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_VP5, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_VP6, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_VP6F, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_TARGA, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_DSICINVIDEO, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_TIERTEXSEQVIDEO, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_TIFF, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_GIF, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_DXA, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_DNXHD, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_THP, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_SGI, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_C93, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_BETHSOFTVID, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_PTX, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_TXD, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_VP6A, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_AMV, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_VB, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_PCX, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_SUNRAST, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO4, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_INDEO5, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_MIMIC, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_RL2, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_ESCAPE124, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_DIRAC, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_BFI, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_CMV, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_MOTIONPIXELS, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_TGV, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_TGQ, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_TQI, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_AURA, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_AURA2, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_V210X, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_TMV, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_V210, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_DPX, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_MAD, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_FRWU, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_FLASHSV2, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_CDGRAPHICS, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_R210, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_ANM, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_BINKVIDEO, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_IFF_ILBM, ++#define AV_CODEC_ID_IFF_BYTERUN1 AV_CODEC_ID_IFF_ILBM ++ AV_CODEC_ID_KGV1, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_YOP, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_VP8, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_PICTOR, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_ANSI, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_A64_MULTI, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_A64_MULTI5, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_R10K, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_MXPEG, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_LAGARITH, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_PRORES, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_JV, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_DFA, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_WMV3IMAGE, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_VC1IMAGE, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_UTVIDEO, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_BMV_VIDEO, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_VBLE, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_DXTORY, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_V410, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_XWD, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_CDXL, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_XBM, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_ZEROCODEC, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_MSS1, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_MSA1, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_TSCC2, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_MTS2, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_CLLC, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_MSS2, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_VP9, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_AIC, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_ESCAPE130, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_G2M, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_WEBP, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_HNM4_VIDEO, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_HEVC, ++#define AV_CODEC_ID_H265 AV_CODEC_ID_HEVC ++ AV_CODEC_ID_FIC, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_ALIAS_PIX, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_BRENDER_PIX, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_PAF_VIDEO, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_EXR, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_VP7, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_SANM, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_SGIRLE, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_MVC1, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_MVC2, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_HQX, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_TDSC, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_HQ_HQA, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_HAP, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_DDS, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_DXV, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_SCREENPRESSO, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_RSCC, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_AVS2, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_PGX, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_AVS3, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_MSP2, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_VVC, ++#define AV_CODEC_ID_H266 AV_CODEC_ID_VVC ++ AV_CODEC_ID_Y41P, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_AVRP, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_012V, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_AVUI, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_AYUV, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_TARGA_Y216, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_V308, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_V408, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_YUV4, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_AVRN, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_CPIA, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_XFACE, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_SNOW, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_SMVJPEG, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_APNG, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_DAALA, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_CFHD, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEMOTION2RT, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_M101, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_MAGICYUV, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_SHEERVIDEO, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_YLC, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_PSD, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_PIXLET, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_SPEEDHQ, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_FMVC, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_SCPR, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_CLEARVIDEO, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_XPM, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_AV1, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_BITPACKED, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_MSCC, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_SRGC, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_SVG, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_GDV, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_FITS, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_IMM4, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_PROSUMER, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_MWSC, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_WCMV, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_RASC, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_HYMT, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_ARBC, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_AGM, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_LSCR, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_VP4, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_IMM5, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_MVDV, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_MVHA, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_CDTOONS, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_MV30, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_NOTCHLC, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_PFM, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_MOBICLIP, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_PHOTOCD, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_IPU, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_ARGO, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_CRI, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_SIMBIOSIS_IMX, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_SGA_VIDEO, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_GEM, ++ ++ /* various PCM "codecs" */ ++ AV_CODEC_ID_FIRST_AUDIO = ++ 0x10000, ///< A dummy id pointing at the start of audio codecs ++ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16LE = 0x10000, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16BE, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U16LE, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U16BE, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S8, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U8, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_MULAW, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_ALAW, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S32LE, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S32BE, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U32LE, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U32BE, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24LE, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24BE, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U24LE, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_U24BE, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24DAUD, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_ZORK, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16LE_PLANAR, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_DVD, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F32BE, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F32LE, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F64BE, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F64LE, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_BLURAY, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_LXF, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_S302M, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S8_PLANAR, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S24LE_PLANAR, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S32LE_PLANAR, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S16BE_PLANAR, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S64LE, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_S64BE, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F16LE, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_F24LE, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_VIDC, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_SGA, ++ ++ /* various ADPCM codecs */ ++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_QT = 0x11000, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_WAV, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_DK3, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_DK4, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_WS, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_SMJPEG, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_MS, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_4XM, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_XA, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_ADX, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_G726, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_CT, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SWF, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_YAMAHA, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SBPRO_4, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SBPRO_3, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_SBPRO_2, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_THP, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_AMV, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_R1, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_R3, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_R2, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_EA_SEAD, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_EA_EACS, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_XAS, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_EA_MAXIS_XA, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_ISS, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_G722, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_APC, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_VIMA, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_AFC, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_OKI, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_DTK, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_RAD, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_G726LE, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_THP_LE, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_PSX, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_AICA, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_DAT4, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_MTAF, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_AGM, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_ARGO, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_SSI, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_ZORK, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_APM, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_ALP, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_MTF, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_CUNNING, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_MOFLEX, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_ADPCM_IMA_ACORN, ++ ++ /* AMR */ ++ AV_CODEC_ID_AMR_NB = 0x12000, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_AMR_WB, ++ ++ /* RealAudio codecs*/ ++ AV_CODEC_ID_RA_144 = 0x13000, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_RA_288, ++ ++ /* various DPCM codecs */ ++ AV_CODEC_ID_ROQ_DPCM = 0x14000, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_INTERPLAY_DPCM, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_XAN_DPCM, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_SOL_DPCM, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_SDX2_DPCM, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_GREMLIN_DPCM, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_DERF_DPCM, ++ ++ /* audio codecs */ ++ AV_CODEC_ID_MP2 = 0x15000, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_MP3, ///< preferred ID for decoding MPEG audio layer 1, 2 or 3 ++ AV_CODEC_ID_AAC, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_AC3, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_DTS, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_VORBIS, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_DVAUDIO, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_WMAV1, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_WMAV2, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_MACE3, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_MACE6, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_VMDAUDIO, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_FLAC, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_MP3ADU, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_MP3ON4, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_SHORTEN, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_ALAC, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_WESTWOOD_SND1, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_GSM, ///< as in Berlin toast format ++ AV_CODEC_ID_QDM2, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_COOK, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_TRUESPEECH, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_TTA, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_SMACKAUDIO, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_QCELP, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_WAVPACK, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_DSICINAUDIO, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_IMC, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_MUSEPACK7, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_MLP, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_GSM_MS, /* as found in WAV */ ++ AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_APE, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_NELLYMOSER, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_MUSEPACK8, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_SPEEX, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_WMAVOICE, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_WMAPRO, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_WMALOSSLESS, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3P, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_EAC3, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_SIPR, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_MP1, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_TWINVQ, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_TRUEHD, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_MP4ALS, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC1, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_BINKAUDIO_RDFT, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_BINKAUDIO_DCT, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_AAC_LATM, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_QDMC, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_CELT, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_G723_1, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_G729, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_8SVX_EXP, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_8SVX_FIB, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_BMV_AUDIO, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_RALF, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_IAC, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_ILBC, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_OPUS, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_COMFORT_NOISE, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_TAK, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_METASOUND, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_PAF_AUDIO, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_ON2AVC, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_DSS_SP, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_CODEC2, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_FFWAVESYNTH, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_SONIC, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_SONIC_LS, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_EVRC, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_SMV, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_LSBF, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_MSBF, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_LSBF_PLANAR, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_DSD_MSBF_PLANAR, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_4GV, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_INTERPLAY_ACM, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_XMA1, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_XMA2, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_DST, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3AL, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC3PAL, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_DOLBY_E, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_APTX, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_APTX_HD, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_SBC, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_ATRAC9, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_HCOM, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_ACELP_KELVIN, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_MPEGH_3D_AUDIO, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_SIREN, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_HCA, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_FASTAUDIO, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_MSNSIREN, ++ ++ /* subtitle codecs */ ++ AV_CODEC_ID_FIRST_SUBTITLE = ++ 0x17000, ///< A dummy ID pointing at the start of subtitle codecs. ++ AV_CODEC_ID_DVD_SUBTITLE = 0x17000, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_DVB_SUBTITLE, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_TEXT, ///< raw UTF-8 text ++ AV_CODEC_ID_XSUB, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_SSA, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_MOV_TEXT, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_HDMV_PGS_SUBTITLE, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_DVB_TELETEXT, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_SRT, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_MICRODVD, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_EIA_608, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_JACOSUB, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_SAMI, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_REALTEXT, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_STL, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_SUBVIEWER1, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_SUBVIEWER, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_SUBRIP, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_WEBVTT, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_MPL2, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_VPLAYER, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_PJS, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_ASS, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_HDMV_TEXT_SUBTITLE, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_TTML, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_ARIB_CAPTION, ++ ++ /* other specific kind of codecs (generally used for attachments) */ ++ AV_CODEC_ID_FIRST_UNKNOWN = ++ 0x18000, ///< A dummy ID pointing at the start of various fake codecs. ++ AV_CODEC_ID_TTF = 0x18000, ++ ++ AV_CODEC_ID_SCTE_35, ///< Contain timestamp estimated through PCR of program ++ ///< stream. ++ AV_CODEC_ID_EPG, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_BINTEXT, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_XBIN, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_IDF, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_OTF, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_SMPTE_KLV, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_DVD_NAV, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_TIMED_ID3, ++ AV_CODEC_ID_BIN_DATA, ++ ++ AV_CODEC_ID_PROBE = ++ 0x19000, ///< codec_id is not known (like AV_CODEC_ID_NONE) but lavf ++ ///< should attempt to identify it ++ ++ AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG2TS = 0x20000, /**< _FAKE_ codec to indicate a raw MPEG-2 TS ++ * stream (only used by libavformat) */ ++ AV_CODEC_ID_MPEG4SYSTEMS = ++ 0x20001, /**< _FAKE_ codec to indicate a MPEG-4 Systems ++ * stream (only used by libavformat) */ ++ AV_CODEC_ID_FFMETADATA = 0x21000, ///< Dummy codec for streams containing ++ ///< only metadata information. ++ AV_CODEC_ID_WRAPPED_AVFRAME = ++ 0x21001, ///< Passthrough codec, AVFrames wrapped in AVPacket ++}; ++ ++/** ++ * Get the type of the given codec. ++ */ ++enum AVMediaType avcodec_get_type(enum AVCodecID codec_id); ++ ++/** ++ * Get the name of a codec. ++ * @return a static string identifying the codec; never NULL ++ */ ++const char* avcodec_get_name(enum AVCodecID id); ++ ++/** ++ * Return codec bits per sample. ++ * ++ * @param[in] codec_id the codec ++ * @return Number of bits per sample or zero if unknown for the given codec. ++ */ ++int av_get_bits_per_sample(enum AVCodecID codec_id); ++ ++/** ++ * Return codec bits per sample. ++ * Only return non-zero if the bits per sample is exactly correct, not an ++ * approximation. ++ * ++ * @param[in] codec_id the codec ++ * @return Number of bits per sample or zero if unknown for the given codec. ++ */ ++int av_get_exact_bits_per_sample(enum AVCodecID codec_id); ++ ++/** ++ * Return a name for the specified profile, if available. ++ * ++ * @param codec_id the ID of the codec to which the requested profile belongs ++ * @param profile the profile value for which a name is requested ++ * @return A name for the profile if found, NULL otherwise. ++ * ++ * @note unlike av_get_profile_name(), which searches a list of profiles ++ * supported by a specific decoder or encoder implementation, this ++ * function searches the list of profiles from the AVCodecDescriptor ++ */ ++const char* avcodec_profile_name(enum AVCodecID codec_id, int profile); ++ ++/** ++ * Return the PCM codec associated with a sample format. ++ * @param be endianness, 0 for little, 1 for big, ++ * -1 (or anything else) for native ++ * @return AV_CODEC_ID_PCM_* or AV_CODEC_ID_NONE ++ */ ++enum AVCodecID av_get_pcm_codec(enum AVSampleFormat fmt, int be); ++ ++/** ++ * @} ++ */ ++ ++#endif // AVCODEC_CODEC_ID_H +diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavcodec/codec_par.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavcodec/codec_par.h +new file mode 100644 +--- /dev/null ++++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavcodec/codec_par.h +@@ -0,0 +1,236 @@ ++/* ++ * Codec parameters public API ++ * ++ * This file is part of FFmpeg. ++ * ++ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or ++ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public ++ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either ++ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. ++ * ++ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ++ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ++ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ++ * Lesser General Public License for more details. ++ * ++ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public ++ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software ++ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA ++ */ ++ ++#ifndef AVCODEC_CODEC_PAR_H ++#define AVCODEC_CODEC_PAR_H ++ ++#include <stdint.h> ++ ++#include "libavutil/avutil.h" ++#include "libavutil/rational.h" ++#include "libavutil/pixfmt.h" ++ ++#include "codec_id.h" ++ ++/** ++ * @addtogroup lavc_core ++ */ ++ ++enum AVFieldOrder { ++ AV_FIELD_UNKNOWN, ++ AV_FIELD_PROGRESSIVE, ++ AV_FIELD_TT, //< Top coded_first, top displayed first ++ AV_FIELD_BB, //< Bottom coded first, bottom displayed first ++ AV_FIELD_TB, //< Top coded first, bottom displayed first ++ AV_FIELD_BT, //< Bottom coded first, top displayed first ++}; ++ ++/** ++ * This struct describes the properties of an encoded stream. ++ * ++ * sizeof(AVCodecParameters) is not a part of the public ABI, this struct must ++ * be allocated with avcodec_parameters_alloc() and freed with ++ * avcodec_parameters_free(). ++ */ ++typedef struct AVCodecParameters { ++ /** ++ * General type of the encoded data. ++ */ ++ enum AVMediaType codec_type; ++ /** ++ * Specific type of the encoded data (the codec used). ++ */ ++ enum AVCodecID codec_id; ++ /** ++ * Additional information about the codec (corresponds to the AVI FOURCC). ++ */ ++ uint32_t codec_tag; ++ ++ /** ++ * Extra binary data needed for initializing the decoder, codec-dependent. ++ * ++ * Must be allocated with av_malloc() and will be freed by ++ * avcodec_parameters_free(). The allocated size of extradata must be at ++ * least extradata_size + AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE, with the padding ++ * bytes zeroed. ++ */ ++ uint8_t* extradata; ++ /** ++ * Size of the extradata content in bytes. ++ */ ++ int extradata_size; ++ ++ /** ++ * - video: the pixel format, the value corresponds to enum AVPixelFormat. ++ * - audio: the sample format, the value corresponds to enum AVSampleFormat. ++ */ ++ int format; ++ ++ /** ++ * The average bitrate of the encoded data (in bits per second). ++ */ ++ int64_t bit_rate; ++ ++ /** ++ * The number of bits per sample in the codedwords. ++ * ++ * This is basically the bitrate per sample. It is mandatory for a bunch of ++ * formats to actually decode them. It's the number of bits for one sample in ++ * the actual coded bitstream. ++ * ++ * This could be for example 4 for ADPCM ++ * For PCM formats this matches bits_per_raw_sample ++ * Can be 0 ++ */ ++ int bits_per_coded_sample; ++ ++ /** ++ * This is the number of valid bits in each output sample. If the ++ * sample format has more bits, the least significant bits are additional ++ * padding bits, which are always 0. Use right shifts to reduce the sample ++ * to its actual size. For example, audio formats with 24 bit samples will ++ * have bits_per_raw_sample set to 24, and format set to AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S32. ++ * To get the original sample use "(int32_t)sample >> 8"." ++ * ++ * For ADPCM this might be 12 or 16 or similar ++ * Can be 0 ++ */ ++ int bits_per_raw_sample; ++ ++ /** ++ * Codec-specific bitstream restrictions that the stream conforms to. ++ */ ++ int profile; ++ int level; ++ ++ /** ++ * Video only. The dimensions of the video frame in pixels. ++ */ ++ int width; ++ int height; ++ ++ /** ++ * Video only. The aspect ratio (width / height) which a single pixel ++ * should have when displayed. ++ * ++ * When the aspect ratio is unknown / undefined, the numerator should be ++ * set to 0 (the denominator may have any value). ++ */ ++ AVRational sample_aspect_ratio; ++ ++ /** ++ * Video only. The order of the fields in interlaced video. ++ */ ++ enum AVFieldOrder field_order; ++ ++ /** ++ * Video only. Additional colorspace characteristics. ++ */ ++ enum AVColorRange color_range; ++ enum AVColorPrimaries color_primaries; ++ enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc; ++ enum AVColorSpace color_space; ++ enum AVChromaLocation chroma_location; ++ ++ /** ++ * Video only. Number of delayed frames. ++ */ ++ int video_delay; ++ ++ /** ++ * Audio only. The channel layout bitmask. May be 0 if the channel layout is ++ * unknown or unspecified, otherwise the number of bits set must be equal to ++ * the channels field. ++ */ ++ uint64_t channel_layout; ++ /** ++ * Audio only. The number of audio channels. ++ */ ++ int channels; ++ /** ++ * Audio only. The number of audio samples per second. ++ */ ++ int sample_rate; ++ /** ++ * Audio only. The number of bytes per coded audio frame, required by some ++ * formats. ++ * ++ * Corresponds to nBlockAlign in WAVEFORMATEX. ++ */ ++ int block_align; ++ /** ++ * Audio only. Audio frame size, if known. Required by some formats to be ++ * static. ++ */ ++ int frame_size; ++ ++ /** ++ * Audio only. The amount of padding (in samples) inserted by the encoder at ++ * the beginning of the audio. I.e. this number of leading decoded samples ++ * must be discarded by the caller to get the original audio without leading ++ * padding. ++ */ ++ int initial_padding; ++ /** ++ * Audio only. The amount of padding (in samples) appended by the encoder to ++ * the end of the audio. I.e. this number of decoded samples must be ++ * discarded by the caller from the end of the stream to get the original ++ * audio without any trailing padding. ++ */ ++ int trailing_padding; ++ /** ++ * Audio only. Number of samples to skip after a discontinuity. ++ */ ++ int seek_preroll; ++} AVCodecParameters; ++ ++/** ++ * Allocate a new AVCodecParameters and set its fields to default values ++ * (unknown/invalid/0). The returned struct must be freed with ++ * avcodec_parameters_free(). ++ */ ++AVCodecParameters* avcodec_parameters_alloc(void); ++ ++/** ++ * Free an AVCodecParameters instance and everything associated with it and ++ * write NULL to the supplied pointer. ++ */ ++void avcodec_parameters_free(AVCodecParameters** par); ++ ++/** ++ * Copy the contents of src to dst. Any allocated fields in dst are freed and ++ * replaced with newly allocated duplicates of the corresponding fields in src. ++ * ++ * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. ++ */ ++int avcodec_parameters_copy(AVCodecParameters* dst, ++ const AVCodecParameters* src); ++ ++/** ++ * This function is the same as av_get_audio_frame_duration(), except it works ++ * with AVCodecParameters instead of an AVCodecContext. ++ */ ++int av_get_audio_frame_duration2(AVCodecParameters* par, int frame_bytes); ++ ++/** ++ * @} ++ */ ++ ++#endif // AVCODEC_CODEC_PAR_H +diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavcodec/defs.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavcodec/defs.h +new file mode 100644 +--- /dev/null ++++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavcodec/defs.h +@@ -0,0 +1,171 @@ ++/* ++ * ++ * This file is part of FFmpeg. ++ * ++ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or ++ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public ++ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either ++ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. ++ * ++ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ++ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ++ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ++ * Lesser General Public License for more details. ++ * ++ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public ++ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software ++ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA ++ */ ++ ++#ifndef AVCODEC_DEFS_H ++#define AVCODEC_DEFS_H ++ ++/** ++ * @file ++ * @ingroup libavc ++ * Misc types and constants that do not belong anywhere else. ++ */ ++ ++#include <stdint.h> ++#include <stdlib.h> ++ ++/** ++ * @ingroup lavc_decoding ++ * Required number of additionally allocated bytes at the end of the input ++ * bitstream for decoding. This is mainly needed because some optimized ++ * bitstream readers read 32 or 64 bit at once and could read over the end.<br> ++ * Note: If the first 23 bits of the additional bytes are not 0, then damaged ++ * MPEG bitstreams could cause overread and segfault. ++ */ ++#define AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE 64 ++ ++/** ++ * @ingroup lavc_decoding ++ */ ++enum AVDiscard { ++ /* We leave some space between them for extensions (drop some ++ * keyframes for intra-only or drop just some bidir frames). */ ++ AVDISCARD_NONE = -16, ///< discard nothing ++ AVDISCARD_DEFAULT = ++ 0, ///< discard useless packets like 0 size packets in avi ++ AVDISCARD_NONREF = 8, ///< discard all non reference ++ AVDISCARD_BIDIR = 16, ///< discard all bidirectional frames ++ AVDISCARD_NONINTRA = 24, ///< discard all non intra frames ++ AVDISCARD_NONKEY = 32, ///< discard all frames except keyframes ++ AVDISCARD_ALL = 48, ///< discard all ++}; ++ ++enum AVAudioServiceType { ++ AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_MAIN = 0, ++ AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_EFFECTS = 1, ++ AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_VISUALLY_IMPAIRED = 2, ++ AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_HEARING_IMPAIRED = 3, ++ AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_DIALOGUE = 4, ++ AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_COMMENTARY = 5, ++ AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_EMERGENCY = 6, ++ AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_VOICE_OVER = 7, ++ AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_KARAOKE = 8, ++ AV_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE_NB, ///< Not part of ABI ++}; ++ ++/** ++ * Pan Scan area. ++ * This specifies the area which should be displayed. ++ * Note there may be multiple such areas for one frame. ++ */ ++typedef struct AVPanScan { ++ /** ++ * id ++ * - encoding: Set by user. ++ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. ++ */ ++ int id; ++ ++ /** ++ * width and height in 1/16 pel ++ * - encoding: Set by user. ++ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. ++ */ ++ int width; ++ int height; ++ ++ /** ++ * position of the top left corner in 1/16 pel for up to 3 fields/frames ++ * - encoding: Set by user. ++ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. ++ */ ++ int16_t position[3][2]; ++} AVPanScan; ++ ++/** ++ * This structure describes the bitrate properties of an encoded bitstream. It ++ * roughly corresponds to a subset the VBV parameters for MPEG-2 or HRD ++ * parameters for H.264/HEVC. ++ */ ++typedef struct AVCPBProperties { ++ /** ++ * Maximum bitrate of the stream, in bits per second. ++ * Zero if unknown or unspecified. ++ */ ++ int64_t max_bitrate; ++ /** ++ * Minimum bitrate of the stream, in bits per second. ++ * Zero if unknown or unspecified. ++ */ ++ int64_t min_bitrate; ++ /** ++ * Average bitrate of the stream, in bits per second. ++ * Zero if unknown or unspecified. ++ */ ++ int64_t avg_bitrate; ++ ++ /** ++ * The size of the buffer to which the ratecontrol is applied, in bits. ++ * Zero if unknown or unspecified. ++ */ ++ int64_t buffer_size; ++ ++ /** ++ * The delay between the time the packet this structure is associated with ++ * is received and the time when it should be decoded, in periods of a 27MHz ++ * clock. ++ * ++ * UINT64_MAX when unknown or unspecified. ++ */ ++ uint64_t vbv_delay; ++} AVCPBProperties; ++ ++/** ++ * Allocate a CPB properties structure and initialize its fields to default ++ * values. ++ * ++ * @param size if non-NULL, the size of the allocated struct will be written ++ * here. This is useful for embedding it in side data. ++ * ++ * @return the newly allocated struct or NULL on failure ++ */ ++AVCPBProperties* av_cpb_properties_alloc(size_t* size); ++ ++/** ++ * This structure supplies correlation between a packet timestamp and a wall ++ * clock production time. The definition follows the Producer Reference Time ++ * ('prft') as defined in ISO/IEC 14496-12 ++ */ ++typedef struct AVProducerReferenceTime { ++ /** ++ * A UTC timestamp, in microseconds, since Unix epoch (e.g, av_gettime()). ++ */ ++ int64_t wallclock; ++ int flags; ++} AVProducerReferenceTime; ++ ++/** ++ * Encode extradata length to a buffer. Used by xiph codecs. ++ * ++ * @param s buffer to write to; must be at least (v/255+1) bytes long ++ * @param v size of extradata in bytes ++ * @return number of bytes written to the buffer. ++ */ ++unsigned int av_xiphlacing(unsigned char* s, unsigned int v); ++ ++#endif // AVCODEC_DEFS_H +diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavcodec/packet.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavcodec/packet.h +new file mode 100644 +--- /dev/null ++++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavcodec/packet.h +@@ -0,0 +1,724 @@ ++/* ++ * AVPacket public API ++ * ++ * This file is part of FFmpeg. ++ * ++ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or ++ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public ++ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either ++ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. ++ * ++ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ++ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ++ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ++ * Lesser General Public License for more details. ++ * ++ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public ++ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software ++ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA ++ */ ++ ++#ifndef AVCODEC_PACKET_H ++#define AVCODEC_PACKET_H ++ ++#include <stddef.h> ++#include <stdint.h> ++ ++#include "libavutil/attributes.h" ++#include "libavutil/buffer.h" ++#include "libavutil/dict.h" ++#include "libavutil/rational.h" ++ ++#include "libavcodec/version.h" ++ ++/** ++ * @defgroup lavc_packet AVPacket ++ * ++ * Types and functions for working with AVPacket. ++ * @{ ++ */ ++enum AVPacketSideDataType { ++ /** ++ * An AV_PKT_DATA_PALETTE side data packet contains exactly AVPALETTE_SIZE ++ * bytes worth of palette. This side data signals that a new palette is ++ * present. ++ */ ++ AV_PKT_DATA_PALETTE, ++ ++ /** ++ * The AV_PKT_DATA_NEW_EXTRADATA is used to notify the codec or the format ++ * that the extradata buffer was changed and the receiving side should ++ * act upon it appropriately. The new extradata is embedded in the side ++ * data buffer and should be immediately used for processing the current ++ * frame or packet. ++ */ ++ AV_PKT_DATA_NEW_EXTRADATA, ++ ++ /** ++ * An AV_PKT_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE side data packet is laid out as follows: ++ * @code ++ * u32le param_flags ++ * if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_COUNT) ++ * s32le channel_count ++ * if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_LAYOUT) ++ * u64le channel_layout ++ * if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_SAMPLE_RATE) ++ * s32le sample_rate ++ * if (param_flags & AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_DIMENSIONS) ++ * s32le width ++ * s32le height ++ * @endcode ++ */ ++ AV_PKT_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE, ++ ++ /** ++ * An AV_PKT_DATA_H263_MB_INFO side data packet contains a number of ++ * structures with info about macroblocks relevant to splitting the ++ * packet into smaller packets on macroblock edges (e.g. as for RFC 2190). ++ * That is, it does not necessarily contain info about all macroblocks, ++ * as long as the distance between macroblocks in the info is smaller ++ * than the target payload size. ++ * Each MB info structure is 12 bytes, and is laid out as follows: ++ * @code ++ * u32le bit offset from the start of the packet ++ * u8 current quantizer at the start of the macroblock ++ * u8 GOB number ++ * u16le macroblock address within the GOB ++ * u8 horizontal MV predictor ++ * u8 vertical MV predictor ++ * u8 horizontal MV predictor for block number 3 ++ * u8 vertical MV predictor for block number 3 ++ * @endcode ++ */ ++ AV_PKT_DATA_H263_MB_INFO, ++ ++ /** ++ * This side data should be associated with an audio stream and contains ++ * ReplayGain information in form of the AVReplayGain struct. ++ */ ++ AV_PKT_DATA_REPLAYGAIN, ++ ++ /** ++ * This side data contains a 3x3 transformation matrix describing an affine ++ * transformation that needs to be applied to the decoded video frames for ++ * correct presentation. ++ * ++ * See libavutil/display.h for a detailed description of the data. ++ */ ++ AV_PKT_DATA_DISPLAYMATRIX, ++ ++ /** ++ * This side data should be associated with a video stream and contains ++ * Stereoscopic 3D information in form of the AVStereo3D struct. ++ */ ++ AV_PKT_DATA_STEREO3D, ++ ++ /** ++ * This side data should be associated with an audio stream and corresponds ++ * to enum AVAudioServiceType. ++ */ ++ AV_PKT_DATA_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE, ++ ++ /** ++ * This side data contains quality related information from the encoder. ++ * @code ++ * u32le quality factor of the compressed frame. Allowed range is between 1 ++ * (good) and FF_LAMBDA_MAX (bad). u8 picture type u8 error count u16 ++ * reserved u64le[error count] sum of squared differences between encoder in ++ * and output ++ * @endcode ++ */ ++ AV_PKT_DATA_QUALITY_STATS, ++ ++ /** ++ * This side data contains an integer value representing the stream index ++ * of a "fallback" track. A fallback track indicates an alternate ++ * track to use when the current track can not be decoded for some reason. ++ * e.g. no decoder available for codec. ++ */ ++ AV_PKT_DATA_FALLBACK_TRACK, ++ ++ /** ++ * This side data corresponds to the AVCPBProperties struct. ++ */ ++ AV_PKT_DATA_CPB_PROPERTIES, ++ ++ /** ++ * Recommmends skipping the specified number of samples ++ * @code ++ * u32le number of samples to skip from start of this packet ++ * u32le number of samples to skip from end of this packet ++ * u8 reason for start skip ++ * u8 reason for end skip (0=padding silence, 1=convergence) ++ * @endcode ++ */ ++ AV_PKT_DATA_SKIP_SAMPLES, ++ ++ /** ++ * An AV_PKT_DATA_JP_DUALMONO side data packet indicates that ++ * the packet may contain "dual mono" audio specific to Japanese DTV ++ * and if it is true, recommends only the selected channel to be used. ++ * @code ++ * u8 selected channels (0=mail/left, 1=sub/right, 2=both) ++ * @endcode ++ */ ++ AV_PKT_DATA_JP_DUALMONO, ++ ++ /** ++ * A list of zero terminated key/value strings. There is no end marker for ++ * the list, so it is required to rely on the side data size to stop. ++ */ ++ AV_PKT_DATA_STRINGS_METADATA, ++ ++ /** ++ * Subtitle event position ++ * @code ++ * u32le x1 ++ * u32le y1 ++ * u32le x2 ++ * u32le y2 ++ * @endcode ++ */ ++ AV_PKT_DATA_SUBTITLE_POSITION, ++ ++ /** ++ * Data found in BlockAdditional element of matroska container. There is ++ * no end marker for the data, so it is required to rely on the side data ++ * size to recognize the end. 8 byte id (as found in BlockAddId) followed ++ * by data. ++ */ ++ AV_PKT_DATA_MATROSKA_BLOCKADDITIONAL, ++ ++ /** ++ * The optional first identifier line of a WebVTT cue. ++ */ ++ AV_PKT_DATA_WEBVTT_IDENTIFIER, ++ ++ /** ++ * The optional settings (rendering instructions) that immediately ++ * follow the timestamp specifier of a WebVTT cue. ++ */ ++ AV_PKT_DATA_WEBVTT_SETTINGS, ++ ++ /** ++ * A list of zero terminated key/value strings. There is no end marker for ++ * the list, so it is required to rely on the side data size to stop. This ++ * side data includes updated metadata which appeared in the stream. ++ */ ++ AV_PKT_DATA_METADATA_UPDATE, ++ ++ /** ++ * MPEGTS stream ID as uint8_t, this is required to pass the stream ID ++ * information from the demuxer to the corresponding muxer. ++ */ ++ AV_PKT_DATA_MPEGTS_STREAM_ID, ++ ++ /** ++ * Mastering display metadata (based on SMPTE-2086:2014). This metadata ++ * should be associated with a video stream and contains data in the form ++ * of the AVMasteringDisplayMetadata struct. ++ */ ++ AV_PKT_DATA_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA, ++ ++ /** ++ * This side data should be associated with a video stream and corresponds ++ * to the AVSphericalMapping structure. ++ */ ++ AV_PKT_DATA_SPHERICAL, ++ ++ /** ++ * Content light level (based on CTA-861.3). This metadata should be ++ * associated with a video stream and contains data in the form of the ++ * AVContentLightMetadata struct. ++ */ ++ AV_PKT_DATA_CONTENT_LIGHT_LEVEL, ++ ++ /** ++ * ATSC A53 Part 4 Closed Captions. This metadata should be associated with ++ * a video stream. A53 CC bitstream is stored as uint8_t in ++ * AVPacketSideData.data. The number of bytes of CC data is ++ * AVPacketSideData.size. ++ */ ++ AV_PKT_DATA_A53_CC, ++ ++ /** ++ * This side data is encryption initialization data. ++ * The format is not part of ABI, use av_encryption_init_info_* methods to ++ * access. ++ */ ++ AV_PKT_DATA_ENCRYPTION_INIT_INFO, ++ ++ /** ++ * This side data contains encryption info for how to decrypt the packet. ++ * The format is not part of ABI, use av_encryption_info_* methods to access. ++ */ ++ AV_PKT_DATA_ENCRYPTION_INFO, ++ ++ /** ++ * Active Format Description data consisting of a single byte as specified ++ * in ETSI TS 101 154 using AVActiveFormatDescription enum. ++ */ ++ AV_PKT_DATA_AFD, ++ ++ /** ++ * Producer Reference Time data corresponding to the AVProducerReferenceTime ++ * struct, usually exported by some encoders (on demand through the prft flag ++ * set in the AVCodecContext export_side_data field). ++ */ ++ AV_PKT_DATA_PRFT, ++ ++ /** ++ * ICC profile data consisting of an opaque octet buffer following the ++ * format described by ISO 15076-1. ++ */ ++ AV_PKT_DATA_ICC_PROFILE, ++ ++ /** ++ * DOVI configuration ++ * ref: ++ * dolby-vision-bitstreams-within-the-iso-base-media-file-format-v2.1.2, ++ * section 2.2 ++ * dolby-vision-bitstreams-in-mpeg-2-transport-stream-multiplex-v1.2, ++ * section 3.3 Tags are stored in struct AVDOVIDecoderConfigurationRecord. ++ */ ++ AV_PKT_DATA_DOVI_CONF, ++ ++ /** ++ * Timecode which conforms to SMPTE ST 12-1:2014. The data is an array of 4 ++ * uint32_t where the first uint32_t describes how many (1-3) of the other ++ * timecodes are used. The timecode format is described in the documentation ++ * of av_timecode_get_smpte_from_framenum() function in libavutil/timecode.h. ++ */ ++ AV_PKT_DATA_S12M_TIMECODE, ++ ++ /** ++ * HDR10+ dynamic metadata associated with a video frame. The metadata is in ++ * the form of the AVDynamicHDRPlus struct and contains ++ * information for color volume transform - application 4 of ++ * SMPTE 2094-40:2016 standard. ++ */ ++ AV_PKT_DATA_DYNAMIC_HDR10_PLUS, ++ ++ /** ++ * The number of side data types. ++ * This is not part of the public API/ABI in the sense that it may ++ * change when new side data types are added. ++ * This must stay the last enum value. ++ * If its value becomes huge, some code using it ++ * needs to be updated as it assumes it to be smaller than other limits. ++ */ ++ AV_PKT_DATA_NB ++}; ++ ++#define AV_PKT_DATA_QUALITY_FACTOR AV_PKT_DATA_QUALITY_STATS // DEPRECATED ++ ++typedef struct AVPacketSideData { ++ uint8_t* data; ++ size_t size; ++ enum AVPacketSideDataType type; ++} AVPacketSideData; ++ ++/** ++ * This structure stores compressed data. It is typically exported by demuxers ++ * and then passed as input to decoders, or received as output from encoders and ++ * then passed to muxers. ++ * ++ * For video, it should typically contain one compressed frame. For audio it may ++ * contain several compressed frames. Encoders are allowed to output empty ++ * packets, with no compressed data, containing only side data ++ * (e.g. to update some stream parameters at the end of encoding). ++ * ++ * The semantics of data ownership depends on the buf field. ++ * If it is set, the packet data is dynamically allocated and is ++ * valid indefinitely until a call to av_packet_unref() reduces the ++ * reference count to 0. ++ * ++ * If the buf field is not set av_packet_ref() would make a copy instead ++ * of increasing the reference count. ++ * ++ * The side data is always allocated with av_malloc(), copied by ++ * av_packet_ref() and freed by av_packet_unref(). ++ * ++ * sizeof(AVPacket) being a part of the public ABI is deprecated. once ++ * av_init_packet() is removed, new packets will only be able to be allocated ++ * with av_packet_alloc(), and new fields may be added to the end of the struct ++ * with a minor bump. ++ * ++ * @see av_packet_alloc ++ * @see av_packet_ref ++ * @see av_packet_unref ++ */ ++typedef struct AVPacket { ++ /** ++ * A reference to the reference-counted buffer where the packet data is ++ * stored. ++ * May be NULL, then the packet data is not reference-counted. ++ */ ++ AVBufferRef* buf; ++ /** ++ * Presentation timestamp in AVStream->time_base units; the time at which ++ * the decompressed packet will be presented to the user. ++ * Can be AV_NOPTS_VALUE if it is not stored in the file. ++ * pts MUST be larger or equal to dts as presentation cannot happen before ++ * decompression, unless one wants to view hex dumps. Some formats misuse ++ * the terms dts and pts/cts to mean something different. Such timestamps ++ * must be converted to true pts/dts before they are stored in AVPacket. ++ */ ++ int64_t pts; ++ /** ++ * Decompression timestamp in AVStream->time_base units; the time at which ++ * the packet is decompressed. ++ * Can be AV_NOPTS_VALUE if it is not stored in the file. ++ */ ++ int64_t dts; ++ uint8_t* data; ++ int size; ++ int stream_index; ++ /** ++ * A combination of AV_PKT_FLAG values ++ */ ++ int flags; ++ /** ++ * Additional packet data that can be provided by the container. ++ * Packet can contain several types of side information. ++ */ ++ AVPacketSideData* side_data; ++ int side_data_elems; ++ ++ /** ++ * Duration of this packet in AVStream->time_base units, 0 if unknown. ++ * Equals next_pts - this_pts in presentation order. ++ */ ++ int64_t duration; ++ ++ int64_t pos; ///< byte position in stream, -1 if unknown ++ ++ /** ++ * for some private data of the user ++ */ ++ void* opaque; ++ ++ /** ++ * AVBufferRef for free use by the API user. FFmpeg will never check the ++ * contents of the buffer ref. FFmpeg calls av_buffer_unref() on it when ++ * the packet is unreferenced. av_packet_copy_props() calls create a new ++ * reference with av_buffer_ref() for the target packet's opaque_ref field. ++ * ++ * This is unrelated to the opaque field, although it serves a similar ++ * purpose. ++ */ ++ AVBufferRef* opaque_ref; ++ ++ /** ++ * Time base of the packet's timestamps. ++ * In the future, this field may be set on packets output by encoders or ++ * demuxers, but its value will be by default ignored on input to decoders ++ * or muxers. ++ */ ++ AVRational time_base; ++} AVPacket; ++ ++#if FF_API_INIT_PACKET ++attribute_deprecated typedef struct AVPacketList { ++ AVPacket pkt; ++ struct AVPacketList* next; ++} AVPacketList; ++#endif ++ ++#define AV_PKT_FLAG_KEY 0x0001 ///< The packet contains a keyframe ++#define AV_PKT_FLAG_CORRUPT 0x0002 ///< The packet content is corrupted ++/** ++ * Flag is used to discard packets which are required to maintain valid ++ * decoder state but are not required for output and should be dropped ++ * after decoding. ++ **/ ++#define AV_PKT_FLAG_DISCARD 0x0004 ++/** ++ * The packet comes from a trusted source. ++ * ++ * Otherwise-unsafe constructs such as arbitrary pointers to data ++ * outside the packet may be followed. ++ */ ++#define AV_PKT_FLAG_TRUSTED 0x0008 ++/** ++ * Flag is used to indicate packets that contain frames that can ++ * be discarded by the decoder. I.e. Non-reference frames. ++ */ ++#define AV_PKT_FLAG_DISPOSABLE 0x0010 ++ ++enum AVSideDataParamChangeFlags { ++ AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_COUNT = 0x0001, ++ AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_CHANNEL_LAYOUT = 0x0002, ++ AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_SAMPLE_RATE = 0x0004, ++ AV_SIDE_DATA_PARAM_CHANGE_DIMENSIONS = 0x0008, ++}; ++ ++/** ++ * Allocate an AVPacket and set its fields to default values. The resulting ++ * struct must be freed using av_packet_free(). ++ * ++ * @return An AVPacket filled with default values or NULL on failure. ++ * ++ * @note this only allocates the AVPacket itself, not the data buffers. Those ++ * must be allocated through other means such as av_new_packet. ++ * ++ * @see av_new_packet ++ */ ++AVPacket* av_packet_alloc(void); ++ ++/** ++ * Create a new packet that references the same data as src. ++ * ++ * This is a shortcut for av_packet_alloc()+av_packet_ref(). ++ * ++ * @return newly created AVPacket on success, NULL on error. ++ * ++ * @see av_packet_alloc ++ * @see av_packet_ref ++ */ ++AVPacket* av_packet_clone(const AVPacket* src); ++ ++/** ++ * Free the packet, if the packet is reference counted, it will be ++ * unreferenced first. ++ * ++ * @param pkt packet to be freed. The pointer will be set to NULL. ++ * @note passing NULL is a no-op. ++ */ ++void av_packet_free(AVPacket** pkt); ++ ++#if FF_API_INIT_PACKET ++/** ++ * Initialize optional fields of a packet with default values. ++ * ++ * Note, this does not touch the data and size members, which have to be ++ * initialized separately. ++ * ++ * @param pkt packet ++ * ++ * @see av_packet_alloc ++ * @see av_packet_unref ++ * ++ * @deprecated This function is deprecated. Once it's removed, ++ sizeof(AVPacket) will not be a part of the ABI anymore. ++ */ ++attribute_deprecated void av_init_packet(AVPacket* pkt); ++#endif ++ ++/** ++ * Allocate the payload of a packet and initialize its fields with ++ * default values. ++ * ++ * @param pkt packet ++ * @param size wanted payload size ++ * @return 0 if OK, AVERROR_xxx otherwise ++ */ ++int av_new_packet(AVPacket* pkt, int size); ++ ++/** ++ * Reduce packet size, correctly zeroing padding ++ * ++ * @param pkt packet ++ * @param size new size ++ */ ++void av_shrink_packet(AVPacket* pkt, int size); ++ ++/** ++ * Increase packet size, correctly zeroing padding ++ * ++ * @param pkt packet ++ * @param grow_by number of bytes by which to increase the size of the packet ++ */ ++int av_grow_packet(AVPacket* pkt, int grow_by); ++ ++/** ++ * Initialize a reference-counted packet from av_malloc()ed data. ++ * ++ * @param pkt packet to be initialized. This function will set the data, size, ++ * and buf fields, all others are left untouched. ++ * @param data Data allocated by av_malloc() to be used as packet data. If this ++ * function returns successfully, the data is owned by the underlying ++ * AVBuffer. The caller may not access the data through other means. ++ * @param size size of data in bytes, without the padding. I.e. the full buffer ++ * size is assumed to be size + AV_INPUT_BUFFER_PADDING_SIZE. ++ * ++ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error ++ */ ++int av_packet_from_data(AVPacket* pkt, uint8_t* data, int size); ++ ++/** ++ * Allocate new information of a packet. ++ * ++ * @param pkt packet ++ * @param type side information type ++ * @param size side information size ++ * @return pointer to fresh allocated data or NULL otherwise ++ */ ++uint8_t* av_packet_new_side_data(AVPacket* pkt, enum AVPacketSideDataType type, ++ size_t size); ++ ++/** ++ * Wrap an existing array as a packet side data. ++ * ++ * @param pkt packet ++ * @param type side information type ++ * @param data the side data array. It must be allocated with the av_malloc() ++ * family of functions. The ownership of the data is transferred to ++ * pkt. ++ * @param size side information size ++ * @return a non-negative number on success, a negative AVERROR code on ++ * failure. On failure, the packet is unchanged and the data remains ++ * owned by the caller. ++ */ ++int av_packet_add_side_data(AVPacket* pkt, enum AVPacketSideDataType type, ++ uint8_t* data, size_t size); ++ ++/** ++ * Shrink the already allocated side data buffer ++ * ++ * @param pkt packet ++ * @param type side information type ++ * @param size new side information size ++ * @return 0 on success, < 0 on failure ++ */ ++int av_packet_shrink_side_data(AVPacket* pkt, enum AVPacketSideDataType type, ++ size_t size); ++ ++/** ++ * Get side information from packet. ++ * ++ * @param pkt packet ++ * @param type desired side information type ++ * @param size If supplied, *size will be set to the size of the side data ++ * or to zero if the desired side data is not present. ++ * @return pointer to data if present or NULL otherwise ++ */ ++uint8_t* av_packet_get_side_data(const AVPacket* pkt, ++ enum AVPacketSideDataType type, size_t* size); ++ ++const char* av_packet_side_data_name(enum AVPacketSideDataType type); ++ ++/** ++ * Pack a dictionary for use in side_data. ++ * ++ * @param dict The dictionary to pack. ++ * @param size pointer to store the size of the returned data ++ * @return pointer to data if successful, NULL otherwise ++ */ ++uint8_t* av_packet_pack_dictionary(AVDictionary* dict, size_t* size); ++/** ++ * Unpack a dictionary from side_data. ++ * ++ * @param data data from side_data ++ * @param size size of the data ++ * @param dict the metadata storage dictionary ++ * @return 0 on success, < 0 on failure ++ */ ++int av_packet_unpack_dictionary(const uint8_t* data, size_t size, ++ AVDictionary** dict); ++ ++/** ++ * Convenience function to free all the side data stored. ++ * All the other fields stay untouched. ++ * ++ * @param pkt packet ++ */ ++void av_packet_free_side_data(AVPacket* pkt); ++ ++/** ++ * Setup a new reference to the data described by a given packet ++ * ++ * If src is reference-counted, setup dst as a new reference to the ++ * buffer in src. Otherwise allocate a new buffer in dst and copy the ++ * data from src into it. ++ * ++ * All the other fields are copied from src. ++ * ++ * @see av_packet_unref ++ * ++ * @param dst Destination packet. Will be completely overwritten. ++ * @param src Source packet ++ * ++ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. On error, dst ++ * will be blank (as if returned by av_packet_alloc()). ++ */ ++int av_packet_ref(AVPacket* dst, const AVPacket* src); ++ ++/** ++ * Wipe the packet. ++ * ++ * Unreference the buffer referenced by the packet and reset the ++ * remaining packet fields to their default values. ++ * ++ * @param pkt The packet to be unreferenced. ++ */ ++void av_packet_unref(AVPacket* pkt); ++ ++/** ++ * Move every field in src to dst and reset src. ++ * ++ * @see av_packet_unref ++ * ++ * @param src Source packet, will be reset ++ * @param dst Destination packet ++ */ ++void av_packet_move_ref(AVPacket* dst, AVPacket* src); ++ ++/** ++ * Copy only "properties" fields from src to dst. ++ * ++ * Properties for the purpose of this function are all the fields ++ * beside those related to the packet data (buf, data, size) ++ * ++ * @param dst Destination packet ++ * @param src Source packet ++ * ++ * @return 0 on success AVERROR on failure. ++ */ ++int av_packet_copy_props(AVPacket* dst, const AVPacket* src); ++ ++/** ++ * Ensure the data described by a given packet is reference counted. ++ * ++ * @note This function does not ensure that the reference will be writable. ++ * Use av_packet_make_writable instead for that purpose. ++ * ++ * @see av_packet_ref ++ * @see av_packet_make_writable ++ * ++ * @param pkt packet whose data should be made reference counted. ++ * ++ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. On failure, the ++ * packet is unchanged. ++ */ ++int av_packet_make_refcounted(AVPacket* pkt); ++ ++/** ++ * Create a writable reference for the data described by a given packet, ++ * avoiding data copy if possible. ++ * ++ * @param pkt Packet whose data should be made writable. ++ * ++ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure. On failure, the ++ * packet is unchanged. ++ */ ++int av_packet_make_writable(AVPacket* pkt); ++ ++/** ++ * Convert valid timing fields (timestamps / durations) in a packet from one ++ * timebase to another. Timestamps with unknown values (AV_NOPTS_VALUE) will be ++ * ignored. ++ * ++ * @param pkt packet on which the conversion will be performed ++ * @param tb_src source timebase, in which the timing fields in pkt are ++ * expressed ++ * @param tb_dst destination timebase, to which the timing fields will be ++ * converted ++ */ ++void av_packet_rescale_ts(AVPacket* pkt, AVRational tb_src, AVRational tb_dst); ++ ++/** ++ * @} ++ */ ++ ++#endif // AVCODEC_PACKET_H +diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavcodec/vdpau.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavcodec/vdpau.h +new file mode 100644 +--- /dev/null ++++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavcodec/vdpau.h +@@ -0,0 +1,156 @@ ++/* ++ * The Video Decode and Presentation API for UNIX (VDPAU) is used for ++ * hardware-accelerated decoding of MPEG-1/2, H.264 and VC-1. ++ * ++ * Copyright (C) 2008 NVIDIA ++ * ++ * This file is part of FFmpeg. ++ * ++ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or ++ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public ++ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either ++ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. ++ * ++ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ++ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ++ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ++ * Lesser General Public License for more details. ++ * ++ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public ++ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software ++ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA ++ */ ++ ++#ifndef AVCODEC_VDPAU_H ++#define AVCODEC_VDPAU_H ++ ++/** ++ * @file ++ * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vdpau ++ * Public libavcodec VDPAU header. ++ */ ++ ++/** ++ * @defgroup lavc_codec_hwaccel_vdpau VDPAU Decoder and Renderer ++ * @ingroup lavc_codec_hwaccel ++ * ++ * VDPAU hardware acceleration has two modules ++ * - VDPAU decoding ++ * - VDPAU presentation ++ * ++ * The VDPAU decoding module parses all headers using FFmpeg ++ * parsing mechanisms and uses VDPAU for the actual decoding. ++ * ++ * As per the current implementation, the actual decoding ++ * and rendering (API calls) are done as part of the VDPAU ++ * presentation (vo_vdpau.c) module. ++ * ++ * @{ ++ */ ++ ++#include <vdpau/vdpau.h> ++ ++#include "libavutil/avconfig.h" ++#include "libavutil/attributes.h" ++ ++#include "avcodec.h" ++ ++struct AVCodecContext; ++struct AVFrame; ++ ++typedef int (*AVVDPAU_Render2)(struct AVCodecContext*, struct AVFrame*, ++ const VdpPictureInfo*, uint32_t, ++ const VdpBitstreamBuffer*); ++ ++/** ++ * This structure is used to share data between the libavcodec library and ++ * the client video application. ++ * The user shall allocate the structure via the av_alloc_vdpau_hwaccel ++ * function and make it available as ++ * AVCodecContext.hwaccel_context. Members can be set by the user once ++ * during initialization or through each AVCodecContext.get_buffer() ++ * function call. In any case, they must be valid prior to calling ++ * decoding functions. ++ * ++ * The size of this structure is not a part of the public ABI and must not ++ * be used outside of libavcodec. Use av_vdpau_alloc_context() to allocate an ++ * AVVDPAUContext. ++ */ ++typedef struct AVVDPAUContext { ++ /** ++ * VDPAU decoder handle ++ * ++ * Set by user. ++ */ ++ VdpDecoder decoder; ++ ++ /** ++ * VDPAU decoder render callback ++ * ++ * Set by the user. ++ */ ++ VdpDecoderRender* render; ++ ++ AVVDPAU_Render2 render2; ++} AVVDPAUContext; ++ ++/** ++ * @brief allocation function for AVVDPAUContext ++ * ++ * Allows extending the struct without breaking API/ABI ++ */ ++AVVDPAUContext* av_alloc_vdpaucontext(void); ++ ++AVVDPAU_Render2 av_vdpau_hwaccel_get_render2(const AVVDPAUContext*); ++void av_vdpau_hwaccel_set_render2(AVVDPAUContext*, AVVDPAU_Render2); ++ ++/** ++ * Associate a VDPAU device with a codec context for hardware acceleration. ++ * This function is meant to be called from the get_format() codec callback, ++ * or earlier. It can also be called after avcodec_flush_buffers() to change ++ * the underlying VDPAU device mid-stream (e.g. to recover from non-transparent ++ * display preemption). ++ * ++ * @note get_format() must return AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU if this function completes ++ * successfully. ++ * ++ * @param avctx decoding context whose get_format() callback is invoked ++ * @param device VDPAU device handle to use for hardware acceleration ++ * @param get_proc_address VDPAU device driver ++ * @param flags zero of more OR'd AV_HWACCEL_FLAG_* flags ++ * ++ * @return 0 on success, an AVERROR code on failure. ++ */ ++int av_vdpau_bind_context(AVCodecContext* avctx, VdpDevice device, ++ VdpGetProcAddress* get_proc_address, unsigned flags); ++ ++/** ++ * Gets the parameters to create an adequate VDPAU video surface for the codec ++ * context using VDPAU hardware decoding acceleration. ++ * ++ * @note Behavior is undefined if the context was not successfully bound to a ++ * VDPAU device using av_vdpau_bind_context(). ++ * ++ * @param avctx the codec context being used for decoding the stream ++ * @param type storage space for the VDPAU video surface chroma type ++ * (or NULL to ignore) ++ * @param width storage space for the VDPAU video surface pixel width ++ * (or NULL to ignore) ++ * @param height storage space for the VDPAU video surface pixel height ++ * (or NULL to ignore) ++ * ++ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. ++ */ ++int av_vdpau_get_surface_parameters(AVCodecContext* avctx, VdpChromaType* type, ++ uint32_t* width, uint32_t* height); ++ ++/** ++ * Allocate an AVVDPAUContext. ++ * ++ * @return Newly-allocated AVVDPAUContext or NULL on failure. ++ */ ++AVVDPAUContext* av_vdpau_alloc_context(void); ++ ++/* @}*/ ++ ++#endif /* AVCODEC_VDPAU_H */ +diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavcodec/version.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavcodec/version.h +new file mode 100644 +--- /dev/null ++++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavcodec/version.h +@@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ ++/* ++ * This file is part of FFmpeg. ++ * ++ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or ++ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public ++ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either ++ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. ++ * ++ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ++ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ++ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ++ * Lesser General Public License for more details. ++ * ++ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public ++ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software ++ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA ++ */ ++ ++#ifndef AVCODEC_VERSION_H ++#define AVCODEC_VERSION_H ++ ++/** ++ * @file ++ * @ingroup libavc ++ * Libavcodec version macros. ++ */ ++ ++#include "libavutil/version.h" ++ ++#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR 59 ++#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR 18 ++#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MICRO 100 ++ ++#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_INT \ ++ AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR, LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR, \ ++ LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MICRO) ++#define LIBAVCODEC_VERSION \ ++ AV_VERSION(LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR, LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MINOR, \ ++ LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MICRO) ++#define LIBAVCODEC_BUILD LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_INT ++ ++#define LIBAVCODEC_IDENT "Lavc" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVCODEC_VERSION) ++ ++/** ++ * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be ++ * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of ++ * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time. ++ * ++ * @note, when bumping the major version it is recommended to manually ++ * disable each FF_API_* in its own commit instead of disabling them all ++ * at once through the bump. This improves the git bisect-ability of the change. ++ */ ++ ++#define FF_API_OPENH264_SLICE_MODE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 60) ++#define FF_API_OPENH264_CABAC (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 60) ++#define FF_API_UNUSED_CODEC_CAPS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 60) ++#define FF_API_THREAD_SAFE_CALLBACKS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 60) ++#define FF_API_DEBUG_MV (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 60) ++#define FF_API_GET_FRAME_CLASS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 60) ++#define FF_API_AUTO_THREADS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 60) ++#define FF_API_INIT_PACKET (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 60) ++#define FF_API_AVCTX_TIMEBASE (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 60) ++#define FF_API_MPEGVIDEO_OPTS (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 60) ++#define FF_API_FLAG_TRUNCATED (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 60) ++#define FF_API_SUB_TEXT_FORMAT (LIBAVCODEC_VERSION_MAJOR < 60) ++ ++#endif /* AVCODEC_VERSION_H */ +diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavutil/attributes.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavutil/attributes.h +new file mode 100644 +--- /dev/null ++++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavutil/attributes.h +@@ -0,0 +1,173 @@ ++/* ++ * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> ++ * ++ * This file is part of FFmpeg. ++ * ++ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or ++ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public ++ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either ++ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. ++ * ++ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ++ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ++ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ++ * Lesser General Public License for more details. ++ * ++ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public ++ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software ++ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA ++ */ ++ ++/** ++ * @file ++ * Macro definitions for various function/variable attributes ++ */ ++ ++#ifndef AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H ++#define AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H ++ ++#ifdef __GNUC__ ++# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(x, y) \ ++ (__GNUC__ > (x) || __GNUC__ == (x) && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= (y)) ++# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_MOST(x, y) \ ++ (__GNUC__ < (x) || __GNUC__ == (x) && __GNUC_MINOR__ <= (y)) ++#else ++# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(x, y) 0 ++# define AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_MOST(x, y) 0 ++#endif ++ ++#ifdef __has_builtin ++# define AV_HAS_BUILTIN(x) __has_builtin(x) ++#else ++# define AV_HAS_BUILTIN(x) 0 ++#endif ++ ++#ifndef av_always_inline ++# if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3, 1) ++# define av_always_inline __attribute__((always_inline)) inline ++# elif defined(_MSC_VER) ++# define av_always_inline __forceinline ++# else ++# define av_always_inline inline ++# endif ++#endif ++ ++#ifndef av_extern_inline ++# if defined(__ICL) && __ICL >= 1210 || defined(__GNUC_STDC_INLINE__) ++# define av_extern_inline extern inline ++# else ++# define av_extern_inline inline ++# endif ++#endif ++ ++#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3, 4) ++# define av_warn_unused_result __attribute__((warn_unused_result)) ++#else ++# define av_warn_unused_result ++#endif ++ ++#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3, 1) ++# define av_noinline __attribute__((noinline)) ++#elif defined(_MSC_VER) ++# define av_noinline __declspec(noinline) ++#else ++# define av_noinline ++#endif ++ ++#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3, 1) || defined(__clang__) ++# define av_pure __attribute__((pure)) ++#else ++# define av_pure ++#endif ++ ++#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(2, 6) || defined(__clang__) ++# define av_const __attribute__((const)) ++#else ++# define av_const ++#endif ++ ++#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4, 3) || defined(__clang__) ++# define av_cold __attribute__((cold)) ++#else ++# define av_cold ++#endif ++ ++#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4, 1) && !defined(__llvm__) ++# define av_flatten __attribute__((flatten)) ++#else ++# define av_flatten ++#endif ++ ++#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3, 1) ++# define attribute_deprecated __attribute__((deprecated)) ++#elif defined(_MSC_VER) ++# define attribute_deprecated __declspec(deprecated) ++#else ++# define attribute_deprecated ++#endif ++ ++/** ++ * Disable warnings about deprecated features ++ * This is useful for sections of code kept for backward compatibility and ++ * scheduled for removal. ++ */ ++#ifndef AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED ++# if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4, 6) ++# define AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED(code) \ ++ _Pragma("GCC diagnostic push") \ ++ _Pragma("GCC diagnostic ignored \"-Wdeprecated-declarations\"") \ ++ code _Pragma("GCC diagnostic pop") ++# elif defined(_MSC_VER) ++# define AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED(code) \ ++ __pragma(warning(push)) __pragma(warning(disable : 4996)) code; \ ++ __pragma(warning(pop)) ++# else ++# define AV_NOWARN_DEPRECATED(code) code ++# endif ++#endif ++ ++#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__) ++# define av_unused __attribute__((unused)) ++#else ++# define av_unused ++#endif ++ ++/** ++ * Mark a variable as used and prevent the compiler from optimizing it ++ * away. This is useful for variables accessed only from inline ++ * assembler without the compiler being aware. ++ */ ++#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3, 1) || defined(__clang__) ++# define av_used __attribute__((used)) ++#else ++# define av_used ++#endif ++ ++#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3, 3) || defined(__clang__) ++# define av_alias __attribute__((may_alias)) ++#else ++# define av_alias ++#endif ++ ++#if (defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__)) && !defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) ++# define av_uninit(x) x = x ++#else ++# define av_uninit(x) x ++#endif ++ ++#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__) ++# define av_builtin_constant_p __builtin_constant_p ++# define av_printf_format(fmtpos, attrpos) \ ++ __attribute__((__format__(__printf__, fmtpos, attrpos))) ++#else ++# define av_builtin_constant_p(x) 0 ++# define av_printf_format(fmtpos, attrpos) ++#endif ++ ++#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(2, 5) || defined(__clang__) ++# define av_noreturn __attribute__((noreturn)) ++#else ++# define av_noreturn ++#endif ++ ++#endif /* AVUTIL_ATTRIBUTES_H */ +diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavutil/avconfig.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavutil/avconfig.h +new file mode 100644 +--- /dev/null ++++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavutil/avconfig.h +@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ ++/* Generated by ffmpeg configure */ ++#ifndef AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H ++#define AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H ++#define AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN 0 ++#define AV_HAVE_FAST_UNALIGNED 1 ++#endif /* AVUTIL_AVCONFIG_H */ +diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavutil/avutil.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavutil/avutil.h +new file mode 100644 +--- /dev/null ++++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavutil/avutil.h +@@ -0,0 +1,366 @@ ++/* ++ * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> ++ * ++ * This file is part of FFmpeg. ++ * ++ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or ++ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public ++ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either ++ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. ++ * ++ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ++ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ++ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ++ * Lesser General Public License for more details. ++ * ++ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public ++ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software ++ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA ++ */ ++ ++#ifndef AVUTIL_AVUTIL_H ++#define AVUTIL_AVUTIL_H ++ ++/** ++ * @file ++ * @ingroup lavu ++ * Convenience header that includes @ref lavu "libavutil"'s core. ++ */ ++ ++/** ++ * @mainpage ++ * ++ * @section ffmpeg_intro Introduction ++ * ++ * This document describes the usage of the different libraries ++ * provided by FFmpeg. ++ * ++ * @li @ref libavc "libavcodec" encoding/decoding library ++ * @li @ref lavfi "libavfilter" graph-based frame editing library ++ * @li @ref libavf "libavformat" I/O and muxing/demuxing library ++ * @li @ref lavd "libavdevice" special devices muxing/demuxing library ++ * @li @ref lavu "libavutil" common utility library ++ * @li @ref lswr "libswresample" audio resampling, format conversion and mixing ++ * @li @ref lpp "libpostproc" post processing library ++ * @li @ref libsws "libswscale" color conversion and scaling library ++ * ++ * @section ffmpeg_versioning Versioning and compatibility ++ * ++ * Each of the FFmpeg libraries contains a version.h header, which defines a ++ * major, minor and micro version number with the ++ * <em>LIBRARYNAME_VERSION_{MAJOR,MINOR,MICRO}</em> macros. The major version ++ * number is incremented with backward incompatible changes - e.g. removing ++ * parts of the public API, reordering public struct members, etc. The minor ++ * version number is incremented for backward compatible API changes or major ++ * new features - e.g. adding a new public function or a new decoder. The micro ++ * version number is incremented for smaller changes that a calling program ++ * might still want to check for - e.g. changing behavior in a previously ++ * unspecified situation. ++ * ++ * FFmpeg guarantees backward API and ABI compatibility for each library as long ++ * as its major version number is unchanged. This means that no public symbols ++ * will be removed or renamed. Types and names of the public struct members and ++ * values of public macros and enums will remain the same (unless they were ++ * explicitly declared as not part of the public API). Documented behavior will ++ * not change. ++ * ++ * In other words, any correct program that works with a given FFmpeg snapshot ++ * should work just as well without any changes with any later snapshot with the ++ * same major versions. This applies to both rebuilding the program against new ++ * FFmpeg versions or to replacing the dynamic FFmpeg libraries that a program ++ * links against. ++ * ++ * However, new public symbols may be added and new members may be appended to ++ * public structs whose size is not part of public ABI (most public structs in ++ * FFmpeg). New macros and enum values may be added. Behavior in undocumented ++ * situations may change slightly (and be documented). All those are accompanied ++ * by an entry in doc/APIchanges and incrementing either the minor or micro ++ * version number. ++ */ ++ ++/** ++ * @defgroup lavu libavutil ++ * Common code shared across all FFmpeg libraries. ++ * ++ * @note ++ * libavutil is designed to be modular. In most cases, in order to use the ++ * functions provided by one component of libavutil you must explicitly include ++ * the specific header containing that feature. If you are only using ++ * media-related components, you could simply include libavutil/avutil.h, which ++ * brings in most of the "core" components. ++ * ++ * @{ ++ * ++ * @defgroup lavu_crypto Crypto and Hashing ++ * ++ * @{ ++ * @} ++ * ++ * @defgroup lavu_math Mathematics ++ * @{ ++ * ++ * @} ++ * ++ * @defgroup lavu_string String Manipulation ++ * ++ * @{ ++ * ++ * @} ++ * ++ * @defgroup lavu_mem Memory Management ++ * ++ * @{ ++ * ++ * @} ++ * ++ * @defgroup lavu_data Data Structures ++ * @{ ++ * ++ * @} ++ * ++ * @defgroup lavu_video Video related ++ * ++ * @{ ++ * ++ * @} ++ * ++ * @defgroup lavu_audio Audio related ++ * ++ * @{ ++ * ++ * @} ++ * ++ * @defgroup lavu_error Error Codes ++ * ++ * @{ ++ * ++ * @} ++ * ++ * @defgroup lavu_log Logging Facility ++ * ++ * @{ ++ * ++ * @} ++ * ++ * @defgroup lavu_misc Other ++ * ++ * @{ ++ * ++ * @defgroup preproc_misc Preprocessor String Macros ++ * ++ * @{ ++ * ++ * @} ++ * ++ * @defgroup version_utils Library Version Macros ++ * ++ * @{ ++ * ++ * @} ++ */ ++ ++/** ++ * @addtogroup lavu_ver ++ * @{ ++ */ ++ ++/** ++ * Return the LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT constant. ++ */ ++unsigned avutil_version(void); ++ ++/** ++ * Return an informative version string. This usually is the actual release ++ * version number or a git commit description. This string has no fixed format ++ * and can change any time. It should never be parsed by code. ++ */ ++const char* av_version_info(void); ++ ++/** ++ * Return the libavutil build-time configuration. ++ */ ++const char* avutil_configuration(void); ++ ++/** ++ * Return the libavutil license. ++ */ ++const char* avutil_license(void); ++ ++/** ++ * @} ++ */ ++ ++/** ++ * @addtogroup lavu_media Media Type ++ * @brief Media Type ++ */ ++ ++enum AVMediaType { ++ AVMEDIA_TYPE_UNKNOWN = -1, ///< Usually treated as AVMEDIA_TYPE_DATA ++ AVMEDIA_TYPE_VIDEO, ++ AVMEDIA_TYPE_AUDIO, ++ AVMEDIA_TYPE_DATA, ///< Opaque data information usually continuous ++ AVMEDIA_TYPE_SUBTITLE, ++ AVMEDIA_TYPE_ATTACHMENT, ///< Opaque data information usually sparse ++ AVMEDIA_TYPE_NB ++}; ++ ++/** ++ * Return a string describing the media_type enum, NULL if media_type ++ * is unknown. ++ */ ++const char* av_get_media_type_string(enum AVMediaType media_type); ++ ++/** ++ * @defgroup lavu_const Constants ++ * @{ ++ * ++ * @defgroup lavu_enc Encoding specific ++ * ++ * @note those definition should move to avcodec ++ * @{ ++ */ ++ ++#define FF_LAMBDA_SHIFT 7 ++#define FF_LAMBDA_SCALE (1 << FF_LAMBDA_SHIFT) ++#define FF_QP2LAMBDA 118 ///< factor to convert from H.263 QP to lambda ++#define FF_LAMBDA_MAX (256 * 128 - 1) ++ ++#define FF_QUALITY_SCALE FF_LAMBDA_SCALE // FIXME maybe remove ++ ++/** ++ * @} ++ * @defgroup lavu_time Timestamp specific ++ * ++ * FFmpeg internal timebase and timestamp definitions ++ * ++ * @{ ++ */ ++ ++/** ++ * @brief Undefined timestamp value ++ * ++ * Usually reported by demuxer that work on containers that do not provide ++ * either pts or dts. ++ */ ++ ++#define AV_NOPTS_VALUE ((int64_t)UINT64_C(0x8000000000000000)) ++ ++/** ++ * Internal time base represented as integer ++ */ ++ ++#define AV_TIME_BASE 1000000 ++ ++/** ++ * Internal time base represented as fractional value ++ */ ++ ++#define AV_TIME_BASE_Q \ ++ (AVRational) { 1, AV_TIME_BASE } ++ ++/** ++ * @} ++ * @} ++ * @defgroup lavu_picture Image related ++ * ++ * AVPicture types, pixel formats and basic image planes manipulation. ++ * ++ * @{ ++ */ ++ ++enum AVPictureType { ++ AV_PICTURE_TYPE_NONE = 0, ///< Undefined ++ AV_PICTURE_TYPE_I, ///< Intra ++ AV_PICTURE_TYPE_P, ///< Predicted ++ AV_PICTURE_TYPE_B, ///< Bi-dir predicted ++ AV_PICTURE_TYPE_S, ///< S(GMC)-VOP MPEG-4 ++ AV_PICTURE_TYPE_SI, ///< Switching Intra ++ AV_PICTURE_TYPE_SP, ///< Switching Predicted ++ AV_PICTURE_TYPE_BI, ///< BI type ++}; ++ ++/** ++ * Return a single letter to describe the given picture type ++ * pict_type. ++ * ++ * @param[in] pict_type the picture type @return a single character ++ * representing the picture type, '?' if pict_type is unknown ++ */ ++char av_get_picture_type_char(enum AVPictureType pict_type); ++ ++/** ++ * @} ++ */ ++ ++#include "common.h" ++#include "error.h" ++#include "rational.h" ++#include "version.h" ++#include "macros.h" ++#include "mathematics.h" ++#include "log.h" ++#include "pixfmt.h" ++ ++/** ++ * Return x default pointer in case p is NULL. ++ */ ++static inline void* av_x_if_null(const void* p, const void* x) { ++ return (void*)(intptr_t)(p ? p : x); ++} ++ ++/** ++ * Compute the length of an integer list. ++ * ++ * @param elsize size in bytes of each list element (only 1, 2, 4 or 8) ++ * @param term list terminator (usually 0 or -1) ++ * @param list pointer to the list ++ * @return length of the list, in elements, not counting the terminator ++ */ ++unsigned av_int_list_length_for_size(unsigned elsize, const void* list, ++ uint64_t term) av_pure; ++ ++/** ++ * Compute the length of an integer list. ++ * ++ * @param term list terminator (usually 0 or -1) ++ * @param list pointer to the list ++ * @return length of the list, in elements, not counting the terminator ++ */ ++#define av_int_list_length(list, term) \ ++ av_int_list_length_for_size(sizeof(*(list)), list, term) ++ ++/** ++ * Open a file using a UTF-8 filename. ++ * The API of this function matches POSIX fopen(), errors are returned through ++ * errno. ++ */ ++FILE* av_fopen_utf8(const char* path, const char* mode); ++ ++/** ++ * Return the fractional representation of the internal time base. ++ */ ++AVRational av_get_time_base_q(void); ++ ++#define AV_FOURCC_MAX_STRING_SIZE 32 ++ ++#define av_fourcc2str(fourcc) \ ++ av_fourcc_make_string((char[AV_FOURCC_MAX_STRING_SIZE]){0}, fourcc) ++ ++/** ++ * Fill the provided buffer with a string containing a FourCC (four-character ++ * code) representation. ++ * ++ * @param buf a buffer with size in bytes of at least ++ * AV_FOURCC_MAX_STRING_SIZE ++ * @param fourcc the fourcc to represent ++ * @return the buffer in input ++ */ ++char* av_fourcc_make_string(char* buf, uint32_t fourcc); ++ ++/** ++ * @} ++ * @} ++ */ ++ ++#endif /* AVUTIL_AVUTIL_H */ +diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavutil/buffer.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavutil/buffer.h +new file mode 100644 +--- /dev/null ++++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavutil/buffer.h +@@ -0,0 +1,324 @@ ++/* ++ * This file is part of FFmpeg. ++ * ++ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or ++ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public ++ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either ++ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. ++ * ++ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ++ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ++ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ++ * Lesser General Public License for more details. ++ * ++ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public ++ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software ++ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA ++ */ ++ ++/** ++ * @file ++ * @ingroup lavu_buffer ++ * refcounted data buffer API ++ */ ++ ++#ifndef AVUTIL_BUFFER_H ++#define AVUTIL_BUFFER_H ++ ++#include <stddef.h> ++#include <stdint.h> ++ ++/** ++ * @defgroup lavu_buffer AVBuffer ++ * @ingroup lavu_data ++ * ++ * @{ ++ * AVBuffer is an API for reference-counted data buffers. ++ * ++ * There are two core objects in this API -- AVBuffer and AVBufferRef. AVBuffer ++ * represents the data buffer itself; it is opaque and not meant to be accessed ++ * by the caller directly, but only through AVBufferRef. However, the caller may ++ * e.g. compare two AVBuffer pointers to check whether two different references ++ * are describing the same data buffer. AVBufferRef represents a single ++ * reference to an AVBuffer and it is the object that may be manipulated by the ++ * caller directly. ++ * ++ * There are two functions provided for creating a new AVBuffer with a single ++ * reference -- av_buffer_alloc() to just allocate a new buffer, and ++ * av_buffer_create() to wrap an existing array in an AVBuffer. From an existing ++ * reference, additional references may be created with av_buffer_ref(). ++ * Use av_buffer_unref() to free a reference (this will automatically free the ++ * data once all the references are freed). ++ * ++ * The convention throughout this API and the rest of FFmpeg is such that the ++ * buffer is considered writable if there exists only one reference to it (and ++ * it has not been marked as read-only). The av_buffer_is_writable() function is ++ * provided to check whether this is true and av_buffer_make_writable() will ++ * automatically create a new writable buffer when necessary. ++ * Of course nothing prevents the calling code from violating this convention, ++ * however that is safe only when all the existing references are under its ++ * control. ++ * ++ * @note Referencing and unreferencing the buffers is thread-safe and thus ++ * may be done from multiple threads simultaneously without any need for ++ * additional locking. ++ * ++ * @note Two different references to the same buffer can point to different ++ * parts of the buffer (i.e. their AVBufferRef.data will not be equal). ++ */ ++ ++/** ++ * A reference counted buffer type. It is opaque and is meant to be used through ++ * references (AVBufferRef). ++ */ ++typedef struct AVBuffer AVBuffer; ++ ++/** ++ * A reference to a data buffer. ++ * ++ * The size of this struct is not a part of the public ABI and it is not meant ++ * to be allocated directly. ++ */ ++typedef struct AVBufferRef { ++ AVBuffer* buffer; ++ ++ /** ++ * The data buffer. It is considered writable if and only if ++ * this is the only reference to the buffer, in which case ++ * av_buffer_is_writable() returns 1. ++ */ ++ uint8_t* data; ++ /** ++ * Size of data in bytes. ++ */ ++ size_t size; ++} AVBufferRef; ++ ++/** ++ * Allocate an AVBuffer of the given size using av_malloc(). ++ * ++ * @return an AVBufferRef of given size or NULL when out of memory ++ */ ++AVBufferRef* av_buffer_alloc(size_t size); ++ ++/** ++ * Same as av_buffer_alloc(), except the returned buffer will be initialized ++ * to zero. ++ */ ++AVBufferRef* av_buffer_allocz(size_t size); ++ ++/** ++ * Always treat the buffer as read-only, even when it has only one ++ * reference. ++ */ ++#define AV_BUFFER_FLAG_READONLY (1 << 0) ++ ++/** ++ * Create an AVBuffer from an existing array. ++ * ++ * If this function is successful, data is owned by the AVBuffer. The caller may ++ * only access data through the returned AVBufferRef and references derived from ++ * it. ++ * If this function fails, data is left untouched. ++ * @param data data array ++ * @param size size of data in bytes ++ * @param free a callback for freeing this buffer's data ++ * @param opaque parameter to be got for processing or passed to free ++ * @param flags a combination of AV_BUFFER_FLAG_* ++ * ++ * @return an AVBufferRef referring to data on success, NULL on failure. ++ */ ++AVBufferRef* av_buffer_create(uint8_t* data, size_t size, ++ void (*free)(void* opaque, uint8_t* data), ++ void* opaque, int flags); ++ ++/** ++ * Default free callback, which calls av_free() on the buffer data. ++ * This function is meant to be passed to av_buffer_create(), not called ++ * directly. ++ */ ++void av_buffer_default_free(void* opaque, uint8_t* data); ++ ++/** ++ * Create a new reference to an AVBuffer. ++ * ++ * @return a new AVBufferRef referring to the same AVBuffer as buf or NULL on ++ * failure. ++ */ ++AVBufferRef* av_buffer_ref(const AVBufferRef* buf); ++ ++/** ++ * Free a given reference and automatically free the buffer if there are no more ++ * references to it. ++ * ++ * @param buf the reference to be freed. The pointer is set to NULL on return. ++ */ ++void av_buffer_unref(AVBufferRef** buf); ++ ++/** ++ * @return 1 if the caller may write to the data referred to by buf (which is ++ * true if and only if buf is the only reference to the underlying AVBuffer). ++ * Return 0 otherwise. ++ * A positive answer is valid until av_buffer_ref() is called on buf. ++ */ ++int av_buffer_is_writable(const AVBufferRef* buf); ++ ++/** ++ * @return the opaque parameter set by av_buffer_create. ++ */ ++void* av_buffer_get_opaque(const AVBufferRef* buf); ++ ++int av_buffer_get_ref_count(const AVBufferRef* buf); ++ ++/** ++ * Create a writable reference from a given buffer reference, avoiding data copy ++ * if possible. ++ * ++ * @param buf buffer reference to make writable. On success, buf is either left ++ * untouched, or it is unreferenced and a new writable AVBufferRef is ++ * written in its place. On failure, buf is left untouched. ++ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure. ++ */ ++int av_buffer_make_writable(AVBufferRef** buf); ++ ++/** ++ * Reallocate a given buffer. ++ * ++ * @param buf a buffer reference to reallocate. On success, buf will be ++ * unreferenced and a new reference with the required size will be ++ * written in its place. On failure buf will be left untouched. *buf ++ * may be NULL, then a new buffer is allocated. ++ * @param size required new buffer size. ++ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on failure. ++ * ++ * @note the buffer is actually reallocated with av_realloc() only if it was ++ * initially allocated through av_buffer_realloc(NULL) and there is only one ++ * reference to it (i.e. the one passed to this function). In all other cases ++ * a new buffer is allocated and the data is copied. ++ */ ++int av_buffer_realloc(AVBufferRef** buf, size_t size); ++ ++/** ++ * Ensure dst refers to the same data as src. ++ * ++ * When *dst is already equivalent to src, do nothing. Otherwise unreference dst ++ * and replace it with a new reference to src. ++ * ++ * @param dst Pointer to either a valid buffer reference or NULL. On success, ++ * this will point to a buffer reference equivalent to src. On ++ * failure, dst will be left untouched. ++ * @param src A buffer reference to replace dst with. May be NULL, then this ++ * function is equivalent to av_buffer_unref(dst). ++ * @return 0 on success ++ * AVERROR(ENOMEM) on memory allocation failure. ++ */ ++int av_buffer_replace(AVBufferRef** dst, const AVBufferRef* src); ++ ++/** ++ * @} ++ */ ++ ++/** ++ * @defgroup lavu_bufferpool AVBufferPool ++ * @ingroup lavu_data ++ * ++ * @{ ++ * AVBufferPool is an API for a lock-free thread-safe pool of AVBuffers. ++ * ++ * Frequently allocating and freeing large buffers may be slow. AVBufferPool is ++ * meant to solve this in cases when the caller needs a set of buffers of the ++ * same size (the most obvious use case being buffers for raw video or audio ++ * frames). ++ * ++ * At the beginning, the user must call av_buffer_pool_init() to create the ++ * buffer pool. Then whenever a buffer is needed, call av_buffer_pool_get() to ++ * get a reference to a new buffer, similar to av_buffer_alloc(). This new ++ * reference works in all aspects the same way as the one created by ++ * av_buffer_alloc(). However, when the last reference to this buffer is ++ * unreferenced, it is returned to the pool instead of being freed and will be ++ * reused for subsequent av_buffer_pool_get() calls. ++ * ++ * When the caller is done with the pool and no longer needs to allocate any new ++ * buffers, av_buffer_pool_uninit() must be called to mark the pool as freeable. ++ * Once all the buffers are released, it will automatically be freed. ++ * ++ * Allocating and releasing buffers with this API is thread-safe as long as ++ * either the default alloc callback is used, or the user-supplied one is ++ * thread-safe. ++ */ ++ ++/** ++ * The buffer pool. This structure is opaque and not meant to be accessed ++ * directly. It is allocated with av_buffer_pool_init() and freed with ++ * av_buffer_pool_uninit(). ++ */ ++typedef struct AVBufferPool AVBufferPool; ++ ++/** ++ * Allocate and initialize a buffer pool. ++ * ++ * @param size size of each buffer in this pool ++ * @param alloc a function that will be used to allocate new buffers when the ++ * pool is empty. May be NULL, then the default allocator will be used ++ * (av_buffer_alloc()). ++ * @return newly created buffer pool on success, NULL on error. ++ */ ++AVBufferPool* av_buffer_pool_init(size_t size, ++ AVBufferRef* (*alloc)(size_t size)); ++ ++/** ++ * Allocate and initialize a buffer pool with a more complex allocator. ++ * ++ * @param size size of each buffer in this pool ++ * @param opaque arbitrary user data used by the allocator ++ * @param alloc a function that will be used to allocate new buffers when the ++ * pool is empty. May be NULL, then the default allocator will be ++ * used (av_buffer_alloc()). ++ * @param pool_free a function that will be called immediately before the pool ++ * is freed. I.e. after av_buffer_pool_uninit() is called ++ * by the caller and all the frames are returned to the pool ++ * and freed. It is intended to uninitialize the user opaque ++ * data. May be NULL. ++ * @return newly created buffer pool on success, NULL on error. ++ */ ++AVBufferPool* av_buffer_pool_init2(size_t size, void* opaque, ++ AVBufferRef* (*alloc)(void* opaque, ++ size_t size), ++ void (*pool_free)(void* opaque)); ++ ++/** ++ * Mark the pool as being available for freeing. It will actually be freed only ++ * once all the allocated buffers associated with the pool are released. Thus it ++ * is safe to call this function while some of the allocated buffers are still ++ * in use. ++ * ++ * @param pool pointer to the pool to be freed. It will be set to NULL. ++ */ ++void av_buffer_pool_uninit(AVBufferPool** pool); ++ ++/** ++ * Allocate a new AVBuffer, reusing an old buffer from the pool when available. ++ * This function may be called simultaneously from multiple threads. ++ * ++ * @return a reference to the new buffer on success, NULL on error. ++ */ ++AVBufferRef* av_buffer_pool_get(AVBufferPool* pool); ++ ++/** ++ * Query the original opaque parameter of an allocated buffer in the pool. ++ * ++ * @param ref a buffer reference to a buffer returned by av_buffer_pool_get. ++ * @return the opaque parameter set by the buffer allocator function of the ++ * buffer pool. ++ * ++ * @note the opaque parameter of ref is used by the buffer pool implementation, ++ * therefore you have to use this function to access the original opaque ++ * parameter of an allocated buffer. ++ */ ++void* av_buffer_pool_buffer_get_opaque(const AVBufferRef* ref); ++ ++/** ++ * @} ++ */ ++ ++#endif /* AVUTIL_BUFFER_H */ +diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavutil/channel_layout.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavutil/channel_layout.h +new file mode 100644 +--- /dev/null ++++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavutil/channel_layout.h +@@ -0,0 +1,270 @@ ++/* ++ * Copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> ++ * Copyright (c) 2008 Peter Ross ++ * ++ * This file is part of FFmpeg. ++ * ++ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or ++ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public ++ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either ++ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. ++ * ++ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ++ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ++ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ++ * Lesser General Public License for more details. ++ * ++ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public ++ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software ++ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA ++ */ ++ ++#ifndef AVUTIL_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_H ++#define AVUTIL_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_H ++ ++#include <stdint.h> ++ ++/** ++ * @file ++ * audio channel layout utility functions ++ */ ++ ++/** ++ * @addtogroup lavu_audio ++ * @{ ++ */ ++ ++/** ++ * @defgroup channel_masks Audio channel masks ++ * ++ * A channel layout is a 64-bits integer with a bit set for every channel. ++ * The number of bits set must be equal to the number of channels. ++ * The value 0 means that the channel layout is not known. ++ * @note this data structure is not powerful enough to handle channels ++ * combinations that have the same channel multiple times, such as ++ * dual-mono. ++ * ++ * @{ ++ */ ++#define AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT 0x00000001 ++#define AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT 0x00000002 ++#define AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER 0x00000004 ++#define AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY 0x00000008 ++#define AV_CH_BACK_LEFT 0x00000010 ++#define AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT 0x00000020 ++#define AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER 0x00000040 ++#define AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER 0x00000080 ++#define AV_CH_BACK_CENTER 0x00000100 ++#define AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT 0x00000200 ++#define AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT 0x00000400 ++#define AV_CH_TOP_CENTER 0x00000800 ++#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT 0x00001000 ++#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_CENTER 0x00002000 ++#define AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT 0x00004000 ++#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT 0x00008000 ++#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_CENTER 0x00010000 ++#define AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT 0x00020000 ++#define AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT 0x20000000 ///< Stereo downmix. ++#define AV_CH_STEREO_RIGHT 0x40000000 ///< See AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT. ++#define AV_CH_WIDE_LEFT 0x0000000080000000ULL ++#define AV_CH_WIDE_RIGHT 0x0000000100000000ULL ++#define AV_CH_SURROUND_DIRECT_LEFT 0x0000000200000000ULL ++#define AV_CH_SURROUND_DIRECT_RIGHT 0x0000000400000000ULL ++#define AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY_2 0x0000000800000000ULL ++#define AV_CH_TOP_SIDE_LEFT 0x0000001000000000ULL ++#define AV_CH_TOP_SIDE_RIGHT 0x0000002000000000ULL ++#define AV_CH_BOTTOM_FRONT_CENTER 0x0000004000000000ULL ++#define AV_CH_BOTTOM_FRONT_LEFT 0x0000008000000000ULL ++#define AV_CH_BOTTOM_FRONT_RIGHT 0x0000010000000000ULL ++ ++/** Channel mask value used for AVCodecContext.request_channel_layout ++ to indicate that the user requests the channel order of the decoder output ++ to be the native codec channel order. */ ++#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_NATIVE 0x8000000000000000ULL ++ ++/** ++ * @} ++ * @defgroup channel_mask_c Audio channel layouts ++ * @{ ++ * */ ++#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_MONO (AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER) ++#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO (AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT | AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT) ++#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO | AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) ++#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO | AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) ++#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO | AV_CH_FRONT_CENTER) ++#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_3POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND | AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) ++#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND | AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) ++#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_4POINT0 | AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) ++#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_2 \ ++ (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO | AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT | AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT) ++#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_QUAD \ ++ (AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO | AV_CH_BACK_LEFT | AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT) ++#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0 \ ++ (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND | AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT | AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT) ++#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0 | AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) ++#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK \ ++ (AV_CH_LAYOUT_SURROUND | AV_CH_BACK_LEFT | AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT) ++#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK \ ++ (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK | AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) ++#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0 | AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) ++#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT \ ++ (AV_CH_LAYOUT_2_2 | AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER | AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER) ++#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_HEXAGONAL (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0_BACK | AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) ++#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1 (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1 | AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) ++#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_BACK \ ++ (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK | AV_CH_BACK_CENTER) ++#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT1_FRONT \ ++ (AV_CH_LAYOUT_6POINT0_FRONT | AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY) ++#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0 \ ++ (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0 | AV_CH_BACK_LEFT | AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT) ++#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT0_FRONT \ ++ (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0 | AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER | \ ++ AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER) ++#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1 \ ++ (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1 | AV_CH_BACK_LEFT | AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT) ++#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE \ ++ (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1 | AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER | \ ++ AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER) ++#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_7POINT1_WIDE_BACK \ ++ (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK | AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER | \ ++ AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER) ++#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_OCTAGONAL \ ++ (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT0 | AV_CH_BACK_LEFT | AV_CH_BACK_CENTER | \ ++ AV_CH_BACK_RIGHT) ++#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_HEXADECAGONAL \ ++ (AV_CH_LAYOUT_OCTAGONAL | AV_CH_WIDE_LEFT | AV_CH_WIDE_RIGHT | \ ++ AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT | AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT | AV_CH_TOP_BACK_CENTER | \ ++ AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_CENTER | AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT | AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT) ++#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_STEREO_DOWNMIX (AV_CH_STEREO_LEFT | AV_CH_STEREO_RIGHT) ++#define AV_CH_LAYOUT_22POINT2 \ ++ (AV_CH_LAYOUT_5POINT1_BACK | AV_CH_FRONT_LEFT_OF_CENTER | \ ++ AV_CH_FRONT_RIGHT_OF_CENTER | AV_CH_BACK_CENTER | AV_CH_LOW_FREQUENCY_2 | \ ++ AV_CH_SIDE_LEFT | AV_CH_SIDE_RIGHT | AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_LEFT | \ ++ AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_RIGHT | AV_CH_TOP_FRONT_CENTER | AV_CH_TOP_CENTER | \ ++ AV_CH_TOP_BACK_LEFT | AV_CH_TOP_BACK_RIGHT | AV_CH_TOP_SIDE_LEFT | \ ++ AV_CH_TOP_SIDE_RIGHT | AV_CH_TOP_BACK_CENTER | AV_CH_BOTTOM_FRONT_CENTER | \ ++ AV_CH_BOTTOM_FRONT_LEFT | AV_CH_BOTTOM_FRONT_RIGHT) ++ ++enum AVMatrixEncoding { ++ AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_NONE, ++ AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBY, ++ AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLII, ++ AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLIIX, ++ AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DPLIIZ, ++ AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBYEX, ++ AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_DOLBYHEADPHONE, ++ AV_MATRIX_ENCODING_NB ++}; ++ ++/** ++ * Return a channel layout id that matches name, or 0 if no match is found. ++ * ++ * name can be one or several of the following notations, ++ * separated by '+' or '|': ++ * - the name of an usual channel layout (mono, stereo, 4.0, quad, 5.0, ++ * 5.0(side), 5.1, 5.1(side), 7.1, 7.1(wide), downmix); ++ * - the name of a single channel (FL, FR, FC, LFE, BL, BR, FLC, FRC, BC, ++ * SL, SR, TC, TFL, TFC, TFR, TBL, TBC, TBR, DL, DR); ++ * - a number of channels, in decimal, followed by 'c', yielding ++ * the default channel layout for that number of channels (@see ++ * av_get_default_channel_layout); ++ * - a channel layout mask, in hexadecimal starting with "0x" (see the ++ * AV_CH_* macros). ++ * ++ * Example: "stereo+FC" = "2c+FC" = "2c+1c" = "0x7" ++ */ ++uint64_t av_get_channel_layout(const char* name); ++ ++/** ++ * Return a channel layout and the number of channels based on the specified ++ * name. ++ * ++ * This function is similar to (@see av_get_channel_layout), but can also parse ++ * unknown channel layout specifications. ++ * ++ * @param[in] name channel layout specification string ++ * @param[out] channel_layout parsed channel layout (0 if unknown) ++ * @param[out] nb_channels number of channels ++ * ++ * @return 0 on success, AVERROR(EINVAL) if the parsing fails. ++ */ ++int av_get_extended_channel_layout(const char* name, uint64_t* channel_layout, ++ int* nb_channels); ++ ++/** ++ * Return a description of a channel layout. ++ * If nb_channels is <= 0, it is guessed from the channel_layout. ++ * ++ * @param buf put here the string containing the channel layout ++ * @param buf_size size in bytes of the buffer ++ */ ++void av_get_channel_layout_string(char* buf, int buf_size, int nb_channels, ++ uint64_t channel_layout); ++ ++struct AVBPrint; ++/** ++ * Append a description of a channel layout to a bprint buffer. ++ */ ++void av_bprint_channel_layout(struct AVBPrint* bp, int nb_channels, ++ uint64_t channel_layout); ++ ++/** ++ * Return the number of channels in the channel layout. ++ */ ++int av_get_channel_layout_nb_channels(uint64_t channel_layout); ++ ++/** ++ * Return default channel layout for a given number of channels. ++ */ ++int64_t av_get_default_channel_layout(int nb_channels); ++ ++/** ++ * Get the index of a channel in channel_layout. ++ * ++ * @param channel a channel layout describing exactly one channel which must be ++ * present in channel_layout. ++ * ++ * @return index of channel in channel_layout on success, a negative AVERROR ++ * on error. ++ */ ++int av_get_channel_layout_channel_index(uint64_t channel_layout, ++ uint64_t channel); ++ ++/** ++ * Get the channel with the given index in channel_layout. ++ */ ++uint64_t av_channel_layout_extract_channel(uint64_t channel_layout, int index); ++ ++/** ++ * Get the name of a given channel. ++ * ++ * @return channel name on success, NULL on error. ++ */ ++const char* av_get_channel_name(uint64_t channel); ++ ++/** ++ * Get the description of a given channel. ++ * ++ * @param channel a channel layout with a single channel ++ * @return channel description on success, NULL on error ++ */ ++const char* av_get_channel_description(uint64_t channel); ++ ++/** ++ * Get the value and name of a standard channel layout. ++ * ++ * @param[in] index index in an internal list, starting at 0 ++ * @param[out] layout channel layout mask ++ * @param[out] name name of the layout ++ * @return 0 if the layout exists, ++ * <0 if index is beyond the limits ++ */ ++int av_get_standard_channel_layout(unsigned index, uint64_t* layout, ++ const char** name); ++ ++/** ++ * @} ++ * @} ++ */ ++ ++#endif /* AVUTIL_CHANNEL_LAYOUT_H */ +diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavutil/common.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavutil/common.h +new file mode 100644 +--- /dev/null ++++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavutil/common.h +@@ -0,0 +1,590 @@ ++/* ++ * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> ++ * ++ * This file is part of FFmpeg. ++ * ++ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or ++ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public ++ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either ++ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. ++ * ++ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ++ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ++ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ++ * Lesser General Public License for more details. ++ * ++ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public ++ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software ++ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA ++ */ ++ ++/** ++ * @file ++ * common internal and external API header ++ */ ++ ++#ifndef AVUTIL_COMMON_H ++#define AVUTIL_COMMON_H ++ ++#if defined(__cplusplus) && !defined(__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS) && \ ++ !defined(UINT64_C) ++# error missing -D__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS / #define __STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS ++#endif ++ ++#include <errno.h> ++#include <inttypes.h> ++#include <limits.h> ++#include <math.h> ++#include <stdint.h> ++#include <stdio.h> ++#include <stdlib.h> ++#include <string.h> ++ ++#include "attributes.h" ++#include "macros.h" ++#include "version.h" ++ ++// rounded division & shift ++#define RSHIFT(a, b) \ ++ ((a) > 0 ? ((a) + ((1 << (b)) >> 1)) >> (b) \ ++ : ((a) + ((1 << (b)) >> 1) - 1) >> (b)) ++/* assume b>0 */ ++#define ROUNDED_DIV(a, b) \ ++ (((a) >= 0 ? (a) + ((b) >> 1) : (a) - ((b) >> 1)) / (b)) ++/* Fast a/(1<<b) rounded toward +inf. Assume a>=0 and b>=0 */ ++#define AV_CEIL_RSHIFT(a, b) \ ++ (!av_builtin_constant_p(b) ? -((-(a)) >> (b)) : ((a) + (1 << (b)) - 1) >> (b)) ++/* Backwards compat. */ ++#define FF_CEIL_RSHIFT AV_CEIL_RSHIFT ++ ++#define FFUDIV(a, b) (((a) > 0 ? (a) : (a) - (b) + 1) / (b)) ++#define FFUMOD(a, b) ((a) - (b)*FFUDIV(a, b)) ++ ++/** ++ * Absolute value, Note, INT_MIN / INT64_MIN result in undefined behavior as ++ * they are not representable as absolute values of their type. This is the same ++ * as with *abs() ++ * @see FFNABS() ++ */ ++#define FFABS(a) ((a) >= 0 ? (a) : (-(a))) ++#define FFSIGN(a) ((a) > 0 ? 1 : -1) ++ ++/** ++ * Negative Absolute value. ++ * this works for all integers of all types. ++ * As with many macros, this evaluates its argument twice, it thus must not have ++ * a sideeffect, that is FFNABS(x++) has undefined behavior. ++ */ ++#define FFNABS(a) ((a) <= 0 ? (a) : (-(a))) ++ ++/** ++ * Unsigned Absolute value. ++ * This takes the absolute value of a signed int and returns it as a unsigned. ++ * This also works with INT_MIN which would otherwise not be representable ++ * As with many macros, this evaluates its argument twice. ++ */ ++#define FFABSU(a) ((a) <= 0 ? -(unsigned)(a) : (unsigned)(a)) ++#define FFABS64U(a) ((a) <= 0 ? -(uint64_t)(a) : (uint64_t)(a)) ++ ++/* misc math functions */ ++ ++#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H ++# include "config.h" ++# include "intmath.h" ++#endif ++ ++#ifndef av_ceil_log2 ++# define av_ceil_log2 av_ceil_log2_c ++#endif ++#ifndef av_clip ++# define av_clip av_clip_c ++#endif ++#ifndef av_clip64 ++# define av_clip64 av_clip64_c ++#endif ++#ifndef av_clip_uint8 ++# define av_clip_uint8 av_clip_uint8_c ++#endif ++#ifndef av_clip_int8 ++# define av_clip_int8 av_clip_int8_c ++#endif ++#ifndef av_clip_uint16 ++# define av_clip_uint16 av_clip_uint16_c ++#endif ++#ifndef av_clip_int16 ++# define av_clip_int16 av_clip_int16_c ++#endif ++#ifndef av_clipl_int32 ++# define av_clipl_int32 av_clipl_int32_c ++#endif ++#ifndef av_clip_intp2 ++# define av_clip_intp2 av_clip_intp2_c ++#endif ++#ifndef av_clip_uintp2 ++# define av_clip_uintp2 av_clip_uintp2_c ++#endif ++#ifndef av_mod_uintp2 ++# define av_mod_uintp2 av_mod_uintp2_c ++#endif ++#ifndef av_sat_add32 ++# define av_sat_add32 av_sat_add32_c ++#endif ++#ifndef av_sat_dadd32 ++# define av_sat_dadd32 av_sat_dadd32_c ++#endif ++#ifndef av_sat_sub32 ++# define av_sat_sub32 av_sat_sub32_c ++#endif ++#ifndef av_sat_dsub32 ++# define av_sat_dsub32 av_sat_dsub32_c ++#endif ++#ifndef av_sat_add64 ++# define av_sat_add64 av_sat_add64_c ++#endif ++#ifndef av_sat_sub64 ++# define av_sat_sub64 av_sat_sub64_c ++#endif ++#ifndef av_clipf ++# define av_clipf av_clipf_c ++#endif ++#ifndef av_clipd ++# define av_clipd av_clipd_c ++#endif ++#ifndef av_popcount ++# define av_popcount av_popcount_c ++#endif ++#ifndef av_popcount64 ++# define av_popcount64 av_popcount64_c ++#endif ++#ifndef av_parity ++# define av_parity av_parity_c ++#endif ++ ++#ifndef av_log2 ++av_const int av_log2(unsigned v); ++#endif ++ ++#ifndef av_log2_16bit ++av_const int av_log2_16bit(unsigned v); ++#endif ++ ++/** ++ * Clip a signed integer value into the amin-amax range. ++ * @param a value to clip ++ * @param amin minimum value of the clip range ++ * @param amax maximum value of the clip range ++ * @return clipped value ++ */ ++static av_always_inline av_const int av_clip_c(int a, int amin, int amax) { ++#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2 ++ if (amin > amax) abort(); ++#endif ++ if (a < amin) ++ return amin; ++ else if (a > amax) ++ return amax; ++ else ++ return a; ++} ++ ++/** ++ * Clip a signed 64bit integer value into the amin-amax range. ++ * @param a value to clip ++ * @param amin minimum value of the clip range ++ * @param amax maximum value of the clip range ++ * @return clipped value ++ */ ++static av_always_inline av_const int64_t av_clip64_c(int64_t a, int64_t amin, ++ int64_t amax) { ++#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2 ++ if (amin > amax) abort(); ++#endif ++ if (a < amin) ++ return amin; ++ else if (a > amax) ++ return amax; ++ else ++ return a; ++} ++ ++/** ++ * Clip a signed integer value into the 0-255 range. ++ * @param a value to clip ++ * @return clipped value ++ */ ++static av_always_inline av_const uint8_t av_clip_uint8_c(int a) { ++ if (a & (~0xFF)) ++ return (~a) >> 31; ++ else ++ return a; ++} ++ ++/** ++ * Clip a signed integer value into the -128,127 range. ++ * @param a value to clip ++ * @return clipped value ++ */ ++static av_always_inline av_const int8_t av_clip_int8_c(int a) { ++ if ((a + 0x80U) & ~0xFF) ++ return (a >> 31) ^ 0x7F; ++ else ++ return a; ++} ++ ++/** ++ * Clip a signed integer value into the 0-65535 range. ++ * @param a value to clip ++ * @return clipped value ++ */ ++static av_always_inline av_const uint16_t av_clip_uint16_c(int a) { ++ if (a & (~0xFFFF)) ++ return (~a) >> 31; ++ else ++ return a; ++} ++ ++/** ++ * Clip a signed integer value into the -32768,32767 range. ++ * @param a value to clip ++ * @return clipped value ++ */ ++static av_always_inline av_const int16_t av_clip_int16_c(int a) { ++ if ((a + 0x8000U) & ~0xFFFF) ++ return (a >> 31) ^ 0x7FFF; ++ else ++ return a; ++} ++ ++/** ++ * Clip a signed 64-bit integer value into the -2147483648,2147483647 range. ++ * @param a value to clip ++ * @return clipped value ++ */ ++static av_always_inline av_const int32_t av_clipl_int32_c(int64_t a) { ++ if ((a + 0x80000000u) & ~UINT64_C(0xFFFFFFFF)) ++ return (int32_t)((a >> 63) ^ 0x7FFFFFFF); ++ else ++ return (int32_t)a; ++} ++ ++/** ++ * Clip a signed integer into the -(2^p),(2^p-1) range. ++ * @param a value to clip ++ * @param p bit position to clip at ++ * @return clipped value ++ */ ++static av_always_inline av_const int av_clip_intp2_c(int a, int p) { ++ if (((unsigned)a + (1 << p)) & ~((2 << p) - 1)) ++ return (a >> 31) ^ ((1 << p) - 1); ++ else ++ return a; ++} ++ ++/** ++ * Clip a signed integer to an unsigned power of two range. ++ * @param a value to clip ++ * @param p bit position to clip at ++ * @return clipped value ++ */ ++static av_always_inline av_const unsigned av_clip_uintp2_c(int a, int p) { ++ if (a & ~((1 << p) - 1)) ++ return (~a) >> 31 & ((1 << p) - 1); ++ else ++ return a; ++} ++ ++/** ++ * Clear high bits from an unsigned integer starting with specific bit position ++ * @param a value to clip ++ * @param p bit position to clip at ++ * @return clipped value ++ */ ++static av_always_inline av_const unsigned av_mod_uintp2_c(unsigned a, ++ unsigned p) { ++ return a & ((1U << p) - 1); ++} ++ ++/** ++ * Add two signed 32-bit values with saturation. ++ * ++ * @param a one value ++ * @param b another value ++ * @return sum with signed saturation ++ */ ++static av_always_inline int av_sat_add32_c(int a, int b) { ++ return av_clipl_int32((int64_t)a + b); ++} ++ ++/** ++ * Add a doubled value to another value with saturation at both stages. ++ * ++ * @param a first value ++ * @param b value doubled and added to a ++ * @return sum sat(a + sat(2*b)) with signed saturation ++ */ ++static av_always_inline int av_sat_dadd32_c(int a, int b) { ++ return av_sat_add32(a, av_sat_add32(b, b)); ++} ++ ++/** ++ * Subtract two signed 32-bit values with saturation. ++ * ++ * @param a one value ++ * @param b another value ++ * @return difference with signed saturation ++ */ ++static av_always_inline int av_sat_sub32_c(int a, int b) { ++ return av_clipl_int32((int64_t)a - b); ++} ++ ++/** ++ * Subtract a doubled value from another value with saturation at both stages. ++ * ++ * @param a first value ++ * @param b value doubled and subtracted from a ++ * @return difference sat(a - sat(2*b)) with signed saturation ++ */ ++static av_always_inline int av_sat_dsub32_c(int a, int b) { ++ return av_sat_sub32(a, av_sat_add32(b, b)); ++} ++ ++/** ++ * Add two signed 64-bit values with saturation. ++ * ++ * @param a one value ++ * @param b another value ++ * @return sum with signed saturation ++ */ ++static av_always_inline int64_t av_sat_add64_c(int64_t a, int64_t b) { ++#if (!defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) && AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(5, 1)) || \ ++ AV_HAS_BUILTIN(__builtin_add_overflow) ++ int64_t tmp; ++ return !__builtin_add_overflow(a, b, &tmp) ++ ? tmp ++ : (tmp < 0 ? INT64_MAX : INT64_MIN); ++#else ++ int64_t s = a + (uint64_t)b; ++ if ((int64_t)(a ^ b | ~s ^ b) >= 0) return INT64_MAX ^ (b >> 63); ++ return s; ++#endif ++} ++ ++/** ++ * Subtract two signed 64-bit values with saturation. ++ * ++ * @param a one value ++ * @param b another value ++ * @return difference with signed saturation ++ */ ++static av_always_inline int64_t av_sat_sub64_c(int64_t a, int64_t b) { ++#if (!defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) && AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(5, 1)) || \ ++ AV_HAS_BUILTIN(__builtin_sub_overflow) ++ int64_t tmp; ++ return !__builtin_sub_overflow(a, b, &tmp) ++ ? tmp ++ : (tmp < 0 ? INT64_MAX : INT64_MIN); ++#else ++ if (b <= 0 && a >= INT64_MAX + b) return INT64_MAX; ++ if (b >= 0 && a <= INT64_MIN + b) return INT64_MIN; ++ return a - b; ++#endif ++} ++ ++/** ++ * Clip a float value into the amin-amax range. ++ * If a is nan or -inf amin will be returned. ++ * If a is +inf amax will be returned. ++ * @param a value to clip ++ * @param amin minimum value of the clip range ++ * @param amax maximum value of the clip range ++ * @return clipped value ++ */ ++static av_always_inline av_const float av_clipf_c(float a, float amin, ++ float amax) { ++#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2 ++ if (amin > amax) abort(); ++#endif ++ return FFMIN(FFMAX(a, amin), amax); ++} ++ ++/** ++ * Clip a double value into the amin-amax range. ++ * If a is nan or -inf amin will be returned. ++ * If a is +inf amax will be returned. ++ * @param a value to clip ++ * @param amin minimum value of the clip range ++ * @param amax maximum value of the clip range ++ * @return clipped value ++ */ ++static av_always_inline av_const double av_clipd_c(double a, double amin, ++ double amax) { ++#if defined(HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H) && defined(ASSERT_LEVEL) && ASSERT_LEVEL >= 2 ++ if (amin > amax) abort(); ++#endif ++ return FFMIN(FFMAX(a, amin), amax); ++} ++ ++/** Compute ceil(log2(x)). ++ * @param x value used to compute ceil(log2(x)) ++ * @return computed ceiling of log2(x) ++ */ ++static av_always_inline av_const int av_ceil_log2_c(int x) { ++ return av_log2((x - 1U) << 1); ++} ++ ++/** ++ * Count number of bits set to one in x ++ * @param x value to count bits of ++ * @return the number of bits set to one in x ++ */ ++static av_always_inline av_const int av_popcount_c(uint32_t x) { ++ x -= (x >> 1) & 0x55555555; ++ x = (x & 0x33333333) + ((x >> 2) & 0x33333333); ++ x = (x + (x >> 4)) & 0x0F0F0F0F; ++ x += x >> 8; ++ return (x + (x >> 16)) & 0x3F; ++} ++ ++/** ++ * Count number of bits set to one in x ++ * @param x value to count bits of ++ * @return the number of bits set to one in x ++ */ ++static av_always_inline av_const int av_popcount64_c(uint64_t x) { ++ return av_popcount((uint32_t)x) + av_popcount((uint32_t)(x >> 32)); ++} ++ ++static av_always_inline av_const int av_parity_c(uint32_t v) { ++ return av_popcount(v) & 1; ++} ++ ++/** ++ * Convert a UTF-8 character (up to 4 bytes) to its 32-bit UCS-4 encoded form. ++ * ++ * @param val Output value, must be an lvalue of type uint32_t. ++ * @param GET_BYTE Expression reading one byte from the input. ++ * Evaluated up to 7 times (4 for the currently ++ * assigned Unicode range). With a memory buffer ++ * input, this could be *ptr++, or if you want to make sure ++ * that *ptr stops at the end of a NULL terminated string then ++ * *ptr ? *ptr++ : 0 ++ * @param ERROR Expression to be evaluated on invalid input, ++ * typically a goto statement. ++ * ++ * @warning ERROR should not contain a loop control statement which ++ * could interact with the internal while loop, and should force an ++ * exit from the macro code (e.g. through a goto or a return) in order ++ * to prevent undefined results. ++ */ ++#define GET_UTF8(val, GET_BYTE, ERROR) \ ++ val = (GET_BYTE); \ ++ { \ ++ uint32_t top = (val & 128) >> 1; \ ++ if ((val & 0xc0) == 0x80 || val >= 0xFE) { \ ++ ERROR \ ++ } \ ++ while (val & top) { \ ++ unsigned int tmp = (GET_BYTE)-128; \ ++ if (tmp >> 6) { \ ++ ERROR \ ++ } \ ++ val = (val << 6) + tmp; \ ++ top <<= 5; \ ++ } \ ++ val &= (top << 1) - 1; \ ++ } ++ ++/** ++ * Convert a UTF-16 character (2 or 4 bytes) to its 32-bit UCS-4 encoded form. ++ * ++ * @param val Output value, must be an lvalue of type uint32_t. ++ * @param GET_16BIT Expression returning two bytes of UTF-16 data converted ++ * to native byte order. Evaluated one or two times. ++ * @param ERROR Expression to be evaluated on invalid input, ++ * typically a goto statement. ++ */ ++#define GET_UTF16(val, GET_16BIT, ERROR) \ ++ val = (GET_16BIT); \ ++ { \ ++ unsigned int hi = val - 0xD800; \ ++ if (hi < 0x800) { \ ++ val = (GET_16BIT)-0xDC00; \ ++ if (val > 0x3FFU || hi > 0x3FFU) { \ ++ ERROR \ ++ } \ ++ val += (hi << 10) + 0x10000; \ ++ } \ ++ } ++ ++/** ++ * @def PUT_UTF8(val, tmp, PUT_BYTE) ++ * Convert a 32-bit Unicode character to its UTF-8 encoded form (up to 4 bytes ++ * long). ++ * @param val is an input-only argument and should be of type uint32_t. It holds ++ * a UCS-4 encoded Unicode character that is to be converted to UTF-8. If ++ * val is given as a function it is executed only once. ++ * @param tmp is a temporary variable and should be of type uint8_t. It ++ * represents an intermediate value during conversion that is to be ++ * output by PUT_BYTE. ++ * @param PUT_BYTE writes the converted UTF-8 bytes to any proper destination. ++ * It could be a function or a statement, and uses tmp as the input byte. ++ * For example, PUT_BYTE could be "*output++ = tmp;" PUT_BYTE will be ++ * executed up to 4 times for values in the valid UTF-8 range and up to ++ * 7 times in the general case, depending on the length of the converted ++ * Unicode character. ++ */ ++#define PUT_UTF8(val, tmp, PUT_BYTE) \ ++ { \ ++ int bytes, shift; \ ++ uint32_t in = val; \ ++ if (in < 0x80) { \ ++ tmp = in; \ ++ PUT_BYTE \ ++ } else { \ ++ bytes = (av_log2(in) + 4) / 5; \ ++ shift = (bytes - 1) * 6; \ ++ tmp = (256 - (256 >> bytes)) | (in >> shift); \ ++ PUT_BYTE \ ++ while (shift >= 6) { \ ++ shift -= 6; \ ++ tmp = 0x80 | ((in >> shift) & 0x3f); \ ++ PUT_BYTE \ ++ } \ ++ } \ ++ } ++ ++/** ++ * @def PUT_UTF16(val, tmp, PUT_16BIT) ++ * Convert a 32-bit Unicode character to its UTF-16 encoded form (2 or 4 bytes). ++ * @param val is an input-only argument and should be of type uint32_t. It holds ++ * a UCS-4 encoded Unicode character that is to be converted to UTF-16. If ++ * val is given as a function it is executed only once. ++ * @param tmp is a temporary variable and should be of type uint16_t. It ++ * represents an intermediate value during conversion that is to be ++ * output by PUT_16BIT. ++ * @param PUT_16BIT writes the converted UTF-16 data to any proper destination ++ * in desired endianness. It could be a function or a statement, and uses tmp ++ * as the input byte. For example, PUT_BYTE could be "*output++ = tmp;" ++ * PUT_BYTE will be executed 1 or 2 times depending on input character. ++ */ ++#define PUT_UTF16(val, tmp, PUT_16BIT) \ ++ { \ ++ uint32_t in = val; \ ++ if (in < 0x10000) { \ ++ tmp = in; \ ++ PUT_16BIT \ ++ } else { \ ++ tmp = 0xD800 | ((in - 0x10000) >> 10); \ ++ PUT_16BIT \ ++ tmp = 0xDC00 | ((in - 0x10000) & 0x3FF); \ ++ PUT_16BIT \ ++ } \ ++ } ++ ++#include "mem.h" ++ ++#ifdef HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H ++# include "internal.h" ++#endif /* HAVE_AV_CONFIG_H */ ++ ++#endif /* AVUTIL_COMMON_H */ +diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavutil/cpu.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavutil/cpu.h +new file mode 100644 +--- /dev/null ++++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavutil/cpu.h +@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@ ++/* ++ * Copyright (c) 2000, 2001, 2002 Fabrice Bellard ++ * ++ * This file is part of FFmpeg. ++ * ++ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or ++ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public ++ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either ++ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. ++ * ++ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ++ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ++ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ++ * Lesser General Public License for more details. ++ * ++ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public ++ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software ++ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA ++ */ ++ ++#ifndef AVUTIL_CPU_H ++#define AVUTIL_CPU_H ++ ++#include <stddef.h> ++ ++#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FORCE 0x80000000 /* force usage of selected flags (OR) */ ++ ++/* lower 16 bits - CPU features */ ++#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMX 0x0001 ///< standard MMX ++#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMXEXT 0x0002 ///< SSE integer functions or AMD MMX ext ++#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMX2 0x0002 ///< SSE integer functions or AMD MMX ext ++#define AV_CPU_FLAG_3DNOW 0x0004 ///< AMD 3DNOW ++#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE 0x0008 ///< SSE functions ++#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE2 0x0010 ///< PIV SSE2 functions ++#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE2SLOW \ ++ 0x40000000 ///< SSE2 supported, but usually not faster ++ ///< than regular MMX/SSE (e.g. Core1) ++#define AV_CPU_FLAG_3DNOWEXT 0x0020 ///< AMD 3DNowExt ++#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE3 0x0040 ///< Prescott SSE3 functions ++#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE3SLOW \ ++ 0x20000000 ///< SSE3 supported, but usually not faster ++ ///< than regular MMX/SSE (e.g. Core1) ++#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSSE3 0x0080 ///< Conroe SSSE3 functions ++#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSSE3SLOW \ ++ 0x4000000 ///< SSSE3 supported, but usually not faster ++#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ATOM \ ++ 0x10000000 ///< Atom processor, some SSSE3 instructions are slower ++#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE4 0x0100 ///< Penryn SSE4.1 functions ++#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SSE42 0x0200 ///< Nehalem SSE4.2 functions ++#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AESNI 0x80000 ///< Advanced Encryption Standard functions ++#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX \ ++ 0x4000 ///< AVX functions: requires OS support even if YMM registers aren't ++ ///< used ++#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVXSLOW \ ++ 0x8000000 ///< AVX supported, but slow when using YMM registers (e.g. ++ ///< Bulldozer) ++#define AV_CPU_FLAG_XOP 0x0400 ///< Bulldozer XOP functions ++#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FMA4 0x0800 ///< Bulldozer FMA4 functions ++#define AV_CPU_FLAG_CMOV 0x1000 ///< supports cmov instruction ++#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX2 \ ++ 0x8000 ///< AVX2 functions: requires OS support even if YMM registers aren't ++ ///< used ++#define AV_CPU_FLAG_FMA3 0x10000 ///< Haswell FMA3 functions ++#define AV_CPU_FLAG_BMI1 0x20000 ///< Bit Manipulation Instruction Set 1 ++#define AV_CPU_FLAG_BMI2 0x40000 ///< Bit Manipulation Instruction Set 2 ++#define AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX512 \ ++ 0x100000 ///< AVX-512 functions: requires OS support even if YMM/ZMM ++ ///< registers aren't used ++#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SLOW_GATHER 0x2000000 ///< CPU has slow gathers. ++ ++#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ALTIVEC 0x0001 ///< standard ++#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VSX 0x0002 ///< ISA 2.06 ++#define AV_CPU_FLAG_POWER8 0x0004 ///< ISA 2.07 ++ ++#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV5TE (1 << 0) ++#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV6 (1 << 1) ++#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV6T2 (1 << 2) ++#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VFP (1 << 3) ++#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VFPV3 (1 << 4) ++#define AV_CPU_FLAG_NEON (1 << 5) ++#define AV_CPU_FLAG_ARMV8 (1 << 6) ++#define AV_CPU_FLAG_VFP_VM \ ++ (1 << 7) ///< VFPv2 vector mode, deprecated in ARMv7-A and unavailable in ++ ///< various CPUs implementations ++#define AV_CPU_FLAG_SETEND (1 << 16) ++ ++#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MMI (1 << 0) ++#define AV_CPU_FLAG_MSA (1 << 1) ++ ++// Loongarch SIMD extension. ++#define AV_CPU_FLAG_LSX (1 << 0) ++#define AV_CPU_FLAG_LASX (1 << 1) ++ ++/** ++ * Return the flags which specify extensions supported by the CPU. ++ * The returned value is affected by av_force_cpu_flags() if that was used ++ * before. So av_get_cpu_flags() can easily be used in an application to ++ * detect the enabled cpu flags. ++ */ ++int av_get_cpu_flags(void); ++ ++/** ++ * Disables cpu detection and forces the specified flags. ++ * -1 is a special case that disables forcing of specific flags. ++ */ ++void av_force_cpu_flags(int flags); ++ ++/** ++ * Parse CPU caps from a string and update the given AV_CPU_* flags based on ++ * that. ++ * ++ * @return negative on error. ++ */ ++int av_parse_cpu_caps(unsigned* flags, const char* s); ++ ++/** ++ * @return the number of logical CPU cores present. ++ */ ++int av_cpu_count(void); ++ ++/** ++ * Overrides cpu count detection and forces the specified count. ++ * Count < 1 disables forcing of specific count. ++ */ ++void av_cpu_force_count(int count); ++ ++/** ++ * Get the maximum data alignment that may be required by FFmpeg. ++ * ++ * Note that this is affected by the build configuration and the CPU flags mask, ++ * so e.g. if the CPU supports AVX, but libavutil has been built with ++ * --disable-avx or the AV_CPU_FLAG_AVX flag has been disabled through ++ * av_set_cpu_flags_mask(), then this function will behave as if AVX is not ++ * present. ++ */ ++size_t av_cpu_max_align(void); ++ ++#endif /* AVUTIL_CPU_H */ +diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavutil/dict.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavutil/dict.h +new file mode 100644 +--- /dev/null ++++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavutil/dict.h +@@ -0,0 +1,215 @@ ++/* ++ * This file is part of FFmpeg. ++ * ++ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or ++ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public ++ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either ++ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. ++ * ++ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ++ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ++ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ++ * Lesser General Public License for more details. ++ * ++ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public ++ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software ++ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA ++ */ ++ ++/** ++ * @file ++ * Public dictionary API. ++ * @deprecated ++ * AVDictionary is provided for compatibility with libav. It is both in ++ * implementation as well as API inefficient. It does not scale and is ++ * extremely slow with large dictionaries. ++ * It is recommended that new code uses our tree container from tree.c/h ++ * where applicable, which uses AVL trees to achieve O(log n) performance. ++ */ ++ ++#ifndef AVUTIL_DICT_H ++#define AVUTIL_DICT_H ++ ++#include <stdint.h> ++ ++/** ++ * @addtogroup lavu_dict AVDictionary ++ * @ingroup lavu_data ++ * ++ * @brief Simple key:value store ++ * ++ * @{ ++ * Dictionaries are used for storing key:value pairs. To create ++ * an AVDictionary, simply pass an address of a NULL pointer to ++ * av_dict_set(). NULL can be used as an empty dictionary wherever ++ * a pointer to an AVDictionary is required. ++ * Use av_dict_get() to retrieve an entry or iterate over all ++ * entries and finally av_dict_free() to free the dictionary ++ * and all its contents. ++ * ++ @code ++ AVDictionary *d = NULL; // "create" an empty dictionary ++ AVDictionaryEntry *t = NULL; ++ ++ av_dict_set(&d, "foo", "bar", 0); // add an entry ++ ++ char *k = av_strdup("key"); // if your strings are already allocated, ++ char *v = av_strdup("value"); // you can avoid copying them like this ++ av_dict_set(&d, k, v, AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY | AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL); ++ ++ while (t = av_dict_get(d, "", t, AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX)) { ++ <....> // iterate over all entries in d ++ } ++ av_dict_free(&d); ++ @endcode ++ */ ++ ++#define AV_DICT_MATCH_CASE \ ++ 1 /**< Only get an entry with exact-case key match. Only relevant in \ ++ av_dict_get(). */ ++#define AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX \ ++ 2 /**< Return first entry in a dictionary whose first part corresponds to \ ++ the search key, ignoring the suffix of the found key string. Only \ ++ relevant in av_dict_get(). */ ++#define AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY \ ++ 4 /**< Take ownership of a key that's been \ ++ allocated with av_malloc() or another memory allocation function. */ ++#define AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL \ ++ 8 /**< Take ownership of a value that's been \ ++ allocated with av_malloc() or another memory allocation function. */ ++#define AV_DICT_DONT_OVERWRITE 16 ///< Don't overwrite existing entries. ++#define AV_DICT_APPEND \ ++ 32 /**< If the entry already exists, append to it. Note that no \ ++ delimiter is added, the strings are simply concatenated. */ ++#define AV_DICT_MULTIKEY \ ++ 64 /**< Allow to store several equal keys in the dictionary */ ++ ++typedef struct AVDictionaryEntry { ++ char* key; ++ char* value; ++} AVDictionaryEntry; ++ ++typedef struct AVDictionary AVDictionary; ++ ++/** ++ * Get a dictionary entry with matching key. ++ * ++ * The returned entry key or value must not be changed, or it will ++ * cause undefined behavior. ++ * ++ * To iterate through all the dictionary entries, you can set the matching key ++ * to the null string "" and set the AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX flag. ++ * ++ * @param prev Set to the previous matching element to find the next. ++ * If set to NULL the first matching element is returned. ++ * @param key matching key ++ * @param flags a collection of AV_DICT_* flags controlling how the entry is ++ * retrieved ++ * @return found entry or NULL in case no matching entry was found in the ++ * dictionary ++ */ ++AVDictionaryEntry* av_dict_get(const AVDictionary* m, const char* key, ++ const AVDictionaryEntry* prev, int flags); ++ ++/** ++ * Get number of entries in dictionary. ++ * ++ * @param m dictionary ++ * @return number of entries in dictionary ++ */ ++int av_dict_count(const AVDictionary* m); ++ ++/** ++ * Set the given entry in *pm, overwriting an existing entry. ++ * ++ * Note: If AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY or AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL is set, ++ * these arguments will be freed on error. ++ * ++ * Warning: Adding a new entry to a dictionary invalidates all existing entries ++ * previously returned with av_dict_get. ++ * ++ * @param pm pointer to a pointer to a dictionary struct. If *pm is NULL ++ * a dictionary struct is allocated and put in *pm. ++ * @param key entry key to add to *pm (will either be av_strduped or added as a ++ * new key depending on flags) ++ * @param value entry value to add to *pm (will be av_strduped or added as a new ++ * key depending on flags). Passing a NULL value will cause an existing entry to ++ * be deleted. ++ * @return >= 0 on success otherwise an error code <0 ++ */ ++int av_dict_set(AVDictionary** pm, const char* key, const char* value, ++ int flags); ++ ++/** ++ * Convenience wrapper for av_dict_set that converts the value to a string ++ * and stores it. ++ * ++ * Note: If AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY is set, key will be freed on error. ++ */ ++int av_dict_set_int(AVDictionary** pm, const char* key, int64_t value, ++ int flags); ++ ++/** ++ * Parse the key/value pairs list and add the parsed entries to a dictionary. ++ * ++ * In case of failure, all the successfully set entries are stored in ++ * *pm. You may need to manually free the created dictionary. ++ * ++ * @param key_val_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate ++ * key from value ++ * @param pairs_sep a 0-terminated list of characters used to separate ++ * two pairs from each other ++ * @param flags flags to use when adding to dictionary. ++ * AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_KEY and AV_DICT_DONT_STRDUP_VAL ++ * are ignored since the key/value tokens will always ++ * be duplicated. ++ * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR code on failure ++ */ ++int av_dict_parse_string(AVDictionary** pm, const char* str, ++ const char* key_val_sep, const char* pairs_sep, ++ int flags); ++ ++/** ++ * Copy entries from one AVDictionary struct into another. ++ * @param dst pointer to a pointer to a AVDictionary struct. If *dst is NULL, ++ * this function will allocate a struct for you and put it in *dst ++ * @param src pointer to source AVDictionary struct ++ * @param flags flags to use when setting entries in *dst ++ * @note metadata is read using the AV_DICT_IGNORE_SUFFIX flag ++ * @return 0 on success, negative AVERROR code on failure. If dst was allocated ++ * by this function, callers should free the associated memory. ++ */ ++int av_dict_copy(AVDictionary** dst, const AVDictionary* src, int flags); ++ ++/** ++ * Free all the memory allocated for an AVDictionary struct ++ * and all keys and values. ++ */ ++void av_dict_free(AVDictionary** m); ++ ++/** ++ * Get dictionary entries as a string. ++ * ++ * Create a string containing dictionary's entries. ++ * Such string may be passed back to av_dict_parse_string(). ++ * @note String is escaped with backslashes ('\'). ++ * ++ * @param[in] m dictionary ++ * @param[out] buffer Pointer to buffer that will be allocated with ++ * string containg entries. Buffer must be freed by the caller when is no longer ++ * needed. ++ * @param[in] key_val_sep character used to separate key from value ++ * @param[in] pairs_sep character used to separate two pairs from each ++ * other ++ * @return >= 0 on success, negative on error ++ * @warning Separators cannot be neither '\\' nor '\0'. They also cannot be the ++ * same. ++ */ ++int av_dict_get_string(const AVDictionary* m, char** buffer, ++ const char key_val_sep, const char pairs_sep); ++ ++/** ++ * @} ++ */ ++ ++#endif /* AVUTIL_DICT_H */ +diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavutil/error.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavutil/error.h +new file mode 100644 +--- /dev/null ++++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavutil/error.h +@@ -0,0 +1,158 @@ ++/* ++ * This file is part of FFmpeg. ++ * ++ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or ++ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public ++ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either ++ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. ++ * ++ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ++ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ++ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ++ * Lesser General Public License for more details. ++ * ++ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public ++ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software ++ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA ++ */ ++ ++/** ++ * @file ++ * error code definitions ++ */ ++ ++#ifndef AVUTIL_ERROR_H ++#define AVUTIL_ERROR_H ++ ++#include <errno.h> ++#include <stddef.h> ++ ++#include "macros.h" ++ ++/** ++ * @addtogroup lavu_error ++ * ++ * @{ ++ */ ++ ++/* error handling */ ++#if EDOM > 0 ++# define AVERROR(e) \ ++ (-(e)) ///< Returns a negative error code from a POSIX error code, to ++ ///< return from library functions. ++# define AVUNERROR(e) \ ++ (-(e)) ///< Returns a POSIX error code from a library function error return ++ ///< value. ++#else ++/* Some platforms have E* and errno already negated. */ ++# define AVERROR(e) (e) ++# define AVUNERROR(e) (e) ++#endif ++ ++#define FFERRTAG(a, b, c, d) (-(int)MKTAG(a, b, c, d)) ++ ++#define AVERROR_BSF_NOT_FOUND \ ++ FFERRTAG(0xF8, 'B', 'S', 'F') ///< Bitstream filter not found ++#define AVERROR_BUG \ ++ FFERRTAG('B', 'U', 'G', '!') ///< Internal bug, also see AVERROR_BUG2 ++#define AVERROR_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL \ ++ FFERRTAG('B', 'U', 'F', 'S') ///< Buffer too small ++#define AVERROR_DECODER_NOT_FOUND \ ++ FFERRTAG(0xF8, 'D', 'E', 'C') ///< Decoder not found ++#define AVERROR_DEMUXER_NOT_FOUND \ ++ FFERRTAG(0xF8, 'D', 'E', 'M') ///< Demuxer not found ++#define AVERROR_ENCODER_NOT_FOUND \ ++ FFERRTAG(0xF8, 'E', 'N', 'C') ///< Encoder not found ++#define AVERROR_EOF FFERRTAG('E', 'O', 'F', ' ') ///< End of file ++#define AVERROR_EXIT \ ++ FFERRTAG('E', 'X', 'I', 'T') ///< Immediate exit was requested; the called ++ ///< function should not be restarted ++#define AVERROR_EXTERNAL \ ++ FFERRTAG('E', 'X', 'T', ' ') ///< Generic error in an external library ++#define AVERROR_FILTER_NOT_FOUND \ ++ FFERRTAG(0xF8, 'F', 'I', 'L') ///< Filter not found ++#define AVERROR_INVALIDDATA \ ++ FFERRTAG('I', 'N', 'D', 'A') ///< Invalid data found when processing input ++#define AVERROR_MUXER_NOT_FOUND \ ++ FFERRTAG(0xF8, 'M', 'U', 'X') ///< Muxer not found ++#define AVERROR_OPTION_NOT_FOUND \ ++ FFERRTAG(0xF8, 'O', 'P', 'T') ///< Option not found ++#define AVERROR_PATCHWELCOME \ ++ FFERRTAG('P', 'A', 'W', \ ++ 'E') ///< Not yet implemented in FFmpeg, patches welcome ++#define AVERROR_PROTOCOL_NOT_FOUND \ ++ FFERRTAG(0xF8, 'P', 'R', 'O') ///< Protocol not found ++ ++#define AVERROR_STREAM_NOT_FOUND \ ++ FFERRTAG(0xF8, 'S', 'T', 'R') ///< Stream not found ++/** ++ * This is semantically identical to AVERROR_BUG ++ * it has been introduced in Libav after our AVERROR_BUG and with a modified ++ * value. ++ */ ++#define AVERROR_BUG2 FFERRTAG('B', 'U', 'G', ' ') ++#define AVERROR_UNKNOWN \ ++ FFERRTAG('U', 'N', 'K', \ ++ 'N') ///< Unknown error, typically from an external library ++#define AVERROR_EXPERIMENTAL \ ++ (-0x2bb2afa8) ///< Requested feature is flagged experimental. Set ++ ///< strict_std_compliance if you really want to use it. ++#define AVERROR_INPUT_CHANGED \ ++ (-0x636e6701) ///< Input changed between calls. Reconfiguration is required. ++ ///< (can be OR-ed with AVERROR_OUTPUT_CHANGED) ++#define AVERROR_OUTPUT_CHANGED \ ++ (-0x636e6702) ///< Output changed between calls. Reconfiguration is required. ++ ///< (can be OR-ed with AVERROR_INPUT_CHANGED) ++/* HTTP & RTSP errors */ ++#define AVERROR_HTTP_BAD_REQUEST FFERRTAG(0xF8, '4', '0', '0') ++#define AVERROR_HTTP_UNAUTHORIZED FFERRTAG(0xF8, '4', '0', '1') ++#define AVERROR_HTTP_FORBIDDEN FFERRTAG(0xF8, '4', '0', '3') ++#define AVERROR_HTTP_NOT_FOUND FFERRTAG(0xF8, '4', '0', '4') ++#define AVERROR_HTTP_OTHER_4XX FFERRTAG(0xF8, '4', 'X', 'X') ++#define AVERROR_HTTP_SERVER_ERROR FFERRTAG(0xF8, '5', 'X', 'X') ++ ++#define AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE 64 ++ ++/** ++ * Put a description of the AVERROR code errnum in errbuf. ++ * In case of failure the global variable errno is set to indicate the ++ * error. Even in case of failure av_strerror() will print a generic ++ * error message indicating the errnum provided to errbuf. ++ * ++ * @param errnum error code to describe ++ * @param errbuf buffer to which description is written ++ * @param errbuf_size the size in bytes of errbuf ++ * @return 0 on success, a negative value if a description for errnum ++ * cannot be found ++ */ ++int av_strerror(int errnum, char* errbuf, size_t errbuf_size); ++ ++/** ++ * Fill the provided buffer with a string containing an error string ++ * corresponding to the AVERROR code errnum. ++ * ++ * @param errbuf a buffer ++ * @param errbuf_size size in bytes of errbuf ++ * @param errnum error code to describe ++ * @return the buffer in input, filled with the error description ++ * @see av_strerror() ++ */ ++static inline char* av_make_error_string(char* errbuf, size_t errbuf_size, ++ int errnum) { ++ av_strerror(errnum, errbuf, errbuf_size); ++ return errbuf; ++} ++ ++/** ++ * Convenience macro, the return value should be used only directly in ++ * function arguments but never stand-alone. ++ */ ++#define av_err2str(errnum) \ ++ av_make_error_string((char[AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE]){0}, \ ++ AV_ERROR_MAX_STRING_SIZE, errnum) ++ ++/** ++ * @} ++ */ ++ ++#endif /* AVUTIL_ERROR_H */ +diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavutil/frame.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavutil/frame.h +new file mode 100644 +--- /dev/null ++++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavutil/frame.h +@@ -0,0 +1,927 @@ ++/* ++ * This file is part of FFmpeg. ++ * ++ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or ++ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public ++ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either ++ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. ++ * ++ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ++ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ++ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ++ * Lesser General Public License for more details. ++ * ++ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public ++ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software ++ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA ++ */ ++ ++/** ++ * @file ++ * @ingroup lavu_frame ++ * reference-counted frame API ++ */ ++ ++#ifndef AVUTIL_FRAME_H ++#define AVUTIL_FRAME_H ++ ++#include <stddef.h> ++#include <stdint.h> ++ ++#include "avutil.h" ++#include "buffer.h" ++#include "dict.h" ++#include "rational.h" ++#include "samplefmt.h" ++#include "pixfmt.h" ++#include "version.h" ++ ++/** ++ * @defgroup lavu_frame AVFrame ++ * @ingroup lavu_data ++ * ++ * @{ ++ * AVFrame is an abstraction for reference-counted raw multimedia data. ++ */ ++ ++enum AVFrameSideDataType { ++ /** ++ * The data is the AVPanScan struct defined in libavcodec. ++ */ ++ AV_FRAME_DATA_PANSCAN, ++ /** ++ * ATSC A53 Part 4 Closed Captions. ++ * A53 CC bitstream is stored as uint8_t in AVFrameSideData.data. ++ * The number of bytes of CC data is AVFrameSideData.size. ++ */ ++ AV_FRAME_DATA_A53_CC, ++ /** ++ * Stereoscopic 3d metadata. ++ * The data is the AVStereo3D struct defined in libavutil/stereo3d.h. ++ */ ++ AV_FRAME_DATA_STEREO3D, ++ /** ++ * The data is the AVMatrixEncoding enum defined in ++ * libavutil/channel_layout.h. ++ */ ++ AV_FRAME_DATA_MATRIXENCODING, ++ /** ++ * Metadata relevant to a downmix procedure. ++ * The data is the AVDownmixInfo struct defined in libavutil/downmix_info.h. ++ */ ++ AV_FRAME_DATA_DOWNMIX_INFO, ++ /** ++ * ReplayGain information in the form of the AVReplayGain struct. ++ */ ++ AV_FRAME_DATA_REPLAYGAIN, ++ /** ++ * This side data contains a 3x3 transformation matrix describing an affine ++ * transformation that needs to be applied to the frame for correct ++ * presentation. ++ * ++ * See libavutil/display.h for a detailed description of the data. ++ */ ++ AV_FRAME_DATA_DISPLAYMATRIX, ++ /** ++ * Active Format Description data consisting of a single byte as specified ++ * in ETSI TS 101 154 using AVActiveFormatDescription enum. ++ */ ++ AV_FRAME_DATA_AFD, ++ /** ++ * Motion vectors exported by some codecs (on demand through the export_mvs ++ * flag set in the libavcodec AVCodecContext flags2 option). ++ * The data is the AVMotionVector struct defined in ++ * libavutil/motion_vector.h. ++ */ ++ AV_FRAME_DATA_MOTION_VECTORS, ++ /** ++ * Recommmends skipping the specified number of samples. This is exported ++ * only if the "skip_manual" AVOption is set in libavcodec. ++ * This has the same format as AV_PKT_DATA_SKIP_SAMPLES. ++ * @code ++ * u32le number of samples to skip from start of this packet ++ * u32le number of samples to skip from end of this packet ++ * u8 reason for start skip ++ * u8 reason for end skip (0=padding silence, 1=convergence) ++ * @endcode ++ */ ++ AV_FRAME_DATA_SKIP_SAMPLES, ++ /** ++ * This side data must be associated with an audio frame and corresponds to ++ * enum AVAudioServiceType defined in avcodec.h. ++ */ ++ AV_FRAME_DATA_AUDIO_SERVICE_TYPE, ++ /** ++ * Mastering display metadata associated with a video frame. The payload is ++ * an AVMasteringDisplayMetadata type and contains information about the ++ * mastering display color volume. ++ */ ++ AV_FRAME_DATA_MASTERING_DISPLAY_METADATA, ++ /** ++ * The GOP timecode in 25 bit timecode format. Data format is 64-bit integer. ++ * This is set on the first frame of a GOP that has a temporal reference of 0. ++ */ ++ AV_FRAME_DATA_GOP_TIMECODE, ++ ++ /** ++ * The data represents the AVSphericalMapping structure defined in ++ * libavutil/spherical.h. ++ */ ++ AV_FRAME_DATA_SPHERICAL, ++ ++ /** ++ * Content light level (based on CTA-861.3). This payload contains data in ++ * the form of the AVContentLightMetadata struct. ++ */ ++ AV_FRAME_DATA_CONTENT_LIGHT_LEVEL, ++ ++ /** ++ * The data contains an ICC profile as an opaque octet buffer following the ++ * format described by ISO 15076-1 with an optional name defined in the ++ * metadata key entry "name". ++ */ ++ AV_FRAME_DATA_ICC_PROFILE, ++ ++ /** ++ * Timecode which conforms to SMPTE ST 12-1. The data is an array of 4 ++ * uint32_t where the first uint32_t describes how many (1-3) of the other ++ * timecodes are used. The timecode format is described in the documentation ++ * of av_timecode_get_smpte_from_framenum() function in libavutil/timecode.h. ++ */ ++ AV_FRAME_DATA_S12M_TIMECODE, ++ ++ /** ++ * HDR dynamic metadata associated with a video frame. The payload is ++ * an AVDynamicHDRPlus type and contains information for color ++ * volume transform - application 4 of SMPTE 2094-40:2016 standard. ++ */ ++ AV_FRAME_DATA_DYNAMIC_HDR_PLUS, ++ ++ /** ++ * Regions Of Interest, the data is an array of AVRegionOfInterest type, the ++ * number of array element is implied by AVFrameSideData.size / ++ * AVRegionOfInterest.self_size. ++ */ ++ AV_FRAME_DATA_REGIONS_OF_INTEREST, ++ ++ /** ++ * Encoding parameters for a video frame, as described by AVVideoEncParams. ++ */ ++ AV_FRAME_DATA_VIDEO_ENC_PARAMS, ++ ++ /** ++ * User data unregistered metadata associated with a video frame. ++ * This is the H.26[45] UDU SEI message, and shouldn't be used for any other ++ * purpose The data is stored as uint8_t in AVFrameSideData.data which is 16 ++ * bytes of uuid_iso_iec_11578 followed by AVFrameSideData.size - 16 bytes of ++ * user_data_payload_byte. ++ */ ++ AV_FRAME_DATA_SEI_UNREGISTERED, ++ ++ /** ++ * Film grain parameters for a frame, described by AVFilmGrainParams. ++ * Must be present for every frame which should have film grain applied. ++ */ ++ AV_FRAME_DATA_FILM_GRAIN_PARAMS, ++ ++ /** ++ * Bounding boxes for object detection and classification, ++ * as described by AVDetectionBBoxHeader. ++ */ ++ AV_FRAME_DATA_DETECTION_BBOXES, ++ ++ /** ++ * Dolby Vision RPU raw data, suitable for passing to x265 ++ * or other libraries. Array of uint8_t, with NAL emulation ++ * bytes intact. ++ */ ++ AV_FRAME_DATA_DOVI_RPU_BUFFER, ++ ++ /** ++ * Parsed Dolby Vision metadata, suitable for passing to a software ++ * implementation. The payload is the AVDOVIMetadata struct defined in ++ * libavutil/dovi_meta.h. ++ */ ++ AV_FRAME_DATA_DOVI_METADATA, ++}; ++ ++enum AVActiveFormatDescription { ++ AV_AFD_SAME = 8, ++ AV_AFD_4_3 = 9, ++ AV_AFD_16_9 = 10, ++ AV_AFD_14_9 = 11, ++ AV_AFD_4_3_SP_14_9 = 13, ++ AV_AFD_16_9_SP_14_9 = 14, ++ AV_AFD_SP_4_3 = 15, ++}; ++ ++/** ++ * Structure to hold side data for an AVFrame. ++ * ++ * sizeof(AVFrameSideData) is not a part of the public ABI, so new fields may be ++ * added to the end with a minor bump. ++ */ ++typedef struct AVFrameSideData { ++ enum AVFrameSideDataType type; ++ uint8_t* data; ++ size_t size; ++ AVDictionary* metadata; ++ AVBufferRef* buf; ++} AVFrameSideData; ++ ++/** ++ * Structure describing a single Region Of Interest. ++ * ++ * When multiple regions are defined in a single side-data block, they ++ * should be ordered from most to least important - some encoders are only ++ * capable of supporting a limited number of distinct regions, so will have ++ * to truncate the list. ++ * ++ * When overlapping regions are defined, the first region containing a given ++ * area of the frame applies. ++ */ ++typedef struct AVRegionOfInterest { ++ /** ++ * Must be set to the size of this data structure (that is, ++ * sizeof(AVRegionOfInterest)). ++ */ ++ uint32_t self_size; ++ /** ++ * Distance in pixels from the top edge of the frame to the top and ++ * bottom edges and from the left edge of the frame to the left and ++ * right edges of the rectangle defining this region of interest. ++ * ++ * The constraints on a region are encoder dependent, so the region ++ * actually affected may be slightly larger for alignment or other ++ * reasons. ++ */ ++ int top; ++ int bottom; ++ int left; ++ int right; ++ /** ++ * Quantisation offset. ++ * ++ * Must be in the range -1 to +1. A value of zero indicates no quality ++ * change. A negative value asks for better quality (less quantisation), ++ * while a positive value asks for worse quality (greater quantisation). ++ * ++ * The range is calibrated so that the extreme values indicate the ++ * largest possible offset - if the rest of the frame is encoded with the ++ * worst possible quality, an offset of -1 indicates that this region ++ * should be encoded with the best possible quality anyway. Intermediate ++ * values are then interpolated in some codec-dependent way. ++ * ++ * For example, in 10-bit H.264 the quantisation parameter varies between ++ * -12 and 51. A typical qoffset value of -1/10 therefore indicates that ++ * this region should be encoded with a QP around one-tenth of the full ++ * range better than the rest of the frame. So, if most of the frame ++ * were to be encoded with a QP of around 30, this region would get a QP ++ * of around 24 (an offset of approximately -1/10 * (51 - -12) = -6.3). ++ * An extreme value of -1 would indicate that this region should be ++ * encoded with the best possible quality regardless of the treatment of ++ * the rest of the frame - that is, should be encoded at a QP of -12. ++ */ ++ AVRational qoffset; ++} AVRegionOfInterest; ++ ++/** ++ * This structure describes decoded (raw) audio or video data. ++ * ++ * AVFrame must be allocated using av_frame_alloc(). Note that this only ++ * allocates the AVFrame itself, the buffers for the data must be managed ++ * through other means (see below). ++ * AVFrame must be freed with av_frame_free(). ++ * ++ * AVFrame is typically allocated once and then reused multiple times to hold ++ * different data (e.g. a single AVFrame to hold frames received from a ++ * decoder). In such a case, av_frame_unref() will free any references held by ++ * the frame and reset it to its original clean state before it ++ * is reused again. ++ * ++ * The data described by an AVFrame is usually reference counted through the ++ * AVBuffer API. The underlying buffer references are stored in AVFrame.buf / ++ * AVFrame.extended_buf. An AVFrame is considered to be reference counted if at ++ * least one reference is set, i.e. if AVFrame.buf[0] != NULL. In such a case, ++ * every single data plane must be contained in one of the buffers in ++ * AVFrame.buf or AVFrame.extended_buf. ++ * There may be a single buffer for all the data, or one separate buffer for ++ * each plane, or anything in between. ++ * ++ * sizeof(AVFrame) is not a part of the public ABI, so new fields may be added ++ * to the end with a minor bump. ++ * ++ * Fields can be accessed through AVOptions, the name string used, matches the ++ * C structure field name for fields accessible through AVOptions. The AVClass ++ * for AVFrame can be obtained from avcodec_get_frame_class() ++ */ ++typedef struct AVFrame { ++#define AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS 8 ++ /** ++ * pointer to the picture/channel planes. ++ * This might be different from the first allocated byte. For video, ++ * it could even point to the end of the image data. ++ * ++ * All pointers in data and extended_data must point into one of the ++ * AVBufferRef in buf or extended_buf. ++ * ++ * Some decoders access areas outside 0,0 - width,height, please ++ * see avcodec_align_dimensions2(). Some filters and swscale can read ++ * up to 16 bytes beyond the planes, if these filters are to be used, ++ * then 16 extra bytes must be allocated. ++ * ++ * NOTE: Pointers not needed by the format MUST be set to NULL. ++ * ++ * @attention In case of video, the data[] pointers can point to the ++ * end of image data in order to reverse line order, when used in ++ * combination with negative values in the linesize[] array. ++ */ ++ uint8_t* data[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; ++ ++ /** ++ * For video, a positive or negative value, which is typically indicating ++ * the size in bytes of each picture line, but it can also be: ++ * - the negative byte size of lines for vertical flipping ++ * (with data[n] pointing to the end of the data ++ * - a positive or negative multiple of the byte size as for accessing ++ * even and odd fields of a frame (possibly flipped) ++ * ++ * For audio, only linesize[0] may be set. For planar audio, each channel ++ * plane must be the same size. ++ * ++ * For video the linesizes should be multiples of the CPUs alignment ++ * preference, this is 16 or 32 for modern desktop CPUs. ++ * Some code requires such alignment other code can be slower without ++ * correct alignment, for yet other it makes no difference. ++ * ++ * @note The linesize may be larger than the size of usable data -- there ++ * may be extra padding present for performance reasons. ++ * ++ * @attention In case of video, line size values can be negative to achieve ++ * a vertically inverted iteration over image lines. ++ */ ++ int linesize[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; ++ ++ /** ++ * pointers to the data planes/channels. ++ * ++ * For video, this should simply point to data[]. ++ * ++ * For planar audio, each channel has a separate data pointer, and ++ * linesize[0] contains the size of each channel buffer. ++ * For packed audio, there is just one data pointer, and linesize[0] ++ * contains the total size of the buffer for all channels. ++ * ++ * Note: Both data and extended_data should always be set in a valid frame, ++ * but for planar audio with more channels that can fit in data, ++ * extended_data must be used in order to access all channels. ++ */ ++ uint8_t** extended_data; ++ ++ /** ++ * @name Video dimensions ++ * Video frames only. The coded dimensions (in pixels) of the video frame, ++ * i.e. the size of the rectangle that contains some well-defined values. ++ * ++ * @note The part of the frame intended for display/presentation is further ++ * restricted by the @ref cropping "Cropping rectangle". ++ * @{ ++ */ ++ int width, height; ++ /** ++ * @} ++ */ ++ ++ /** ++ * number of audio samples (per channel) described by this frame ++ */ ++ int nb_samples; ++ ++ /** ++ * format of the frame, -1 if unknown or unset ++ * Values correspond to enum AVPixelFormat for video frames, ++ * enum AVSampleFormat for audio) ++ */ ++ int format; ++ ++ /** ++ * 1 -> keyframe, 0-> not ++ */ ++ int key_frame; ++ ++ /** ++ * Picture type of the frame. ++ */ ++ enum AVPictureType pict_type; ++ ++ /** ++ * Sample aspect ratio for the video frame, 0/1 if unknown/unspecified. ++ */ ++ AVRational sample_aspect_ratio; ++ ++ /** ++ * Presentation timestamp in time_base units (time when frame should be shown ++ * to user). ++ */ ++ int64_t pts; ++ ++ /** ++ * DTS copied from the AVPacket that triggered returning this frame. (if frame ++ * threading isn't used) This is also the Presentation time of this AVFrame ++ * calculated from only AVPacket.dts values without pts values. ++ */ ++ int64_t pkt_dts; ++ ++ /** ++ * Time base for the timestamps in this frame. ++ * In the future, this field may be set on frames output by decoders or ++ * filters, but its value will be by default ignored on input to encoders ++ * or filters. ++ */ ++ AVRational time_base; ++ ++ /** ++ * picture number in bitstream order ++ */ ++ int coded_picture_number; ++ /** ++ * picture number in display order ++ */ ++ int display_picture_number; ++ ++ /** ++ * quality (between 1 (good) and FF_LAMBDA_MAX (bad)) ++ */ ++ int quality; ++ ++ /** ++ * for some private data of the user ++ */ ++ void* opaque; ++ ++ /** ++ * When decoding, this signals how much the picture must be delayed. ++ * extra_delay = repeat_pict / (2*fps) ++ */ ++ int repeat_pict; ++ ++ /** ++ * The content of the picture is interlaced. ++ */ ++ int interlaced_frame; ++ ++ /** ++ * If the content is interlaced, is top field displayed first. ++ */ ++ int top_field_first; ++ ++ /** ++ * Tell user application that palette has changed from previous frame. ++ */ ++ int palette_has_changed; ++ ++ /** ++ * reordered opaque 64 bits (generally an integer or a double precision float ++ * PTS but can be anything). ++ * The user sets AVCodecContext.reordered_opaque to represent the input at ++ * that time, ++ * the decoder reorders values as needed and sets AVFrame.reordered_opaque ++ * to exactly one of the values provided by the user through ++ * AVCodecContext.reordered_opaque ++ */ ++ int64_t reordered_opaque; ++ ++ /** ++ * Sample rate of the audio data. ++ */ ++ int sample_rate; ++ ++ /** ++ * Channel layout of the audio data. ++ */ ++ uint64_t channel_layout; ++ ++ /** ++ * AVBuffer references backing the data for this frame. All the pointers in ++ * data and extended_data must point inside one of the buffers in buf or ++ * extended_buf. This array must be filled contiguously -- if buf[i] is ++ * non-NULL then buf[j] must also be non-NULL for all j < i. ++ * ++ * There may be at most one AVBuffer per data plane, so for video this array ++ * always contains all the references. For planar audio with more than ++ * AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS channels, there may be more buffers than can fit in ++ * this array. Then the extra AVBufferRef pointers are stored in the ++ * extended_buf array. ++ */ ++ AVBufferRef* buf[AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS]; ++ ++ /** ++ * For planar audio which requires more than AV_NUM_DATA_POINTERS ++ * AVBufferRef pointers, this array will hold all the references which ++ * cannot fit into AVFrame.buf. ++ * ++ * Note that this is different from AVFrame.extended_data, which always ++ * contains all the pointers. This array only contains the extra pointers, ++ * which cannot fit into AVFrame.buf. ++ * ++ * This array is always allocated using av_malloc() by whoever constructs ++ * the frame. It is freed in av_frame_unref(). ++ */ ++ AVBufferRef** extended_buf; ++ /** ++ * Number of elements in extended_buf. ++ */ ++ int nb_extended_buf; ++ ++ AVFrameSideData** side_data; ++ int nb_side_data; ++ ++/** ++ * @defgroup lavu_frame_flags AV_FRAME_FLAGS ++ * @ingroup lavu_frame ++ * Flags describing additional frame properties. ++ * ++ * @{ ++ */ ++ ++/** ++ * The frame data may be corrupted, e.g. due to decoding errors. ++ */ ++#define AV_FRAME_FLAG_CORRUPT (1 << 0) ++/** ++ * A flag to mark the frames which need to be decoded, but shouldn't be output. ++ */ ++#define AV_FRAME_FLAG_DISCARD (1 << 2) ++ /** ++ * @} ++ */ ++ ++ /** ++ * Frame flags, a combination of @ref lavu_frame_flags ++ */ ++ int flags; ++ ++ /** ++ * MPEG vs JPEG YUV range. ++ * - encoding: Set by user ++ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec ++ */ ++ enum AVColorRange color_range; ++ ++ enum AVColorPrimaries color_primaries; ++ ++ enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic color_trc; ++ ++ /** ++ * YUV colorspace type. ++ * - encoding: Set by user ++ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec ++ */ ++ enum AVColorSpace colorspace; ++ ++ enum AVChromaLocation chroma_location; ++ ++ /** ++ * frame timestamp estimated using various heuristics, in stream time base ++ * - encoding: unused ++ * - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user. ++ */ ++ int64_t best_effort_timestamp; ++ ++ /** ++ * reordered pos from the last AVPacket that has been input into the decoder ++ * - encoding: unused ++ * - decoding: Read by user. ++ */ ++ int64_t pkt_pos; ++ ++ /** ++ * duration of the corresponding packet, expressed in ++ * AVStream->time_base units, 0 if unknown. ++ * - encoding: unused ++ * - decoding: Read by user. ++ */ ++ int64_t pkt_duration; ++ ++ /** ++ * metadata. ++ * - encoding: Set by user. ++ * - decoding: Set by libavcodec. ++ */ ++ AVDictionary* metadata; ++ ++ /** ++ * decode error flags of the frame, set to a combination of ++ * FF_DECODE_ERROR_xxx flags if the decoder produced a frame, but there ++ * were errors during the decoding. ++ * - encoding: unused ++ * - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user. ++ */ ++ int decode_error_flags; ++#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_INVALID_BITSTREAM 1 ++#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_MISSING_REFERENCE 2 ++#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_CONCEALMENT_ACTIVE 4 ++#define FF_DECODE_ERROR_DECODE_SLICES 8 ++ ++ /** ++ * number of audio channels, only used for audio. ++ * - encoding: unused ++ * - decoding: Read by user. ++ */ ++ int channels; ++ ++ /** ++ * size of the corresponding packet containing the compressed ++ * frame. ++ * It is set to a negative value if unknown. ++ * - encoding: unused ++ * - decoding: set by libavcodec, read by user. ++ */ ++ int pkt_size; ++ ++ /** ++ * For hwaccel-format frames, this should be a reference to the ++ * AVHWFramesContext describing the frame. ++ */ ++ AVBufferRef* hw_frames_ctx; ++ ++ /** ++ * AVBufferRef for free use by the API user. FFmpeg will never check the ++ * contents of the buffer ref. FFmpeg calls av_buffer_unref() on it when ++ * the frame is unreferenced. av_frame_copy_props() calls create a new ++ * reference with av_buffer_ref() for the target frame's opaque_ref field. ++ * ++ * This is unrelated to the opaque field, although it serves a similar ++ * purpose. ++ */ ++ AVBufferRef* opaque_ref; ++ ++ /** ++ * @anchor cropping ++ * @name Cropping ++ * Video frames only. The number of pixels to discard from the the ++ * top/bottom/left/right border of the frame to obtain the sub-rectangle of ++ * the frame intended for presentation. ++ * @{ ++ */ ++ size_t crop_top; ++ size_t crop_bottom; ++ size_t crop_left; ++ size_t crop_right; ++ /** ++ * @} ++ */ ++ ++ /** ++ * AVBufferRef for internal use by a single libav* library. ++ * Must not be used to transfer data between libraries. ++ * Has to be NULL when ownership of the frame leaves the respective library. ++ * ++ * Code outside the FFmpeg libs should never check or change the contents of ++ * the buffer ref. ++ * ++ * FFmpeg calls av_buffer_unref() on it when the frame is unreferenced. ++ * av_frame_copy_props() calls create a new reference with av_buffer_ref() ++ * for the target frame's private_ref field. ++ */ ++ AVBufferRef* private_ref; ++} AVFrame; ++ ++#if FF_API_COLORSPACE_NAME ++/** ++ * Get the name of a colorspace. ++ * @return a static string identifying the colorspace; can be NULL. ++ * @deprecated use av_color_space_name() ++ */ ++attribute_deprecated const char* av_get_colorspace_name(enum AVColorSpace val); ++#endif ++/** ++ * Allocate an AVFrame and set its fields to default values. The resulting ++ * struct must be freed using av_frame_free(). ++ * ++ * @return An AVFrame filled with default values or NULL on failure. ++ * ++ * @note this only allocates the AVFrame itself, not the data buffers. Those ++ * must be allocated through other means, e.g. with av_frame_get_buffer() or ++ * manually. ++ */ ++AVFrame* av_frame_alloc(void); ++ ++/** ++ * Free the frame and any dynamically allocated objects in it, ++ * e.g. extended_data. If the frame is reference counted, it will be ++ * unreferenced first. ++ * ++ * @param frame frame to be freed. The pointer will be set to NULL. ++ */ ++void av_frame_free(AVFrame** frame); ++ ++/** ++ * Set up a new reference to the data described by the source frame. ++ * ++ * Copy frame properties from src to dst and create a new reference for each ++ * AVBufferRef from src. ++ * ++ * If src is not reference counted, new buffers are allocated and the data is ++ * copied. ++ * ++ * @warning: dst MUST have been either unreferenced with av_frame_unref(dst), ++ * or newly allocated with av_frame_alloc() before calling this ++ * function, or undefined behavior will occur. ++ * ++ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error ++ */ ++int av_frame_ref(AVFrame* dst, const AVFrame* src); ++ ++/** ++ * Create a new frame that references the same data as src. ++ * ++ * This is a shortcut for av_frame_alloc()+av_frame_ref(). ++ * ++ * @return newly created AVFrame on success, NULL on error. ++ */ ++AVFrame* av_frame_clone(const AVFrame* src); ++ ++/** ++ * Unreference all the buffers referenced by frame and reset the frame fields. ++ */ ++void av_frame_unref(AVFrame* frame); ++ ++/** ++ * Move everything contained in src to dst and reset src. ++ * ++ * @warning: dst is not unreferenced, but directly overwritten without reading ++ * or deallocating its contents. Call av_frame_unref(dst) manually ++ * before calling this function to ensure that no memory is leaked. ++ */ ++void av_frame_move_ref(AVFrame* dst, AVFrame* src); ++ ++/** ++ * Allocate new buffer(s) for audio or video data. ++ * ++ * The following fields must be set on frame before calling this function: ++ * - format (pixel format for video, sample format for audio) ++ * - width and height for video ++ * - nb_samples and channel_layout for audio ++ * ++ * This function will fill AVFrame.data and AVFrame.buf arrays and, if ++ * necessary, allocate and fill AVFrame.extended_data and AVFrame.extended_buf. ++ * For planar formats, one buffer will be allocated for each plane. ++ * ++ * @warning: if frame already has been allocated, calling this function will ++ * leak memory. In addition, undefined behavior can occur in certain ++ * cases. ++ * ++ * @param frame frame in which to store the new buffers. ++ * @param align Required buffer size alignment. If equal to 0, alignment will be ++ * chosen automatically for the current CPU. It is highly ++ * recommended to pass 0 here unless you know what you are doing. ++ * ++ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. ++ */ ++int av_frame_get_buffer(AVFrame* frame, int align); ++ ++/** ++ * Check if the frame data is writable. ++ * ++ * @return A positive value if the frame data is writable (which is true if and ++ * only if each of the underlying buffers has only one reference, namely the one ++ * stored in this frame). Return 0 otherwise. ++ * ++ * If 1 is returned the answer is valid until av_buffer_ref() is called on any ++ * of the underlying AVBufferRefs (e.g. through av_frame_ref() or directly). ++ * ++ * @see av_frame_make_writable(), av_buffer_is_writable() ++ */ ++int av_frame_is_writable(AVFrame* frame); ++ ++/** ++ * Ensure that the frame data is writable, avoiding data copy if possible. ++ * ++ * Do nothing if the frame is writable, allocate new buffers and copy the data ++ * if it is not. ++ * ++ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. ++ * ++ * @see av_frame_is_writable(), av_buffer_is_writable(), ++ * av_buffer_make_writable() ++ */ ++int av_frame_make_writable(AVFrame* frame); ++ ++/** ++ * Copy the frame data from src to dst. ++ * ++ * This function does not allocate anything, dst must be already initialized and ++ * allocated with the same parameters as src. ++ * ++ * This function only copies the frame data (i.e. the contents of the data / ++ * extended data arrays), not any other properties. ++ * ++ * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. ++ */ ++int av_frame_copy(AVFrame* dst, const AVFrame* src); ++ ++/** ++ * Copy only "metadata" fields from src to dst. ++ * ++ * Metadata for the purpose of this function are those fields that do not affect ++ * the data layout in the buffers. E.g. pts, sample rate (for audio) or sample ++ * aspect ratio (for video), but not width/height or channel layout. ++ * Side data is also copied. ++ */ ++int av_frame_copy_props(AVFrame* dst, const AVFrame* src); ++ ++/** ++ * Get the buffer reference a given data plane is stored in. ++ * ++ * @param plane index of the data plane of interest in frame->extended_data. ++ * ++ * @return the buffer reference that contains the plane or NULL if the input ++ * frame is not valid. ++ */ ++AVBufferRef* av_frame_get_plane_buffer(AVFrame* frame, int plane); ++ ++/** ++ * Add a new side data to a frame. ++ * ++ * @param frame a frame to which the side data should be added ++ * @param type type of the added side data ++ * @param size size of the side data ++ * ++ * @return newly added side data on success, NULL on error ++ */ ++AVFrameSideData* av_frame_new_side_data(AVFrame* frame, ++ enum AVFrameSideDataType type, ++ size_t size); ++ ++/** ++ * Add a new side data to a frame from an existing AVBufferRef ++ * ++ * @param frame a frame to which the side data should be added ++ * @param type the type of the added side data ++ * @param buf an AVBufferRef to add as side data. The ownership of ++ * the reference is transferred to the frame. ++ * ++ * @return newly added side data on success, NULL on error. On failure ++ * the frame is unchanged and the AVBufferRef remains owned by ++ * the caller. ++ */ ++AVFrameSideData* av_frame_new_side_data_from_buf(AVFrame* frame, ++ enum AVFrameSideDataType type, ++ AVBufferRef* buf); ++ ++/** ++ * @return a pointer to the side data of a given type on success, NULL if there ++ * is no side data with such type in this frame. ++ */ ++AVFrameSideData* av_frame_get_side_data(const AVFrame* frame, ++ enum AVFrameSideDataType type); ++ ++/** ++ * Remove and free all side data instances of the given type. ++ */ ++void av_frame_remove_side_data(AVFrame* frame, enum AVFrameSideDataType type); ++ ++/** ++ * Flags for frame cropping. ++ */ ++enum { ++ /** ++ * Apply the maximum possible cropping, even if it requires setting the ++ * AVFrame.data[] entries to unaligned pointers. Passing unaligned data ++ * to FFmpeg API is generally not allowed, and causes undefined behavior ++ * (such as crashes). You can pass unaligned data only to FFmpeg APIs that ++ * are explicitly documented to accept it. Use this flag only if you ++ * absolutely know what you are doing. ++ */ ++ AV_FRAME_CROP_UNALIGNED = 1 << 0, ++}; ++ ++/** ++ * Crop the given video AVFrame according to its crop_left/crop_top/crop_right/ ++ * crop_bottom fields. If cropping is successful, the function will adjust the ++ * data pointers and the width/height fields, and set the crop fields to 0. ++ * ++ * In all cases, the cropping boundaries will be rounded to the inherent ++ * alignment of the pixel format. In some cases, such as for opaque hwaccel ++ * formats, the left/top cropping is ignored. The crop fields are set to 0 even ++ * if the cropping was rounded or ignored. ++ * ++ * @param frame the frame which should be cropped ++ * @param flags Some combination of AV_FRAME_CROP_* flags, or 0. ++ * ++ * @return >= 0 on success, a negative AVERROR on error. If the cropping fields ++ * were invalid, AVERROR(ERANGE) is returned, and nothing is changed. ++ */ ++int av_frame_apply_cropping(AVFrame* frame, int flags); ++ ++/** ++ * @return a string identifying the side data type ++ */ ++const char* av_frame_side_data_name(enum AVFrameSideDataType type); ++ ++/** ++ * @} ++ */ ++ ++#endif /* AVUTIL_FRAME_H */ +diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavutil/hwcontext.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavutil/hwcontext.h +new file mode 100644 +--- /dev/null ++++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavutil/hwcontext.h +@@ -0,0 +1,601 @@ ++/* ++ * This file is part of FFmpeg. ++ * ++ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or ++ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public ++ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either ++ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. ++ * ++ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ++ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ++ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ++ * Lesser General Public License for more details. ++ * ++ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public ++ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software ++ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA ++ */ ++ ++#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_H ++#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_H ++ ++#include "buffer.h" ++#include "frame.h" ++#include "log.h" ++#include "pixfmt.h" ++ ++enum AVHWDeviceType { ++ AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE, ++ AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VDPAU, ++ AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_CUDA, ++ AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VAAPI, ++ AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_DXVA2, ++ AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_QSV, ++ AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VIDEOTOOLBOX, ++ AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_D3D11VA, ++ AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_DRM, ++ AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_OPENCL, ++ AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_MEDIACODEC, ++ AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VULKAN, ++}; ++ ++typedef struct AVHWDeviceInternal AVHWDeviceInternal; ++ ++/** ++ * This struct aggregates all the (hardware/vendor-specific) "high-level" state, ++ * i.e. state that is not tied to a concrete processing configuration. ++ * E.g., in an API that supports hardware-accelerated encoding and decoding, ++ * this struct will (if possible) wrap the state that is common to both encoding ++ * and decoding and from which specific instances of encoders or decoders can be ++ * derived. ++ * ++ * This struct is reference-counted with the AVBuffer mechanism. The ++ * av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc() constructor yields a reference, whose data field ++ * points to the actual AVHWDeviceContext. Further objects derived from ++ * AVHWDeviceContext (such as AVHWFramesContext, describing a frame pool with ++ * specific properties) will hold an internal reference to it. After all the ++ * references are released, the AVHWDeviceContext itself will be freed, ++ * optionally invoking a user-specified callback for uninitializing the hardware ++ * state. ++ */ ++typedef struct AVHWDeviceContext { ++ /** ++ * A class for logging. Set by av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc(). ++ */ ++ const AVClass* av_class; ++ ++ /** ++ * Private data used internally by libavutil. Must not be accessed in any ++ * way by the caller. ++ */ ++ AVHWDeviceInternal* internal; ++ ++ /** ++ * This field identifies the underlying API used for hardware access. ++ * ++ * This field is set when this struct is allocated and never changed ++ * afterwards. ++ */ ++ enum AVHWDeviceType type; ++ ++ /** ++ * The format-specific data, allocated and freed by libavutil along with ++ * this context. ++ * ++ * Should be cast by the user to the format-specific context defined in the ++ * corresponding header (hwcontext_*.h) and filled as described in the ++ * documentation before calling av_hwdevice_ctx_init(). ++ * ++ * After calling av_hwdevice_ctx_init() this struct should not be modified ++ * by the caller. ++ */ ++ void* hwctx; ++ ++ /** ++ * This field may be set by the caller before calling av_hwdevice_ctx_init(). ++ * ++ * If non-NULL, this callback will be called when the last reference to ++ * this context is unreferenced, immediately before it is freed. ++ * ++ * @note when other objects (e.g an AVHWFramesContext) are derived from this ++ * struct, this callback will be invoked after all such child objects ++ * are fully uninitialized and their respective destructors invoked. ++ */ ++ void (*free)(struct AVHWDeviceContext* ctx); ++ ++ /** ++ * Arbitrary user data, to be used e.g. by the free() callback. ++ */ ++ void* user_opaque; ++} AVHWDeviceContext; ++ ++typedef struct AVHWFramesInternal AVHWFramesInternal; ++ ++/** ++ * This struct describes a set or pool of "hardware" frames (i.e. those with ++ * data not located in normal system memory). All the frames in the pool are ++ * assumed to be allocated in the same way and interchangeable. ++ * ++ * This struct is reference-counted with the AVBuffer mechanism and tied to a ++ * given AVHWDeviceContext instance. The av_hwframe_ctx_alloc() constructor ++ * yields a reference, whose data field points to the actual AVHWFramesContext ++ * struct. ++ */ ++typedef struct AVHWFramesContext { ++ /** ++ * A class for logging. ++ */ ++ const AVClass* av_class; ++ ++ /** ++ * Private data used internally by libavutil. Must not be accessed in any ++ * way by the caller. ++ */ ++ AVHWFramesInternal* internal; ++ ++ /** ++ * A reference to the parent AVHWDeviceContext. This reference is owned and ++ * managed by the enclosing AVHWFramesContext, but the caller may derive ++ * additional references from it. ++ */ ++ AVBufferRef* device_ref; ++ ++ /** ++ * The parent AVHWDeviceContext. This is simply a pointer to ++ * device_ref->data provided for convenience. ++ * ++ * Set by libavutil in av_hwframe_ctx_init(). ++ */ ++ AVHWDeviceContext* device_ctx; ++ ++ /** ++ * The format-specific data, allocated and freed automatically along with ++ * this context. ++ * ++ * Should be cast by the user to the format-specific context defined in the ++ * corresponding header (hwframe_*.h) and filled as described in the ++ * documentation before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). ++ * ++ * After any frames using this context are created, the contents of this ++ * struct should not be modified by the caller. ++ */ ++ void* hwctx; ++ ++ /** ++ * This field may be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). ++ * ++ * If non-NULL, this callback will be called when the last reference to ++ * this context is unreferenced, immediately before it is freed. ++ */ ++ void (*free)(struct AVHWFramesContext* ctx); ++ ++ /** ++ * Arbitrary user data, to be used e.g. by the free() callback. ++ */ ++ void* user_opaque; ++ ++ /** ++ * A pool from which the frames are allocated by av_hwframe_get_buffer(). ++ * This field may be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). ++ * The buffers returned by calling av_buffer_pool_get() on this pool must ++ * have the properties described in the documentation in the corresponding hw ++ * type's header (hwcontext_*.h). The pool will be freed strictly before ++ * this struct's free() callback is invoked. ++ * ++ * This field may be NULL, then libavutil will attempt to allocate a pool ++ * internally. Note that certain device types enforce pools allocated at ++ * fixed size (frame count), which cannot be extended dynamically. In such a ++ * case, initial_pool_size must be set appropriately. ++ */ ++ AVBufferPool* pool; ++ ++ /** ++ * Initial size of the frame pool. If a device type does not support ++ * dynamically resizing the pool, then this is also the maximum pool size. ++ * ++ * May be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). Must be ++ * set if pool is NULL and the device type does not support dynamic pools. ++ */ ++ int initial_pool_size; ++ ++ /** ++ * The pixel format identifying the underlying HW surface type. ++ * ++ * Must be a hwaccel format, i.e. the corresponding descriptor must have the ++ * AV_PIX_FMT_FLAG_HWACCEL flag set. ++ * ++ * Must be set by the user before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). ++ */ ++ enum AVPixelFormat format; ++ ++ /** ++ * The pixel format identifying the actual data layout of the hardware ++ * frames. ++ * ++ * Must be set by the caller before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). ++ * ++ * @note when the underlying API does not provide the exact data layout, but ++ * only the colorspace/bit depth, this field should be set to the fully ++ * planar version of that format (e.g. for 8-bit 420 YUV it should be ++ * AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P, not AV_PIX_FMT_NV12 or anything else). ++ */ ++ enum AVPixelFormat sw_format; ++ ++ /** ++ * The allocated dimensions of the frames in this pool. ++ * ++ * Must be set by the user before calling av_hwframe_ctx_init(). ++ */ ++ int width, height; ++} AVHWFramesContext; ++ ++/** ++ * Look up an AVHWDeviceType by name. ++ * ++ * @param name String name of the device type (case-insensitive). ++ * @return The type from enum AVHWDeviceType, or AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE if ++ * not found. ++ */ ++enum AVHWDeviceType av_hwdevice_find_type_by_name(const char* name); ++ ++/** Get the string name of an AVHWDeviceType. ++ * ++ * @param type Type from enum AVHWDeviceType. ++ * @return Pointer to a static string containing the name, or NULL if the type ++ * is not valid. ++ */ ++const char* av_hwdevice_get_type_name(enum AVHWDeviceType type); ++ ++/** ++ * Iterate over supported device types. ++ * ++ * @param type AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE initially, then the previous type ++ * returned by this function in subsequent iterations. ++ * @return The next usable device type from enum AVHWDeviceType, or ++ * AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_NONE if there are no more. ++ */ ++enum AVHWDeviceType av_hwdevice_iterate_types(enum AVHWDeviceType prev); ++ ++/** ++ * Allocate an AVHWDeviceContext for a given hardware type. ++ * ++ * @param type the type of the hardware device to allocate. ++ * @return a reference to the newly created AVHWDeviceContext on success or NULL ++ * on failure. ++ */ ++AVBufferRef* av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc(enum AVHWDeviceType type); ++ ++/** ++ * Finalize the device context before use. This function must be called after ++ * the context is filled with all the required information and before it is ++ * used in any way. ++ * ++ * @param ref a reference to the AVHWDeviceContext ++ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure ++ */ ++int av_hwdevice_ctx_init(AVBufferRef* ref); ++ ++/** ++ * Open a device of the specified type and create an AVHWDeviceContext for it. ++ * ++ * This is a convenience function intended to cover the simple cases. Callers ++ * who need to fine-tune device creation/management should open the device ++ * manually and then wrap it in an AVHWDeviceContext using ++ * av_hwdevice_ctx_alloc()/av_hwdevice_ctx_init(). ++ * ++ * The returned context is already initialized and ready for use, the caller ++ * should not call av_hwdevice_ctx_init() on it. The user_opaque/free fields of ++ * the created AVHWDeviceContext are set by this function and should not be ++ * touched by the caller. ++ * ++ * @param device_ctx On success, a reference to the newly-created device context ++ * will be written here. The reference is owned by the caller ++ * and must be released with av_buffer_unref() when no longer ++ * needed. On failure, NULL will be written to this pointer. ++ * @param type The type of the device to create. ++ * @param device A type-specific string identifying the device to open. ++ * @param opts A dictionary of additional (type-specific) options to use in ++ * opening the device. The dictionary remains owned by the caller. ++ * @param flags currently unused ++ * ++ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. ++ */ ++int av_hwdevice_ctx_create(AVBufferRef** device_ctx, enum AVHWDeviceType type, ++ const char* device, AVDictionary* opts, int flags); ++ ++/** ++ * Create a new device of the specified type from an existing device. ++ * ++ * If the source device is a device of the target type or was originally ++ * derived from such a device (possibly through one or more intermediate ++ * devices of other types), then this will return a reference to the ++ * existing device of the same type as is requested. ++ * ++ * Otherwise, it will attempt to derive a new device from the given source ++ * device. If direct derivation to the new type is not implemented, it will ++ * attempt the same derivation from each ancestor of the source device in ++ * turn looking for an implemented derivation method. ++ * ++ * @param dst_ctx On success, a reference to the newly-created ++ * AVHWDeviceContext. ++ * @param type The type of the new device to create. ++ * @param src_ctx A reference to an existing AVHWDeviceContext which will be ++ * used to create the new device. ++ * @param flags Currently unused; should be set to zero. ++ * @return Zero on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. ++ */ ++int av_hwdevice_ctx_create_derived(AVBufferRef** dst_ctx, ++ enum AVHWDeviceType type, ++ AVBufferRef* src_ctx, int flags); ++ ++/** ++ * Create a new device of the specified type from an existing device. ++ * ++ * This function performs the same action as av_hwdevice_ctx_create_derived, ++ * however, it is able to set options for the new device to be derived. ++ * ++ * @param dst_ctx On success, a reference to the newly-created ++ * AVHWDeviceContext. ++ * @param type The type of the new device to create. ++ * @param src_ctx A reference to an existing AVHWDeviceContext which will be ++ * used to create the new device. ++ * @param options Options for the new device to create, same format as in ++ * av_hwdevice_ctx_create. ++ * @param flags Currently unused; should be set to zero. ++ * @return Zero on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. ++ */ ++int av_hwdevice_ctx_create_derived_opts(AVBufferRef** dst_ctx, ++ enum AVHWDeviceType type, ++ AVBufferRef* src_ctx, ++ AVDictionary* options, int flags); ++ ++/** ++ * Allocate an AVHWFramesContext tied to a given device context. ++ * ++ * @param device_ctx a reference to a AVHWDeviceContext. This function will make ++ * a new reference for internal use, the one passed to the ++ * function remains owned by the caller. ++ * @return a reference to the newly created AVHWFramesContext on success or NULL ++ * on failure. ++ */ ++AVBufferRef* av_hwframe_ctx_alloc(AVBufferRef* device_ctx); ++ ++/** ++ * Finalize the context before use. This function must be called after the ++ * context is filled with all the required information and before it is attached ++ * to any frames. ++ * ++ * @param ref a reference to the AVHWFramesContext ++ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure ++ */ ++int av_hwframe_ctx_init(AVBufferRef* ref); ++ ++/** ++ * Allocate a new frame attached to the given AVHWFramesContext. ++ * ++ * @param hwframe_ctx a reference to an AVHWFramesContext ++ * @param frame an empty (freshly allocated or unreffed) frame to be filled with ++ * newly allocated buffers. ++ * @param flags currently unused, should be set to zero ++ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure ++ */ ++int av_hwframe_get_buffer(AVBufferRef* hwframe_ctx, AVFrame* frame, int flags); ++ ++/** ++ * Copy data to or from a hw surface. At least one of dst/src must have an ++ * AVHWFramesContext attached. ++ * ++ * If src has an AVHWFramesContext attached, then the format of dst (if set) ++ * must use one of the formats returned by av_hwframe_transfer_get_formats(src, ++ * AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_FROM). ++ * If dst has an AVHWFramesContext attached, then the format of src must use one ++ * of the formats returned by av_hwframe_transfer_get_formats(dst, ++ * AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_TO) ++ * ++ * dst may be "clean" (i.e. with data/buf pointers unset), in which case the ++ * data buffers will be allocated by this function using av_frame_get_buffer(). ++ * If dst->format is set, then this format will be used, otherwise (when ++ * dst->format is AV_PIX_FMT_NONE) the first acceptable format will be chosen. ++ * ++ * The two frames must have matching allocated dimensions (i.e. equal to ++ * AVHWFramesContext.width/height), since not all device types support ++ * transferring a sub-rectangle of the whole surface. The display dimensions ++ * (i.e. AVFrame.width/height) may be smaller than the allocated dimensions, but ++ * also have to be equal for both frames. When the display dimensions are ++ * smaller than the allocated dimensions, the content of the padding in the ++ * destination frame is unspecified. ++ * ++ * @param dst the destination frame. dst is not touched on failure. ++ * @param src the source frame. ++ * @param flags currently unused, should be set to zero ++ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR error code on failure. ++ */ ++int av_hwframe_transfer_data(AVFrame* dst, const AVFrame* src, int flags); ++ ++enum AVHWFrameTransferDirection { ++ /** ++ * Transfer the data from the queried hw frame. ++ */ ++ AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_FROM, ++ ++ /** ++ * Transfer the data to the queried hw frame. ++ */ ++ AV_HWFRAME_TRANSFER_DIRECTION_TO, ++}; ++ ++/** ++ * Get a list of possible source or target formats usable in ++ * av_hwframe_transfer_data(). ++ * ++ * @param hwframe_ctx the frame context to obtain the information for ++ * @param dir the direction of the transfer ++ * @param formats the pointer to the output format list will be written here. ++ * The list is terminated with AV_PIX_FMT_NONE and must be freed ++ * by the caller when no longer needed using av_free(). ++ * If this function returns successfully, the format list will ++ * have at least one item (not counting the terminator). ++ * On failure, the contents of this pointer are unspecified. ++ * @param flags currently unused, should be set to zero ++ * @return 0 on success, a negative AVERROR code on failure. ++ */ ++int av_hwframe_transfer_get_formats(AVBufferRef* hwframe_ctx, ++ enum AVHWFrameTransferDirection dir, ++ enum AVPixelFormat** formats, int flags); ++ ++/** ++ * This struct describes the constraints on hardware frames attached to ++ * a given device with a hardware-specific configuration. This is returned ++ * by av_hwdevice_get_hwframe_constraints() and must be freed by ++ * av_hwframe_constraints_free() after use. ++ */ ++typedef struct AVHWFramesConstraints { ++ /** ++ * A list of possible values for format in the hw_frames_ctx, ++ * terminated by AV_PIX_FMT_NONE. This member will always be filled. ++ */ ++ enum AVPixelFormat* valid_hw_formats; ++ ++ /** ++ * A list of possible values for sw_format in the hw_frames_ctx, ++ * terminated by AV_PIX_FMT_NONE. Can be NULL if this information is ++ * not known. ++ */ ++ enum AVPixelFormat* valid_sw_formats; ++ ++ /** ++ * The minimum size of frames in this hw_frames_ctx. ++ * (Zero if not known.) ++ */ ++ int min_width; ++ int min_height; ++ ++ /** ++ * The maximum size of frames in this hw_frames_ctx. ++ * (INT_MAX if not known / no limit.) ++ */ ++ int max_width; ++ int max_height; ++} AVHWFramesConstraints; ++ ++/** ++ * Allocate a HW-specific configuration structure for a given HW device. ++ * After use, the user must free all members as required by the specific ++ * hardware structure being used, then free the structure itself with ++ * av_free(). ++ * ++ * @param device_ctx a reference to the associated AVHWDeviceContext. ++ * @return The newly created HW-specific configuration structure on ++ * success or NULL on failure. ++ */ ++void* av_hwdevice_hwconfig_alloc(AVBufferRef* device_ctx); ++ ++/** ++ * Get the constraints on HW frames given a device and the HW-specific ++ * configuration to be used with that device. If no HW-specific ++ * configuration is provided, returns the maximum possible capabilities ++ * of the device. ++ * ++ * @param ref a reference to the associated AVHWDeviceContext. ++ * @param hwconfig a filled HW-specific configuration structure, or NULL ++ * to return the maximum possible capabilities of the device. ++ * @return AVHWFramesConstraints structure describing the constraints ++ * on the device, or NULL if not available. ++ */ ++AVHWFramesConstraints* av_hwdevice_get_hwframe_constraints( ++ AVBufferRef* ref, const void* hwconfig); ++ ++/** ++ * Free an AVHWFrameConstraints structure. ++ * ++ * @param constraints The (filled or unfilled) AVHWFrameConstraints structure. ++ */ ++void av_hwframe_constraints_free(AVHWFramesConstraints** constraints); ++ ++/** ++ * Flags to apply to frame mappings. ++ */ ++enum { ++ /** ++ * The mapping must be readable. ++ */ ++ AV_HWFRAME_MAP_READ = 1 << 0, ++ /** ++ * The mapping must be writeable. ++ */ ++ AV_HWFRAME_MAP_WRITE = 1 << 1, ++ /** ++ * The mapped frame will be overwritten completely in subsequent ++ * operations, so the current frame data need not be loaded. Any values ++ * which are not overwritten are unspecified. ++ */ ++ AV_HWFRAME_MAP_OVERWRITE = 1 << 2, ++ /** ++ * The mapping must be direct. That is, there must not be any copying in ++ * the map or unmap steps. Note that performance of direct mappings may ++ * be much lower than normal memory. ++ */ ++ AV_HWFRAME_MAP_DIRECT = 1 << 3, ++}; ++ ++/** ++ * Map a hardware frame. ++ * ++ * This has a number of different possible effects, depending on the format ++ * and origin of the src and dst frames. On input, src should be a usable ++ * frame with valid buffers and dst should be blank (typically as just created ++ * by av_frame_alloc()). src should have an associated hwframe context, and ++ * dst may optionally have a format and associated hwframe context. ++ * ++ * If src was created by mapping a frame from the hwframe context of dst, ++ * then this function undoes the mapping - dst is replaced by a reference to ++ * the frame that src was originally mapped from. ++ * ++ * If both src and dst have an associated hwframe context, then this function ++ * attempts to map the src frame from its hardware context to that of dst and ++ * then fill dst with appropriate data to be usable there. This will only be ++ * possible if the hwframe contexts and associated devices are compatible - ++ * given compatible devices, av_hwframe_ctx_create_derived() can be used to ++ * create a hwframe context for dst in which mapping should be possible. ++ * ++ * If src has a hwframe context but dst does not, then the src frame is ++ * mapped to normal memory and should thereafter be usable as a normal frame. ++ * If the format is set on dst, then the mapping will attempt to create dst ++ * with that format and fail if it is not possible. If format is unset (is ++ * AV_PIX_FMT_NONE) then dst will be mapped with whatever the most appropriate ++ * format to use is (probably the sw_format of the src hwframe context). ++ * ++ * A return value of AVERROR(ENOSYS) indicates that the mapping is not ++ * possible with the given arguments and hwframe setup, while other return ++ * values indicate that it failed somehow. ++ * ++ * @param dst Destination frame, to contain the mapping. ++ * @param src Source frame, to be mapped. ++ * @param flags Some combination of AV_HWFRAME_MAP_* flags. ++ * @return Zero on success, negative AVERROR code on failure. ++ */ ++int av_hwframe_map(AVFrame* dst, const AVFrame* src, int flags); ++ ++/** ++ * Create and initialise an AVHWFramesContext as a mapping of another existing ++ * AVHWFramesContext on a different device. ++ * ++ * av_hwframe_ctx_init() should not be called after this. ++ * ++ * @param derived_frame_ctx On success, a reference to the newly created ++ * AVHWFramesContext. ++ * @param derived_device_ctx A reference to the device to create the new ++ * AVHWFramesContext on. ++ * @param source_frame_ctx A reference to an existing AVHWFramesContext ++ * which will be mapped to the derived context. ++ * @param flags Some combination of AV_HWFRAME_MAP_* flags, defining the ++ * mapping parameters to apply to frames which are allocated ++ * in the derived device. ++ * @return Zero on success, negative AVERROR code on failure. ++ */ ++int av_hwframe_ctx_create_derived(AVBufferRef** derived_frame_ctx, ++ enum AVPixelFormat format, ++ AVBufferRef* derived_device_ctx, ++ AVBufferRef* source_frame_ctx, int flags); ++ ++#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_H */ +diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavutil/hwcontext_vaapi.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavutil/hwcontext_vaapi.h +new file mode 100644 +--- /dev/null ++++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavutil/hwcontext_vaapi.h +@@ -0,0 +1,117 @@ ++/* ++ * This file is part of FFmpeg. ++ * ++ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or ++ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public ++ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either ++ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. ++ * ++ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ++ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ++ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ++ * Lesser General Public License for more details. ++ * ++ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public ++ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software ++ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA ++ */ ++ ++#ifndef AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VAAPI_H ++#define AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VAAPI_H ++ ++#include <va/va.h> ++ ++/** ++ * @file ++ * API-specific header for AV_HWDEVICE_TYPE_VAAPI. ++ * ++ * Dynamic frame pools are supported, but note that any pool used as a render ++ * target is required to be of fixed size in order to be be usable as an ++ * argument to vaCreateContext(). ++ * ++ * For user-allocated pools, AVHWFramesContext.pool must return AVBufferRefs ++ * with the data pointer set to a VASurfaceID. ++ */ ++ ++enum { ++ /** ++ * The quirks field has been set by the user and should not be detected ++ * automatically by av_hwdevice_ctx_init(). ++ */ ++ AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_USER_SET = (1 << 0), ++ /** ++ * The driver does not destroy parameter buffers when they are used by ++ * vaRenderPicture(). Additional code will be required to destroy them ++ * separately afterwards. ++ */ ++ AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_RENDER_PARAM_BUFFERS = (1 << 1), ++ ++ /** ++ * The driver does not support the VASurfaceAttribMemoryType attribute, ++ * so the surface allocation code will not try to use it. ++ */ ++ AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_ATTRIB_MEMTYPE = (1 << 2), ++ ++ /** ++ * The driver does not support surface attributes at all. ++ * The surface allocation code will never pass them to surface allocation, ++ * and the results of the vaQuerySurfaceAttributes() call will be faked. ++ */ ++ AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_SURFACE_ATTRIBUTES = (1 << 3), ++}; ++ ++/** ++ * VAAPI connection details. ++ * ++ * Allocated as AVHWDeviceContext.hwctx ++ */ ++typedef struct AVVAAPIDeviceContext { ++ /** ++ * The VADisplay handle, to be filled by the user. ++ */ ++ VADisplay display; ++ /** ++ * Driver quirks to apply - this is filled by av_hwdevice_ctx_init(), ++ * with reference to a table of known drivers, unless the ++ * AV_VAAPI_DRIVER_QUIRK_USER_SET bit is already present. The user ++ * may need to refer to this field when performing any later ++ * operations using VAAPI with the same VADisplay. ++ */ ++ unsigned int driver_quirks; ++} AVVAAPIDeviceContext; ++ ++/** ++ * VAAPI-specific data associated with a frame pool. ++ * ++ * Allocated as AVHWFramesContext.hwctx. ++ */ ++typedef struct AVVAAPIFramesContext { ++ /** ++ * Set by the user to apply surface attributes to all surfaces in ++ * the frame pool. If null, default settings are used. ++ */ ++ VASurfaceAttrib* attributes; ++ int nb_attributes; ++ /** ++ * The surfaces IDs of all surfaces in the pool after creation. ++ * Only valid if AVHWFramesContext.initial_pool_size was positive. ++ * These are intended to be used as the render_targets arguments to ++ * vaCreateContext(). ++ */ ++ VASurfaceID* surface_ids; ++ int nb_surfaces; ++} AVVAAPIFramesContext; ++ ++/** ++ * VAAPI hardware pipeline configuration details. ++ * ++ * Allocated with av_hwdevice_hwconfig_alloc(). ++ */ ++typedef struct AVVAAPIHWConfig { ++ /** ++ * ID of a VAAPI pipeline configuration. ++ */ ++ VAConfigID config_id; ++} AVVAAPIHWConfig; ++ ++#endif /* AVUTIL_HWCONTEXT_VAAPI_H */ +diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavutil/intfloat.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavutil/intfloat.h +new file mode 100644 +--- /dev/null ++++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavutil/intfloat.h +@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ ++/* ++ * Copyright (c) 2011 Mans Rullgard ++ * ++ * This file is part of FFmpeg. ++ * ++ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or ++ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public ++ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either ++ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. ++ * ++ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ++ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ++ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ++ * Lesser General Public License for more details. ++ * ++ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public ++ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software ++ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA ++ */ ++ ++#ifndef AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_H ++#define AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_H ++ ++#include <stdint.h> ++#include "attributes.h" ++ ++union av_intfloat32 { ++ uint32_t i; ++ float f; ++}; ++ ++union av_intfloat64 { ++ uint64_t i; ++ double f; ++}; ++ ++/** ++ * Reinterpret a 32-bit integer as a float. ++ */ ++static av_always_inline float av_int2float(uint32_t i) { ++ union av_intfloat32 v; ++ v.i = i; ++ return v.f; ++} ++ ++/** ++ * Reinterpret a float as a 32-bit integer. ++ */ ++static av_always_inline uint32_t av_float2int(float f) { ++ union av_intfloat32 v; ++ v.f = f; ++ return v.i; ++} ++ ++/** ++ * Reinterpret a 64-bit integer as a double. ++ */ ++static av_always_inline double av_int2double(uint64_t i) { ++ union av_intfloat64 v; ++ v.i = i; ++ return v.f; ++} ++ ++/** ++ * Reinterpret a double as a 64-bit integer. ++ */ ++static av_always_inline uint64_t av_double2int(double f) { ++ union av_intfloat64 v; ++ v.f = f; ++ return v.i; ++} ++ ++#endif /* AVUTIL_INTFLOAT_H */ +diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavutil/log.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavutil/log.h +new file mode 100644 +--- /dev/null ++++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavutil/log.h +@@ -0,0 +1,388 @@ ++/* ++ * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> ++ * ++ * This file is part of FFmpeg. ++ * ++ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or ++ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public ++ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either ++ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. ++ * ++ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ++ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ++ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ++ * Lesser General Public License for more details. ++ * ++ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public ++ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software ++ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA ++ */ ++ ++#ifndef AVUTIL_LOG_H ++#define AVUTIL_LOG_H ++ ++#include <stdarg.h> ++#include "avutil.h" ++#include "attributes.h" ++ ++typedef enum { ++ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_NA = 0, ++ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_INPUT, ++ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_OUTPUT, ++ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_MUXER, ++ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEMUXER, ++ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_ENCODER, ++ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DECODER, ++ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_FILTER, ++ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_BITSTREAM_FILTER, ++ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_SWSCALER, ++ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_SWRESAMPLER, ++ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_OUTPUT = 40, ++ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_INPUT, ++ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_OUTPUT, ++ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_INPUT, ++ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_OUTPUT, ++ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_INPUT, ++ AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_NB ///< not part of ABI/API ++} AVClassCategory; ++ ++#define AV_IS_INPUT_DEVICE(category) \ ++ (((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_INPUT) || \ ++ ((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_INPUT) || \ ++ ((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_INPUT)) ++ ++#define AV_IS_OUTPUT_DEVICE(category) \ ++ (((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_VIDEO_OUTPUT) || \ ++ ((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_AUDIO_OUTPUT) || \ ++ ((category) == AV_CLASS_CATEGORY_DEVICE_OUTPUT)) ++ ++struct AVOptionRanges; ++ ++/** ++ * Describe the class of an AVClass context structure. That is an ++ * arbitrary struct of which the first field is a pointer to an ++ * AVClass struct (e.g. AVCodecContext, AVFormatContext etc.). ++ */ ++typedef struct AVClass { ++ /** ++ * The name of the class; usually it is the same name as the ++ * context structure type to which the AVClass is associated. ++ */ ++ const char* class_name; ++ ++ /** ++ * A pointer to a function which returns the name of a context ++ * instance ctx associated with the class. ++ */ ++ const char* (*item_name)(void* ctx); ++ ++ /** ++ * a pointer to the first option specified in the class if any or NULL ++ * ++ * @see av_set_default_options() ++ */ ++ const struct AVOption* option; ++ ++ /** ++ * LIBAVUTIL_VERSION with which this structure was created. ++ * This is used to allow fields to be added without requiring major ++ * version bumps everywhere. ++ */ ++ ++ int version; ++ ++ /** ++ * Offset in the structure where log_level_offset is stored. ++ * 0 means there is no such variable ++ */ ++ int log_level_offset_offset; ++ ++ /** ++ * Offset in the structure where a pointer to the parent context for ++ * logging is stored. For example a decoder could pass its AVCodecContext ++ * to eval as such a parent context, which an av_log() implementation ++ * could then leverage to display the parent context. ++ * The offset can be NULL. ++ */ ++ int parent_log_context_offset; ++ ++ /** ++ * Category used for visualization (like color) ++ * This is only set if the category is equal for all objects using this class. ++ * available since version (51 << 16 | 56 << 8 | 100) ++ */ ++ AVClassCategory category; ++ ++ /** ++ * Callback to return the category. ++ * available since version (51 << 16 | 59 << 8 | 100) ++ */ ++ AVClassCategory (*get_category)(void* ctx); ++ ++ /** ++ * Callback to return the supported/allowed ranges. ++ * available since version (52.12) ++ */ ++ int (*query_ranges)(struct AVOptionRanges**, void* obj, const char* key, ++ int flags); ++ ++ /** ++ * Return next AVOptions-enabled child or NULL ++ */ ++ void* (*child_next)(void* obj, void* prev); ++ ++ /** ++ * Iterate over the AVClasses corresponding to potential AVOptions-enabled ++ * children. ++ * ++ * @param iter pointer to opaque iteration state. The caller must initialize ++ * *iter to NULL before the first call. ++ * @return AVClass for the next AVOptions-enabled child or NULL if there are ++ * no more such children. ++ * ++ * @note The difference between child_next and this is that child_next ++ * iterates over _already existing_ objects, while child_class_iterate ++ * iterates over _all possible_ children. ++ */ ++ const struct AVClass* (*child_class_iterate)(void** iter); ++} AVClass; ++ ++/** ++ * @addtogroup lavu_log ++ * ++ * @{ ++ * ++ * @defgroup lavu_log_constants Logging Constants ++ * ++ * @{ ++ */ ++ ++/** ++ * Print no output. ++ */ ++#define AV_LOG_QUIET -8 ++ ++/** ++ * Something went really wrong and we will crash now. ++ */ ++#define AV_LOG_PANIC 0 ++ ++/** ++ * Something went wrong and recovery is not possible. ++ * For example, no header was found for a format which depends ++ * on headers or an illegal combination of parameters is used. ++ */ ++#define AV_LOG_FATAL 8 ++ ++/** ++ * Something went wrong and cannot losslessly be recovered. ++ * However, not all future data is affected. ++ */ ++#define AV_LOG_ERROR 16 ++ ++/** ++ * Something somehow does not look correct. This may or may not ++ * lead to problems. An example would be the use of '-vstrict -2'. ++ */ ++#define AV_LOG_WARNING 24 ++ ++/** ++ * Standard information. ++ */ ++#define AV_LOG_INFO 32 ++ ++/** ++ * Detailed information. ++ */ ++#define AV_LOG_VERBOSE 40 ++ ++/** ++ * Stuff which is only useful for libav* developers. ++ */ ++#define AV_LOG_DEBUG 48 ++ ++/** ++ * Extremely verbose debugging, useful for libav* development. ++ */ ++#define AV_LOG_TRACE 56 ++ ++#define AV_LOG_MAX_OFFSET (AV_LOG_TRACE - AV_LOG_QUIET) ++ ++/** ++ * @} ++ */ ++ ++/** ++ * Sets additional colors for extended debugging sessions. ++ * @code ++ av_log(ctx, AV_LOG_DEBUG|AV_LOG_C(134), "Message in purple\n"); ++ @endcode ++ * Requires 256color terminal support. Uses outside debugging is not ++ * recommended. ++ */ ++#define AV_LOG_C(x) ((x) << 8) ++ ++/** ++ * Send the specified message to the log if the level is less than or equal ++ * to the current av_log_level. By default, all logging messages are sent to ++ * stderr. This behavior can be altered by setting a different logging callback ++ * function. ++ * @see av_log_set_callback ++ * ++ * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a ++ * pointer to an AVClass struct or NULL if general log. ++ * @param level The importance level of the message expressed using a @ref ++ * lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant". ++ * @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how ++ * subsequent arguments are converted to output. ++ */ ++void av_log(void* avcl, int level, const char* fmt, ...) av_printf_format(3, 4); ++ ++/** ++ * Send the specified message to the log once with the initial_level and then ++ * with the subsequent_level. By default, all logging messages are sent to ++ * stderr. This behavior can be altered by setting a different logging callback ++ * function. ++ * @see av_log ++ * ++ * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a ++ * pointer to an AVClass struct or NULL if general log. ++ * @param initial_level importance level of the message expressed using a @ref ++ * lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant" for the first occurance. ++ * @param subsequent_level importance level of the message expressed using a ++ * @ref lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant" after the first occurance. ++ * @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how ++ * subsequent arguments are converted to output. ++ * @param state a variable to keep trak of if a message has already been printed ++ * this must be initialized to 0 before the first use. The same state ++ * must not be accessed by 2 Threads simultaneously. ++ */ ++void av_log_once(void* avcl, int initial_level, int subsequent_level, ++ int* state, const char* fmt, ...) av_printf_format(5, 6); ++ ++/** ++ * Send the specified message to the log if the level is less than or equal ++ * to the current av_log_level. By default, all logging messages are sent to ++ * stderr. This behavior can be altered by setting a different logging callback ++ * function. ++ * @see av_log_set_callback ++ * ++ * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a ++ * pointer to an AVClass struct. ++ * @param level The importance level of the message expressed using a @ref ++ * lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant". ++ * @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how ++ * subsequent arguments are converted to output. ++ * @param vl The arguments referenced by the format string. ++ */ ++void av_vlog(void* avcl, int level, const char* fmt, va_list vl); ++ ++/** ++ * Get the current log level ++ * ++ * @see lavu_log_constants ++ * ++ * @return Current log level ++ */ ++int av_log_get_level(void); ++ ++/** ++ * Set the log level ++ * ++ * @see lavu_log_constants ++ * ++ * @param level Logging level ++ */ ++void av_log_set_level(int level); ++ ++/** ++ * Set the logging callback ++ * ++ * @note The callback must be thread safe, even if the application does not use ++ * threads itself as some codecs are multithreaded. ++ * ++ * @see av_log_default_callback ++ * ++ * @param callback A logging function with a compatible signature. ++ */ ++void av_log_set_callback(void (*callback)(void*, int, const char*, va_list)); ++ ++/** ++ * Default logging callback ++ * ++ * It prints the message to stderr, optionally colorizing it. ++ * ++ * @param avcl A pointer to an arbitrary struct of which the first field is a ++ * pointer to an AVClass struct. ++ * @param level The importance level of the message expressed using a @ref ++ * lavu_log_constants "Logging Constant". ++ * @param fmt The format string (printf-compatible) that specifies how ++ * subsequent arguments are converted to output. ++ * @param vl The arguments referenced by the format string. ++ */ ++void av_log_default_callback(void* avcl, int level, const char* fmt, ++ va_list vl); ++ ++/** ++ * Return the context name ++ * ++ * @param ctx The AVClass context ++ * ++ * @return The AVClass class_name ++ */ ++const char* av_default_item_name(void* ctx); ++AVClassCategory av_default_get_category(void* ptr); ++ ++/** ++ * Format a line of log the same way as the default callback. ++ * @param line buffer to receive the formatted line ++ * @param line_size size of the buffer ++ * @param print_prefix used to store whether the prefix must be printed; ++ * must point to a persistent integer initially set to 1 ++ */ ++void av_log_format_line(void* ptr, int level, const char* fmt, va_list vl, ++ char* line, int line_size, int* print_prefix); ++ ++/** ++ * Format a line of log the same way as the default callback. ++ * @param line buffer to receive the formatted line; ++ * may be NULL if line_size is 0 ++ * @param line_size size of the buffer; at most line_size-1 characters will ++ * be written to the buffer, plus one null terminator ++ * @param print_prefix used to store whether the prefix must be printed; ++ * must point to a persistent integer initially set to 1 ++ * @return Returns a negative value if an error occurred, otherwise returns ++ * the number of characters that would have been written for a ++ * sufficiently large buffer, not including the terminating null ++ * character. If the return value is not less than line_size, it means ++ * that the log message was truncated to fit the buffer. ++ */ ++int av_log_format_line2(void* ptr, int level, const char* fmt, va_list vl, ++ char* line, int line_size, int* print_prefix); ++ ++/** ++ * Skip repeated messages, this requires the user app to use av_log() instead of ++ * (f)printf as the 2 would otherwise interfere and lead to ++ * "Last message repeated x times" messages below (f)printf messages with some ++ * bad luck. ++ * Also to receive the last, "last repeated" line if any, the user app must ++ * call av_log(NULL, AV_LOG_QUIET, "%s", ""); at the end ++ */ ++#define AV_LOG_SKIP_REPEATED 1 ++ ++/** ++ * Include the log severity in messages originating from codecs. ++ * ++ * Results in messages such as: ++ * [rawvideo @ 0xDEADBEEF] [error] encode did not produce valid pts ++ */ ++#define AV_LOG_PRINT_LEVEL 2 ++ ++void av_log_set_flags(int arg); ++int av_log_get_flags(void); ++ ++/** ++ * @} ++ */ ++ ++#endif /* AVUTIL_LOG_H */ +diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavutil/macros.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavutil/macros.h +new file mode 100644 +--- /dev/null ++++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavutil/macros.h +@@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ ++/* ++ * This file is part of FFmpeg. ++ * ++ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or ++ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public ++ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either ++ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. ++ * ++ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ++ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ++ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ++ * Lesser General Public License for more details. ++ * ++ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public ++ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software ++ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA ++ */ ++ ++/** ++ * @file ++ * @ingroup lavu ++ * Utility Preprocessor macros ++ */ ++ ++#ifndef AVUTIL_MACROS_H ++#define AVUTIL_MACROS_H ++ ++#include "libavutil/avconfig.h" ++ ++#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN ++# define AV_NE(be, le) (be) ++#else ++# define AV_NE(be, le) (le) ++#endif ++ ++/** ++ * Comparator. ++ * For two numerical expressions x and y, gives 1 if x > y, -1 if x < y, and 0 ++ * if x == y. This is useful for instance in a qsort comparator callback. ++ * Furthermore, compilers are able to optimize this to branchless code, and ++ * there is no risk of overflow with signed types. ++ * As with many macros, this evaluates its argument multiple times, it thus ++ * must not have a side-effect. ++ */ ++#define FFDIFFSIGN(x, y) (((x) > (y)) - ((x) < (y))) ++ ++#define FFMAX(a, b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b)) ++#define FFMAX3(a, b, c) FFMAX(FFMAX(a, b), c) ++#define FFMIN(a, b) ((a) > (b) ? (b) : (a)) ++#define FFMIN3(a, b, c) FFMIN(FFMIN(a, b), c) ++ ++#define FFSWAP(type, a, b) \ ++ do { \ ++ type SWAP_tmp = b; \ ++ b = a; \ ++ a = SWAP_tmp; \ ++ } while (0) ++#define FF_ARRAY_ELEMS(a) (sizeof(a) / sizeof((a)[0])) ++ ++#define MKTAG(a, b, c, d) \ ++ ((a) | ((b) << 8) | ((c) << 16) | ((unsigned)(d) << 24)) ++#define MKBETAG(a, b, c, d) \ ++ ((d) | ((c) << 8) | ((b) << 16) | ((unsigned)(a) << 24)) ++ ++/** ++ * @addtogroup preproc_misc Preprocessor String Macros ++ * ++ * String manipulation macros ++ * ++ * @{ ++ */ ++ ++#define AV_STRINGIFY(s) AV_TOSTRING(s) ++#define AV_TOSTRING(s) #s ++ ++#define AV_GLUE(a, b) a##b ++#define AV_JOIN(a, b) AV_GLUE(a, b) ++ ++/** ++ * @} ++ */ ++ ++#define AV_PRAGMA(s) _Pragma(#s) ++ ++#define FFALIGN(x, a) (((x) + (a)-1) & ~((a)-1)) ++ ++#endif /* AVUTIL_MACROS_H */ +diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavutil/mathematics.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavutil/mathematics.h +new file mode 100644 +--- /dev/null ++++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavutil/mathematics.h +@@ -0,0 +1,247 @@ ++/* ++ * copyright (c) 2005-2012 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> ++ * ++ * This file is part of FFmpeg. ++ * ++ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or ++ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public ++ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either ++ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. ++ * ++ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ++ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ++ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ++ * Lesser General Public License for more details. ++ * ++ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public ++ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software ++ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA ++ */ ++ ++/** ++ * @file ++ * @addtogroup lavu_math ++ * Mathematical utilities for working with timestamp and time base. ++ */ ++ ++#ifndef AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H ++#define AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H ++ ++#include <stdint.h> ++#include <math.h> ++#include "attributes.h" ++#include "rational.h" ++#include "intfloat.h" ++ ++#ifndef M_E ++# define M_E 2.7182818284590452354 /* e */ ++#endif ++#ifndef M_LN2 ++# define M_LN2 0.69314718055994530942 /* log_e 2 */ ++#endif ++#ifndef M_LN10 ++# define M_LN10 2.30258509299404568402 /* log_e 10 */ ++#endif ++#ifndef M_LOG2_10 ++# define M_LOG2_10 3.32192809488736234787 /* log_2 10 */ ++#endif ++#ifndef M_PHI ++# define M_PHI 1.61803398874989484820 /* phi / golden ratio */ ++#endif ++#ifndef M_PI ++# define M_PI 3.14159265358979323846 /* pi */ ++#endif ++#ifndef M_PI_2 ++# define M_PI_2 1.57079632679489661923 /* pi/2 */ ++#endif ++#ifndef M_SQRT1_2 ++# define M_SQRT1_2 0.70710678118654752440 /* 1/sqrt(2) */ ++#endif ++#ifndef M_SQRT2 ++# define M_SQRT2 1.41421356237309504880 /* sqrt(2) */ ++#endif ++#ifndef NAN ++# define NAN av_int2float(0x7fc00000) ++#endif ++#ifndef INFINITY ++# define INFINITY av_int2float(0x7f800000) ++#endif ++ ++/** ++ * @addtogroup lavu_math ++ * ++ * @{ ++ */ ++ ++/** ++ * Rounding methods. ++ */ ++enum AVRounding { ++ AV_ROUND_ZERO = 0, ///< Round toward zero. ++ AV_ROUND_INF = 1, ///< Round away from zero. ++ AV_ROUND_DOWN = 2, ///< Round toward -infinity. ++ AV_ROUND_UP = 3, ///< Round toward +infinity. ++ AV_ROUND_NEAR_INF = ++ 5, ///< Round to nearest and halfway cases away from zero. ++ /** ++ * Flag telling rescaling functions to pass `INT64_MIN`/`MAX` through ++ * unchanged, avoiding special cases for #AV_NOPTS_VALUE. ++ * ++ * Unlike other values of the enumeration AVRounding, this value is a ++ * bitmask that must be used in conjunction with another value of the ++ * enumeration through a bitwise OR, in order to set behavior for normal ++ * cases. ++ * ++ * @code{.c} ++ * av_rescale_rnd(3, 1, 2, AV_ROUND_UP | AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX); ++ * // Rescaling 3: ++ * // Calculating 3 * 1 / 2 ++ * // 3 / 2 is rounded up to 2 ++ * // => 2 ++ * ++ * av_rescale_rnd(AV_NOPTS_VALUE, 1, 2, AV_ROUND_UP | AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX); ++ * // Rescaling AV_NOPTS_VALUE: ++ * // AV_NOPTS_VALUE == INT64_MIN ++ * // AV_NOPTS_VALUE is passed through ++ * // => AV_NOPTS_VALUE ++ * @endcode ++ */ ++ AV_ROUND_PASS_MINMAX = 8192, ++}; ++ ++/** ++ * Compute the greatest common divisor of two integer operands. ++ * ++ * @param a,b Operands ++ * @return GCD of a and b up to sign; if a >= 0 and b >= 0, return value is >= ++ * 0; if a == 0 and b == 0, returns 0. ++ */ ++int64_t av_const av_gcd(int64_t a, int64_t b); ++ ++/** ++ * Rescale a 64-bit integer with rounding to nearest. ++ * ++ * The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * b / c`, but writing that ++ * directly can overflow. ++ * ++ * This function is equivalent to av_rescale_rnd() with #AV_ROUND_NEAR_INF. ++ * ++ * @see av_rescale_rnd(), av_rescale_q(), av_rescale_q_rnd() ++ */ ++int64_t av_rescale(int64_t a, int64_t b, int64_t c) av_const; ++ ++/** ++ * Rescale a 64-bit integer with specified rounding. ++ * ++ * The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * b / c`, but writing that ++ * directly can overflow, and does not support different rounding methods. ++ * If the result is not representable then INT64_MIN is returned. ++ * ++ * @see av_rescale(), av_rescale_q(), av_rescale_q_rnd() ++ */ ++int64_t av_rescale_rnd(int64_t a, int64_t b, int64_t c, ++ enum AVRounding rnd) av_const; ++ ++/** ++ * Rescale a 64-bit integer by 2 rational numbers. ++ * ++ * The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * bq / cq`. ++ * ++ * This function is equivalent to av_rescale_q_rnd() with #AV_ROUND_NEAR_INF. ++ * ++ * @see av_rescale(), av_rescale_rnd(), av_rescale_q_rnd() ++ */ ++int64_t av_rescale_q(int64_t a, AVRational bq, AVRational cq) av_const; ++ ++/** ++ * Rescale a 64-bit integer by 2 rational numbers with specified rounding. ++ * ++ * The operation is mathematically equivalent to `a * bq / cq`. ++ * ++ * @see av_rescale(), av_rescale_rnd(), av_rescale_q() ++ */ ++int64_t av_rescale_q_rnd(int64_t a, AVRational bq, AVRational cq, ++ enum AVRounding rnd) av_const; ++ ++/** ++ * Compare two timestamps each in its own time base. ++ * ++ * @return One of the following values: ++ * - -1 if `ts_a` is before `ts_b` ++ * - 1 if `ts_a` is after `ts_b` ++ * - 0 if they represent the same position ++ * ++ * @warning ++ * The result of the function is undefined if one of the timestamps is outside ++ * the `int64_t` range when represented in the other's timebase. ++ */ ++int av_compare_ts(int64_t ts_a, AVRational tb_a, int64_t ts_b, AVRational tb_b); ++ ++/** ++ * Compare the remainders of two integer operands divided by a common divisor. ++ * ++ * In other words, compare the least significant `log2(mod)` bits of integers ++ * `a` and `b`. ++ * ++ * @code{.c} ++ * av_compare_mod(0x11, 0x02, 0x10) < 0 // since 0x11 % 0x10 (0x1) < 0x02 % ++ * 0x10 (0x2) av_compare_mod(0x11, 0x02, 0x20) > 0 // since 0x11 % 0x20 (0x11) ++ * > 0x02 % 0x20 (0x02) ++ * @endcode ++ * ++ * @param a,b Operands ++ * @param mod Divisor; must be a power of 2 ++ * @return ++ * - a negative value if `a % mod < b % mod` ++ * - a positive value if `a % mod > b % mod` ++ * - zero if `a % mod == b % mod` ++ */ ++int64_t av_compare_mod(uint64_t a, uint64_t b, uint64_t mod); ++ ++/** ++ * Rescale a timestamp while preserving known durations. ++ * ++ * This function is designed to be called per audio packet to scale the input ++ * timestamp to a different time base. Compared to a simple av_rescale_q() ++ * call, this function is robust against possible inconsistent frame durations. ++ * ++ * The `last` parameter is a state variable that must be preserved for all ++ * subsequent calls for the same stream. For the first call, `*last` should be ++ * initialized to #AV_NOPTS_VALUE. ++ * ++ * @param[in] in_tb Input time base ++ * @param[in] in_ts Input timestamp ++ * @param[in] fs_tb Duration time base; typically this is finer-grained ++ * (greater) than `in_tb` and `out_tb` ++ * @param[in] duration Duration till the next call to this function (i.e. ++ * duration of the current packet/frame) ++ * @param[in,out] last Pointer to a timestamp expressed in terms of ++ * `fs_tb`, acting as a state variable ++ * @param[in] out_tb Output timebase ++ * @return Timestamp expressed in terms of `out_tb` ++ * ++ * @note In the context of this function, "duration" is in term of samples, not ++ * seconds. ++ */ ++int64_t av_rescale_delta(AVRational in_tb, int64_t in_ts, AVRational fs_tb, ++ int duration, int64_t* last, AVRational out_tb); ++ ++/** ++ * Add a value to a timestamp. ++ * ++ * This function guarantees that when the same value is repeatly added that ++ * no accumulation of rounding errors occurs. ++ * ++ * @param[in] ts Input timestamp ++ * @param[in] ts_tb Input timestamp time base ++ * @param[in] inc Value to be added ++ * @param[in] inc_tb Time base of `inc` ++ */ ++int64_t av_add_stable(AVRational ts_tb, int64_t ts, AVRational inc_tb, ++ int64_t inc); ++ ++/** ++ * @} ++ */ ++ ++#endif /* AVUTIL_MATHEMATICS_H */ +diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavutil/mem.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavutil/mem.h +new file mode 100644 +--- /dev/null ++++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavutil/mem.h +@@ -0,0 +1,708 @@ ++/* ++ * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> ++ * ++ * This file is part of FFmpeg. ++ * ++ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or ++ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public ++ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either ++ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. ++ * ++ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ++ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ++ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ++ * Lesser General Public License for more details. ++ * ++ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public ++ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software ++ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA ++ */ ++ ++/** ++ * @file ++ * @ingroup lavu_mem ++ * Memory handling functions ++ */ ++ ++#ifndef AVUTIL_MEM_H ++#define AVUTIL_MEM_H ++ ++#include <limits.h> ++#include <stdint.h> ++ ++#include "attributes.h" ++#include "avutil.h" ++#include "version.h" ++ ++/** ++ * @addtogroup lavu_mem ++ * Utilities for manipulating memory. ++ * ++ * FFmpeg has several applications of memory that are not required of a typical ++ * program. For example, the computing-heavy components like video decoding and ++ * encoding can be sped up significantly through the use of aligned memory. ++ * ++ * However, for each of FFmpeg's applications of memory, there might not be a ++ * recognized or standardized API for that specific use. Memory alignment, for ++ * instance, varies wildly depending on operating systems, architectures, and ++ * compilers. Hence, this component of @ref libavutil is created to make ++ * dealing with memory consistently possible on all platforms. ++ * ++ * @{ ++ */ ++ ++#if FF_API_DECLARE_ALIGNED ++/** ++ * ++ * @defgroup lavu_mem_macros Alignment Macros ++ * Helper macros for declaring aligned variables. ++ * @{ ++ */ ++ ++/** ++ * @def DECLARE_ALIGNED(n,t,v) ++ * Declare a variable that is aligned in memory. ++ * ++ * @code{.c} ++ * DECLARE_ALIGNED(16, uint16_t, aligned_int) = 42; ++ * DECLARE_ALIGNED(32, uint8_t, aligned_array)[128]; ++ * ++ * // The default-alignment equivalent would be ++ * uint16_t aligned_int = 42; ++ * uint8_t aligned_array[128]; ++ * @endcode ++ * ++ * @param n Minimum alignment in bytes ++ * @param t Type of the variable (or array element) ++ * @param v Name of the variable ++ */ ++ ++/** ++ * @def DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n,t,v) ++ * Declare an aligned variable appropriate for use in inline assembly code. ++ * ++ * @code{.c} ++ * DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(16, uint64_t, pw_08) = UINT64_C(0x0008000800080008); ++ * @endcode ++ * ++ * @param n Minimum alignment in bytes ++ * @param t Type of the variable (or array element) ++ * @param v Name of the variable ++ */ ++ ++/** ++ * @def DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n,t,v) ++ * Declare a static constant aligned variable appropriate for use in inline ++ * assembly code. ++ * ++ * @code{.c} ++ * DECLARE_ASM_CONST(16, uint64_t, pw_08) = UINT64_C(0x0008000800080008); ++ * @endcode ++ * ++ * @param n Minimum alignment in bytes ++ * @param t Type of the variable (or array element) ++ * @param v Name of the variable ++ */ ++ ++# if defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) && __INTEL_COMPILER < 1110 || \ ++ defined(__SUNPRO_C) ++# define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n, t, v) t __attribute__((aligned(n))) v ++# define DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n, t, v) t __attribute__((aligned(n))) v ++# define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n, t, v) const t __attribute__((aligned(n))) v ++# elif defined(__DJGPP__) ++# define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n, t, v) t __attribute__((aligned(FFMIN(n, 16)))) v ++# define DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n, t, v) \ ++ t av_used __attribute__((aligned(FFMIN(n, 16)))) v ++# define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n, t, v) \ ++ static const t av_used __attribute__((aligned(FFMIN(n, 16)))) v ++# elif defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__) ++# define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n, t, v) t __attribute__((aligned(n))) v ++# define DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n, t, v) t av_used __attribute__((aligned(n))) v ++# define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n, t, v) \ ++ static const t av_used __attribute__((aligned(n))) v ++# elif defined(_MSC_VER) ++# define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n, t, v) __declspec(align(n)) t v ++# define DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n, t, v) __declspec(align(n)) t v ++# define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n, t, v) __declspec(align(n)) static const t v ++# else ++# define DECLARE_ALIGNED(n, t, v) t v ++# define DECLARE_ASM_ALIGNED(n, t, v) t v ++# define DECLARE_ASM_CONST(n, t, v) static const t v ++# endif ++ ++/** ++ * @} ++ */ ++#endif ++ ++/** ++ * @defgroup lavu_mem_attrs Function Attributes ++ * Function attributes applicable to memory handling functions. ++ * ++ * These function attributes can help compilers emit more useful warnings, or ++ * generate better code. ++ * @{ ++ */ ++ ++/** ++ * @def av_malloc_attrib ++ * Function attribute denoting a malloc-like function. ++ * ++ * @see <a ++ * href="https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Common-Function-Attributes.html#index-g_t_0040code_007bmalloc_007d-function-attribute-3251">Function ++ * attribute `malloc` in GCC's documentation</a> ++ */ ++ ++#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(3, 1) ++# define av_malloc_attrib __attribute__((__malloc__)) ++#else ++# define av_malloc_attrib ++#endif ++ ++/** ++ * @def av_alloc_size(...) ++ * Function attribute used on a function that allocates memory, whose size is ++ * given by the specified parameter(s). ++ * ++ * @code{.c} ++ * void *av_malloc(size_t size) av_alloc_size(1); ++ * void *av_calloc(size_t nmemb, size_t size) av_alloc_size(1, 2); ++ * @endcode ++ * ++ * @param ... One or two parameter indexes, separated by a comma ++ * ++ * @see <a ++ * href="https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Common-Function-Attributes.html#index-g_t_0040code_007balloc_005fsize_007d-function-attribute-3220">Function ++ * attribute `alloc_size` in GCC's documentation</a> ++ */ ++ ++#if AV_GCC_VERSION_AT_LEAST(4, 3) ++# define av_alloc_size(...) __attribute__((alloc_size(__VA_ARGS__))) ++#else ++# define av_alloc_size(...) ++#endif ++ ++/** ++ * @} ++ */ ++ ++/** ++ * @defgroup lavu_mem_funcs Heap Management ++ * Functions responsible for allocating, freeing, and copying memory. ++ * ++ * All memory allocation functions have a built-in upper limit of `INT_MAX` ++ * bytes. This may be changed with av_max_alloc(), although exercise extreme ++ * caution when doing so. ++ * ++ * @{ ++ */ ++ ++/** ++ * Allocate a memory block with alignment suitable for all memory accesses ++ * (including vectors if available on the CPU). ++ * ++ * @param size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated ++ * @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if the block cannot ++ * be allocated ++ * @see av_mallocz() ++ */ ++void* av_malloc(size_t size) av_malloc_attrib av_alloc_size(1); ++ ++/** ++ * Allocate a memory block with alignment suitable for all memory accesses ++ * (including vectors if available on the CPU) and zero all the bytes of the ++ * block. ++ * ++ * @param size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated ++ * @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if it cannot be allocated ++ * @see av_malloc() ++ */ ++void* av_mallocz(size_t size) av_malloc_attrib av_alloc_size(1); ++ ++/** ++ * Allocate a memory block for an array with av_malloc(). ++ * ++ * The allocated memory will have size `size * nmemb` bytes. ++ * ++ * @param nmemb Number of element ++ * @param size Size of a single element ++ * @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if the block cannot ++ * be allocated ++ * @see av_malloc() ++ */ ++av_alloc_size(1, 2) void* av_malloc_array(size_t nmemb, size_t size); ++ ++/** ++ * Allocate a memory block for an array with av_mallocz(). ++ * ++ * The allocated memory will have size `size * nmemb` bytes. ++ * ++ * @param nmemb Number of elements ++ * @param size Size of the single element ++ * @return Pointer to the allocated block, or `NULL` if the block cannot ++ * be allocated ++ * ++ * @see av_mallocz() ++ * @see av_malloc_array() ++ */ ++void* av_calloc(size_t nmemb, size_t size) av_malloc_attrib av_alloc_size(1, 2); ++ ++#if FF_API_AV_MALLOCZ_ARRAY ++/** ++ * @deprecated use av_calloc() ++ */ ++attribute_deprecated void* av_mallocz_array(size_t nmemb, ++ size_t size) av_malloc_attrib ++ av_alloc_size(1, 2); ++#endif ++ ++/** ++ * Allocate, reallocate, or free a block of memory. ++ * ++ * If `ptr` is `NULL` and `size` > 0, allocate a new block. If `size` is ++ * zero, free the memory block pointed to by `ptr`. Otherwise, expand or ++ * shrink that block of memory according to `size`. ++ * ++ * @param ptr Pointer to a memory block already allocated with ++ * av_realloc() or `NULL` ++ * @param size Size in bytes of the memory block to be allocated or ++ * reallocated ++ * ++ * @return Pointer to a newly-reallocated block or `NULL` if the block ++ * cannot be reallocated or the function is used to free the memory ++ * block ++ * ++ * @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the returned pointer is not guaranteed to be ++ * correctly aligned. ++ * @see av_fast_realloc() ++ * @see av_reallocp() ++ */ ++void* av_realloc(void* ptr, size_t size) av_alloc_size(2); ++ ++/** ++ * Allocate, reallocate, or free a block of memory through a pointer to a ++ * pointer. ++ * ++ * If `*ptr` is `NULL` and `size` > 0, allocate a new block. If `size` is ++ * zero, free the memory block pointed to by `*ptr`. Otherwise, expand or ++ * shrink that block of memory according to `size`. ++ * ++ * @param[in,out] ptr Pointer to a pointer to a memory block already allocated ++ * with av_realloc(), or a pointer to `NULL`. The pointer ++ * is updated on success, or freed on failure. ++ * @param[in] size Size in bytes for the memory block to be allocated or ++ * reallocated ++ * ++ * @return Zero on success, an AVERROR error code on failure ++ * ++ * @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the allocated memory is not guaranteed to be ++ * correctly aligned. ++ */ ++av_warn_unused_result int av_reallocp(void* ptr, size_t size); ++ ++/** ++ * Allocate, reallocate, or free a block of memory. ++ * ++ * This function does the same thing as av_realloc(), except: ++ * - It takes two size arguments and allocates `nelem * elsize` bytes, ++ * after checking the result of the multiplication for integer overflow. ++ * - It frees the input block in case of failure, thus avoiding the memory ++ * leak with the classic ++ * @code{.c} ++ * buf = realloc(buf); ++ * if (!buf) ++ * return -1; ++ * @endcode ++ * pattern. ++ */ ++void* av_realloc_f(void* ptr, size_t nelem, size_t elsize); ++ ++/** ++ * Allocate, reallocate, or free an array. ++ * ++ * If `ptr` is `NULL` and `nmemb` > 0, allocate a new block. If ++ * `nmemb` is zero, free the memory block pointed to by `ptr`. ++ * ++ * @param ptr Pointer to a memory block already allocated with ++ * av_realloc() or `NULL` ++ * @param nmemb Number of elements in the array ++ * @param size Size of the single element of the array ++ * ++ * @return Pointer to a newly-reallocated block or NULL if the block ++ * cannot be reallocated or the function is used to free the memory ++ * block ++ * ++ * @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the allocated memory is not guaranteed to be ++ * correctly aligned. ++ * @see av_reallocp_array() ++ */ ++av_alloc_size(2, 3) void* av_realloc_array(void* ptr, size_t nmemb, ++ size_t size); ++ ++/** ++ * Allocate, reallocate, or free an array through a pointer to a pointer. ++ * ++ * If `*ptr` is `NULL` and `nmemb` > 0, allocate a new block. If `nmemb` is ++ * zero, free the memory block pointed to by `*ptr`. ++ * ++ * @param[in,out] ptr Pointer to a pointer to a memory block already ++ * allocated with av_realloc(), or a pointer to `NULL`. ++ * The pointer is updated on success, or freed on failure. ++ * @param[in] nmemb Number of elements ++ * @param[in] size Size of the single element ++ * ++ * @return Zero on success, an AVERROR error code on failure ++ * ++ * @warning Unlike av_malloc(), the allocated memory is not guaranteed to be ++ * correctly aligned. ++ */ ++int av_reallocp_array(void* ptr, size_t nmemb, size_t size); ++ ++/** ++ * Reallocate the given buffer if it is not large enough, otherwise do nothing. ++ * ++ * If the given buffer is `NULL`, then a new uninitialized buffer is allocated. ++ * ++ * If the given buffer is not large enough, and reallocation fails, `NULL` is ++ * returned and `*size` is set to 0, but the original buffer is not changed or ++ * freed. ++ * ++ * A typical use pattern follows: ++ * ++ * @code{.c} ++ * uint8_t *buf = ...; ++ * uint8_t *new_buf = av_fast_realloc(buf, ¤t_size, size_needed); ++ * if (!new_buf) { ++ * // Allocation failed; clean up original buffer ++ * av_freep(&buf); ++ * return AVERROR(ENOMEM); ++ * } ++ * @endcode ++ * ++ * @param[in,out] ptr Already allocated buffer, or `NULL` ++ * @param[in,out] size Pointer to the size of buffer `ptr`. `*size` is ++ * updated to the new allocated size, in particular 0 ++ * in case of failure. ++ * @param[in] min_size Desired minimal size of buffer `ptr` ++ * @return `ptr` if the buffer is large enough, a pointer to newly reallocated ++ * buffer if the buffer was not large enough, or `NULL` in case of ++ * error ++ * @see av_realloc() ++ * @see av_fast_malloc() ++ */ ++void* av_fast_realloc(void* ptr, unsigned int* size, size_t min_size); ++ ++/** ++ * Allocate a buffer, reusing the given one if large enough. ++ * ++ * Contrary to av_fast_realloc(), the current buffer contents might not be ++ * preserved and on error the old buffer is freed, thus no special handling to ++ * avoid memleaks is necessary. ++ * ++ * `*ptr` is allowed to be `NULL`, in which case allocation always happens if ++ * `size_needed` is greater than 0. ++ * ++ * @code{.c} ++ * uint8_t *buf = ...; ++ * av_fast_malloc(&buf, ¤t_size, size_needed); ++ * if (!buf) { ++ * // Allocation failed; buf already freed ++ * return AVERROR(ENOMEM); ++ * } ++ * @endcode ++ * ++ * @param[in,out] ptr Pointer to pointer to an already allocated buffer. ++ * `*ptr` will be overwritten with pointer to new ++ * buffer on success or `NULL` on failure ++ * @param[in,out] size Pointer to the size of buffer `*ptr`. `*size` is ++ * updated to the new allocated size, in particular 0 ++ * in case of failure. ++ * @param[in] min_size Desired minimal size of buffer `*ptr` ++ * @see av_realloc() ++ * @see av_fast_mallocz() ++ */ ++void av_fast_malloc(void* ptr, unsigned int* size, size_t min_size); ++ ++/** ++ * Allocate and clear a buffer, reusing the given one if large enough. ++ * ++ * Like av_fast_malloc(), but all newly allocated space is initially cleared. ++ * Reused buffer is not cleared. ++ * ++ * `*ptr` is allowed to be `NULL`, in which case allocation always happens if ++ * `size_needed` is greater than 0. ++ * ++ * @param[in,out] ptr Pointer to pointer to an already allocated buffer. ++ * `*ptr` will be overwritten with pointer to new ++ * buffer on success or `NULL` on failure ++ * @param[in,out] size Pointer to the size of buffer `*ptr`. `*size` is ++ * updated to the new allocated size, in particular 0 ++ * in case of failure. ++ * @param[in] min_size Desired minimal size of buffer `*ptr` ++ * @see av_fast_malloc() ++ */ ++void av_fast_mallocz(void* ptr, unsigned int* size, size_t min_size); ++ ++/** ++ * Free a memory block which has been allocated with a function of av_malloc() ++ * or av_realloc() family. ++ * ++ * @param ptr Pointer to the memory block which should be freed. ++ * ++ * @note `ptr = NULL` is explicitly allowed. ++ * @note It is recommended that you use av_freep() instead, to prevent leaving ++ * behind dangling pointers. ++ * @see av_freep() ++ */ ++void av_free(void* ptr); ++ ++/** ++ * Free a memory block which has been allocated with a function of av_malloc() ++ * or av_realloc() family, and set the pointer pointing to it to `NULL`. ++ * ++ * @code{.c} ++ * uint8_t *buf = av_malloc(16); ++ * av_free(buf); ++ * // buf now contains a dangling pointer to freed memory, and accidental ++ * // dereference of buf will result in a use-after-free, which may be a ++ * // security risk. ++ * ++ * uint8_t *buf = av_malloc(16); ++ * av_freep(&buf); ++ * // buf is now NULL, and accidental dereference will only result in a ++ * // NULL-pointer dereference. ++ * @endcode ++ * ++ * @param ptr Pointer to the pointer to the memory block which should be freed ++ * @note `*ptr = NULL` is safe and leads to no action. ++ * @see av_free() ++ */ ++void av_freep(void* ptr); ++ ++/** ++ * Duplicate a string. ++ * ++ * @param s String to be duplicated ++ * @return Pointer to a newly-allocated string containing a ++ * copy of `s` or `NULL` if the string cannot be allocated ++ * @see av_strndup() ++ */ ++char* av_strdup(const char* s) av_malloc_attrib; ++ ++/** ++ * Duplicate a substring of a string. ++ * ++ * @param s String to be duplicated ++ * @param len Maximum length of the resulting string (not counting the ++ * terminating byte) ++ * @return Pointer to a newly-allocated string containing a ++ * substring of `s` or `NULL` if the string cannot be allocated ++ */ ++char* av_strndup(const char* s, size_t len) av_malloc_attrib; ++ ++/** ++ * Duplicate a buffer with av_malloc(). ++ * ++ * @param p Buffer to be duplicated ++ * @param size Size in bytes of the buffer copied ++ * @return Pointer to a newly allocated buffer containing a ++ * copy of `p` or `NULL` if the buffer cannot be allocated ++ */ ++void* av_memdup(const void* p, size_t size); ++ ++/** ++ * Overlapping memcpy() implementation. ++ * ++ * @param dst Destination buffer ++ * @param back Number of bytes back to start copying (i.e. the initial size of ++ * the overlapping window); must be > 0 ++ * @param cnt Number of bytes to copy; must be >= 0 ++ * ++ * @note `cnt > back` is valid, this will copy the bytes we just copied, ++ * thus creating a repeating pattern with a period length of `back`. ++ */ ++void av_memcpy_backptr(uint8_t* dst, int back, int cnt); ++ ++/** ++ * @} ++ */ ++ ++/** ++ * @defgroup lavu_mem_dynarray Dynamic Array ++ * ++ * Utilities to make an array grow when needed. ++ * ++ * Sometimes, the programmer would want to have an array that can grow when ++ * needed. The libavutil dynamic array utilities fill that need. ++ * ++ * libavutil supports two systems of appending elements onto a dynamically ++ * allocated array, the first one storing the pointer to the value in the ++ * array, and the second storing the value directly. In both systems, the ++ * caller is responsible for maintaining a variable containing the length of ++ * the array, as well as freeing of the array after use. ++ * ++ * The first system stores pointers to values in a block of dynamically ++ * allocated memory. Since only pointers are stored, the function does not need ++ * to know the size of the type. Both av_dynarray_add() and ++ * av_dynarray_add_nofree() implement this system. ++ * ++ * @code ++ * type **array = NULL; //< an array of pointers to values ++ * int nb = 0; //< a variable to keep track of the length of the array ++ * ++ * type to_be_added = ...; ++ * type to_be_added2 = ...; ++ * ++ * av_dynarray_add(&array, &nb, &to_be_added); ++ * if (nb == 0) ++ * return AVERROR(ENOMEM); ++ * ++ * av_dynarray_add(&array, &nb, &to_be_added2); ++ * if (nb == 0) ++ * return AVERROR(ENOMEM); ++ * ++ * // Now: ++ * // nb == 2 ++ * // &to_be_added == array[0] ++ * // &to_be_added2 == array[1] ++ * ++ * av_freep(&array); ++ * @endcode ++ * ++ * The second system stores the value directly in a block of memory. As a ++ * result, the function has to know the size of the type. av_dynarray2_add() ++ * implements this mechanism. ++ * ++ * @code ++ * type *array = NULL; //< an array of values ++ * int nb = 0; //< a variable to keep track of the length of the array ++ * ++ * type to_be_added = ...; ++ * type to_be_added2 = ...; ++ * ++ * type *addr = av_dynarray2_add((void **)&array, &nb, sizeof(*array), NULL); ++ * if (!addr) ++ * return AVERROR(ENOMEM); ++ * memcpy(addr, &to_be_added, sizeof(to_be_added)); ++ * ++ * // Shortcut of the above. ++ * type *addr = av_dynarray2_add((void **)&array, &nb, sizeof(*array), ++ * (const void *)&to_be_added2); ++ * if (!addr) ++ * return AVERROR(ENOMEM); ++ * ++ * // Now: ++ * // nb == 2 ++ * // to_be_added == array[0] ++ * // to_be_added2 == array[1] ++ * ++ * av_freep(&array); ++ * @endcode ++ * ++ * @{ ++ */ ++ ++/** ++ * Add the pointer to an element to a dynamic array. ++ * ++ * The array to grow is supposed to be an array of pointers to ++ * structures, and the element to add must be a pointer to an already ++ * allocated structure. ++ * ++ * The array is reallocated when its size reaches powers of 2. ++ * Therefore, the amortized cost of adding an element is constant. ++ * ++ * In case of success, the pointer to the array is updated in order to ++ * point to the new grown array, and the number pointed to by `nb_ptr` ++ * is incremented. ++ * In case of failure, the array is freed, `*tab_ptr` is set to `NULL` and ++ * `*nb_ptr` is set to 0. ++ * ++ * @param[in,out] tab_ptr Pointer to the array to grow ++ * @param[in,out] nb_ptr Pointer to the number of elements in the array ++ * @param[in] elem Element to add ++ * @see av_dynarray_add_nofree(), av_dynarray2_add() ++ */ ++void av_dynarray_add(void* tab_ptr, int* nb_ptr, void* elem); ++ ++/** ++ * Add an element to a dynamic array. ++ * ++ * Function has the same functionality as av_dynarray_add(), ++ * but it doesn't free memory on fails. It returns error code ++ * instead and leave current buffer untouched. ++ * ++ * @return >=0 on success, negative otherwise ++ * @see av_dynarray_add(), av_dynarray2_add() ++ */ ++av_warn_unused_result int av_dynarray_add_nofree(void* tab_ptr, int* nb_ptr, ++ void* elem); ++ ++/** ++ * Add an element of size `elem_size` to a dynamic array. ++ * ++ * The array is reallocated when its number of elements reaches powers of 2. ++ * Therefore, the amortized cost of adding an element is constant. ++ * ++ * In case of success, the pointer to the array is updated in order to ++ * point to the new grown array, and the number pointed to by `nb_ptr` ++ * is incremented. ++ * In case of failure, the array is freed, `*tab_ptr` is set to `NULL` and ++ * `*nb_ptr` is set to 0. ++ * ++ * @param[in,out] tab_ptr Pointer to the array to grow ++ * @param[in,out] nb_ptr Pointer to the number of elements in the array ++ * @param[in] elem_size Size in bytes of an element in the array ++ * @param[in] elem_data Pointer to the data of the element to add. If ++ * `NULL`, the space of the newly added element is ++ * allocated but left uninitialized. ++ * ++ * @return Pointer to the data of the element to copy in the newly allocated ++ * space ++ * @see av_dynarray_add(), av_dynarray_add_nofree() ++ */ ++void* av_dynarray2_add(void** tab_ptr, int* nb_ptr, size_t elem_size, ++ const uint8_t* elem_data); ++ ++/** ++ * @} ++ */ ++ ++/** ++ * @defgroup lavu_mem_misc Miscellaneous Functions ++ * ++ * Other functions related to memory allocation. ++ * ++ * @{ ++ */ ++ ++/** ++ * Multiply two `size_t` values checking for overflow. ++ * ++ * @param[in] a,b Operands of multiplication ++ * @param[out] r Pointer to the result of the operation ++ * @return 0 on success, AVERROR(EINVAL) on overflow ++ */ ++int av_size_mult(size_t a, size_t b, size_t* r); ++ ++/** ++ * Set the maximum size that may be allocated in one block. ++ * ++ * The value specified with this function is effective for all libavutil's @ref ++ * lavu_mem_funcs "heap management functions." ++ * ++ * By default, the max value is defined as `INT_MAX`. ++ * ++ * @param max Value to be set as the new maximum size ++ * ++ * @warning Exercise extreme caution when using this function. Don't touch ++ * this if you do not understand the full consequence of doing so. ++ */ ++void av_max_alloc(size_t max); ++ ++/** ++ * @} ++ * @} ++ */ ++ ++#endif /* AVUTIL_MEM_H */ +diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavutil/pixfmt.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavutil/pixfmt.h +new file mode 100644 +--- /dev/null ++++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavutil/pixfmt.h +@@ -0,0 +1,808 @@ ++/* ++ * copyright (c) 2006 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> ++ * ++ * This file is part of FFmpeg. ++ * ++ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or ++ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public ++ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either ++ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. ++ * ++ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ++ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ++ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ++ * Lesser General Public License for more details. ++ * ++ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public ++ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software ++ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA ++ */ ++ ++#ifndef AVUTIL_PIXFMT_H ++#define AVUTIL_PIXFMT_H ++ ++/** ++ * @file ++ * pixel format definitions ++ */ ++ ++#include "libavutil/avconfig.h" ++#include "version.h" ++ ++#define AVPALETTE_SIZE 1024 ++#define AVPALETTE_COUNT 256 ++ ++/** ++ * Pixel format. ++ * ++ * @note ++ * AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 is handled in an endian-specific manner. An RGBA ++ * color is put together as: ++ * (A << 24) | (R << 16) | (G << 8) | B ++ * This is stored as BGRA on little-endian CPU architectures and ARGB on ++ * big-endian CPUs. ++ * ++ * @note ++ * If the resolution is not a multiple of the chroma subsampling factor ++ * then the chroma plane resolution must be rounded up. ++ * ++ * @par ++ * When the pixel format is palettized RGB32 (AV_PIX_FMT_PAL8), the palettized ++ * image data is stored in AVFrame.data[0]. The palette is transported in ++ * AVFrame.data[1], is 1024 bytes long (256 4-byte entries) and is ++ * formatted the same as in AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 described above (i.e., it is ++ * also endian-specific). Note also that the individual RGB32 palette ++ * components stored in AVFrame.data[1] should be in the range 0..255. ++ * This is important as many custom PAL8 video codecs that were designed ++ * to run on the IBM VGA graphics adapter use 6-bit palette components. ++ * ++ * @par ++ * For all the 8 bits per pixel formats, an RGB32 palette is in data[1] like ++ * for pal8. This palette is filled in automatically by the function ++ * allocating the picture. ++ */ ++enum AVPixelFormat { ++ AV_PIX_FMT_NONE = -1, ++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 Y ++ ///< samples) ++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUYV422, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Y0 Cb Y1 Cr ++ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB24, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 24bpp, RGBRGB... ++ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR24, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 24bpp, BGRBGR... ++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y ++ ///< samples) ++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y ++ ///< samples) ++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV410P, ///< planar YUV 4:1:0, 9bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x4 Y ++ ///< samples) ++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV411P, ///< planar YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x1 Y ++ ///< samples) ++ AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY8, ///< Y , 8bpp ++ AV_PIX_FMT_MONOWHITE, ///< Y , 1bpp, 0 is white, 1 is black, ++ ///< in each byte pixels are ordered from the ++ ///< msb to the lsb ++ AV_PIX_FMT_MONOBLACK, ///< Y , 1bpp, 0 is black, 1 is white, ++ ///< in each byte pixels are ordered from the ++ ///< msb to the lsb ++ AV_PIX_FMT_PAL8, ///< 8 bits with AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 palette ++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, full scale (JPEG), ++ ///< deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P and ++ ///< setting color_range ++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, full scale (JPEG), ++ ///< deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P and ++ ///< setting color_range ++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 24bpp, full scale (JPEG), ++ ///< deprecated in favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P and ++ ///< setting color_range ++ AV_PIX_FMT_UYVY422, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Cb Y0 Cr Y1 ++ AV_PIX_FMT_UYYVYY411, ///< packed YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, Cb Y0 Y1 Cr Y2 Y3 ++ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR8, ///< packed RGB 3:3:2, 8bpp, (msb)2B 3G 3R(lsb) ++ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR4, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1 bitstream, 4bpp, (msb)1B 2G 1R(lsb), ++ ///< a byte contains two pixels, the first pixel in the byte ++ ///< is the one composed by the 4 msb bits ++ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR4_BYTE, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1, 8bpp, (msb)1B 2G 1R(lsb) ++ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB8, ///< packed RGB 3:3:2, 8bpp, (msb)2R 3G 3B(lsb) ++ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB4, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1 bitstream, 4bpp, (msb)1R 2G 1B(lsb), ++ ///< a byte contains two pixels, the first pixel in the byte ++ ///< is the one composed by the 4 msb bits ++ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB4_BYTE, ///< packed RGB 1:2:1, 8bpp, (msb)1R 2G 1B(lsb) ++ AV_PIX_FMT_NV12, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 12bpp, 1 plane for Y and 1 plane for ++ ///< the UV components, which are interleaved (first byte U ++ ///< and the following byte V) ++ AV_PIX_FMT_NV21, ///< as above, but U and V bytes are swapped ++ ++ AV_PIX_FMT_ARGB, ///< packed ARGB 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, ARGBARGB... ++ AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA, ///< packed RGBA 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, RGBARGBA... ++ AV_PIX_FMT_ABGR, ///< packed ABGR 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, ABGRABGR... ++ AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA, ///< packed BGRA 8:8:8:8, 32bpp, BGRABGRA... ++ ++ AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16BE, ///< Y , 16bpp, big-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16LE, ///< Y , 16bpp, little-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0 (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x2 Y ++ ///< samples) ++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ440P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0 full scale (JPEG), deprecated in ++ ///< favor of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P and setting color_range ++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x2 ++ ///< Y & A samples) ++ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48BE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, the ++ ///< 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as ++ ///< big-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48LE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, the ++ ///< 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as ++ ///< little-endian ++ ++ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565BE, ///< packed RGB 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5R 6G 5B(lsb), ++ ///< big-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565LE, ///< packed RGB 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5R 6G 5B(lsb), ++ ///< little-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555BE, ///< packed RGB 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5R 5G 5B(lsb), ++ ///< big-endian , X=unused/undefined ++ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555LE, ///< packed RGB 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5R 5G 5B(lsb), ++ ///< little-endian, X=unused/undefined ++ ++ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565BE, ///< packed BGR 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5B 6G 5R(lsb), ++ ///< big-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565LE, ///< packed BGR 5:6:5, 16bpp, (msb) 5B 6G 5R(lsb), ++ ///< little-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555BE, ///< packed BGR 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5B 5G 5R(lsb), ++ ///< big-endian , X=unused/undefined ++ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555LE, ///< packed BGR 5:5:5, 16bpp, (msb)1X 5B 5G 5R(lsb), ++ ///< little-endian, X=unused/undefined ++ ++ /** ++ * Hardware acceleration through VA-API, data[3] contains a ++ * VASurfaceID. ++ */ ++ AV_PIX_FMT_VAAPI, ++ ++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per ++ ///< 2x2 Y samples), little-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per ++ ///< 2x2 Y samples), big-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per ++ ///< 2x1 Y samples), little-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per ++ ///< 2x1 Y samples), big-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per ++ ///< 1x1 Y samples), little-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per ++ ///< 1x1 Y samples), big-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_DXVA2_VLD, ///< HW decoding through DXVA2, Picture.data[3] ++ ///< contains a LPDIRECT3DSURFACE9 pointer ++ ++ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444LE, ///< packed RGB 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4R 4G 4B(lsb), ++ ///< little-endian, X=unused/undefined ++ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444BE, ///< packed RGB 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4R 4G 4B(lsb), ++ ///< big-endian, X=unused/undefined ++ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444LE, ///< packed BGR 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4B 4G 4R(lsb), ++ ///< little-endian, X=unused/undefined ++ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444BE, ///< packed BGR 4:4:4, 16bpp, (msb)4X 4B 4G 4R(lsb), ++ ///< big-endian, X=unused/undefined ++ AV_PIX_FMT_YA8, ///< 8 bits gray, 8 bits alpha ++ ++ AV_PIX_FMT_Y400A = AV_PIX_FMT_YA8, ///< alias for AV_PIX_FMT_YA8 ++ AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY8A = AV_PIX_FMT_YA8, ///< alias for AV_PIX_FMT_YA8 ++ ++ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48BE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, the ++ ///< 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as ++ ///< big-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48LE, ///< packed RGB 16:16:16, 48bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, the ++ ///< 2-byte value for each R/G/B component is stored as ++ ///< little-endian ++ ++ /** ++ * The following 12 formats have the disadvantage of needing 1 format for each ++ * bit depth. Notice that each 9/10 bits sample is stored in 16 bits with ++ * extra padding. If you want to support multiple bit depths, then using ++ * AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16* with the bpp stored separately is better. ++ */ ++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 13.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per ++ ///< 2x2 Y samples), big-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 13.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per ++ ///< 2x2 Y samples), little-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 15bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per ++ ///< 2x2 Y samples), big-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0, 15bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per ++ ///< 2x2 Y samples), little-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per ++ ///< 2x1 Y samples), big-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per ++ ///< 2x1 Y samples), little-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per ++ ///< 1x1 Y samples), big-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per ++ ///< 1x1 Y samples), little-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per ++ ///< 1x1 Y samples), big-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per ++ ///< 1x1 Y samples), little-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per ++ ///< 2x1 Y samples), big-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2, 18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per ++ ///< 2x1 Y samples), little-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 24bpp ++ AV_PIX_FMT_GBR24P = AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP, // alias for #AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP ++ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 27bpp, big-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 27bpp, little-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 30bpp, big-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 30bpp, little-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 48bpp, big-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 48bpp, little-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 2x1 Y ++ ///< & A samples) ++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 32bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y ++ ///< & A samples) ++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 22.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per ++ ///< 2x2 Y & A samples), big-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 22.5bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per ++ ///< 2x2 Y & A samples), little-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per ++ ///< 2x1 Y & A samples), big-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 27bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per ++ ///< 2x1 Y & A samples), little-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P9BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per ++ ///< 1x1 Y & A samples), big-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P9LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per ++ ///< 1x1 Y & A samples), little-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 25bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per ++ ///< 2x2 Y & A samples, big-endian) ++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 25bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per ++ ///< 2x2 Y & A samples, little-endian) ++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per ++ ///< 2x1 Y & A samples, big-endian) ++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 30bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per ++ ///< 2x1 Y & A samples, little-endian) ++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per ++ ///< 1x1 Y & A samples, big-endian) ++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per ++ ///< 1x1 Y & A samples, little-endian) ++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per ++ ///< 2x2 Y & A samples, big-endian) ++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0 40bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per ++ ///< 2x2 Y & A samples, little-endian) ++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per ++ ///< 2x1 Y & A samples, big-endian) ++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2 48bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per ++ ///< 2x1 Y & A samples, little-endian) ++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 64bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per ++ ///< 1x1 Y & A samples, big-endian) ++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4 64bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per ++ ///< 1x1 Y & A samples, little-endian) ++ ++ AV_PIX_FMT_VDPAU, ///< HW acceleration through VDPAU, Picture.data[3] ++ ///< contains a VdpVideoSurface ++ ++ AV_PIX_FMT_XYZ12LE, ///< packed XYZ 4:4:4, 36 bpp, (msb) 12X, 12Y, 12Z (lsb), ++ ///< the 2-byte value for each X/Y/Z is stored as ++ ///< little-endian, the 4 lower bits are set to 0 ++ AV_PIX_FMT_XYZ12BE, ///< packed XYZ 4:4:4, 36 bpp, (msb) 12X, 12Y, 12Z (lsb), ++ ///< the 2-byte value for each X/Y/Z is stored as ++ ///< big-endian, the 4 lower bits are set to 0 ++ AV_PIX_FMT_NV16, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample ++ ///< per 2x1 Y samples) ++ AV_PIX_FMT_NV20LE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb ++ ///< sample per 2x1 Y samples), little-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_NV20BE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb ++ ///< sample per 2x1 Y samples), big-endian ++ ++ AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64BE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A, ++ ///< the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is ++ ///< stored as big-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64LE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16R, 16G, 16B, 16A, ++ ///< the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is ++ ///< stored as little-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64BE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A, ++ ///< the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is ++ ///< stored as big-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64LE, ///< packed RGBA 16:16:16:16, 64bpp, 16B, 16G, 16R, 16A, ++ ///< the 2-byte value for each R/G/B/A component is ++ ///< stored as little-endian ++ ++ AV_PIX_FMT_YVYU422, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2, 16bpp, Y0 Cr Y1 Cb ++ ++ AV_PIX_FMT_YA16BE, ///< 16 bits gray, 16 bits alpha (big-endian) ++ AV_PIX_FMT_YA16LE, ///< 16 bits gray, 16 bits alpha (little-endian) ++ ++ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP, ///< planar GBRA 4:4:4:4 32bpp ++ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16BE, ///< planar GBRA 4:4:4:4 64bpp, big-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16LE, ///< planar GBRA 4:4:4:4 64bpp, little-endian ++ /** ++ * HW acceleration through QSV, data[3] contains a pointer to the ++ * mfxFrameSurface1 structure. ++ */ ++ AV_PIX_FMT_QSV, ++ /** ++ * HW acceleration though MMAL, data[3] contains a pointer to the ++ * MMAL_BUFFER_HEADER_T structure. ++ */ ++ AV_PIX_FMT_MMAL, ++ ++ AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11VA_VLD, ///< HW decoding through Direct3D11 via old API, ++ ///< Picture.data[3] contains a ++ ///< ID3D11VideoDecoderOutputView pointer ++ ++ /** ++ * HW acceleration through CUDA. data[i] contain CUdeviceptr pointers ++ * exactly as for system memory frames. ++ */ ++ AV_PIX_FMT_CUDA, ++ ++ AV_PIX_FMT_0RGB, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 32bpp, XRGBXRGB... X=unused/undefined ++ AV_PIX_FMT_RGB0, ///< packed RGB 8:8:8, 32bpp, RGBXRGBX... X=unused/undefined ++ AV_PIX_FMT_0BGR, ///< packed BGR 8:8:8, 32bpp, XBGRXBGR... X=unused/undefined ++ AV_PIX_FMT_BGR0, ///< packed BGR 8:8:8, 32bpp, BGRXBGRX... X=unused/undefined ++ ++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per ++ ///< 2x2 Y samples), big-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,18bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per ++ ///< 2x2 Y samples), little-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,21bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per ++ ///< 2x2 Y samples), big-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:0,21bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per ++ ///< 2x2 Y samples), little-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per ++ ///< 2x1 Y samples), big-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per ++ ///< 2x1 Y samples), little-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,28bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per ++ ///< 2x1 Y samples), big-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,28bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per ++ ///< 2x1 Y samples), little-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per ++ ///< 1x1 Y samples), big-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per ++ ///< 1x1 Y samples), little-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,42bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per ++ ///< 1x1 Y samples), big-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,42bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per ++ ///< 1x1 Y samples), little-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 36bpp, big-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 36bpp, little-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 42bpp, big-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4 42bpp, little-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVJ411P, ///< planar YUV 4:1:1, 12bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per 4x1 ++ ///< Y samples) full scale (JPEG), deprecated in favor ++ ///< of AV_PIX_FMT_YUV411P and setting color_range ++ ++ AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR8, ///< bayer, BGBG..(odd line), GRGR..(even line), ++ ///< 8-bit samples ++ AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB8, ///< bayer, RGRG..(odd line), GBGB..(even line), ++ ///< 8-bit samples ++ AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG8, ///< bayer, GBGB..(odd line), RGRG..(even line), ++ ///< 8-bit samples ++ AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG8, ///< bayer, GRGR..(odd line), BGBG..(even line), ++ ///< 8-bit samples ++ AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR16LE, ///< bayer, BGBG..(odd line), GRGR..(even line), ++ ///< 16-bit samples, little-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR16BE, ///< bayer, BGBG..(odd line), GRGR..(even line), ++ ///< 16-bit samples, big-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB16LE, ///< bayer, RGRG..(odd line), GBGB..(even line), ++ ///< 16-bit samples, little-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB16BE, ///< bayer, RGRG..(odd line), GBGB..(even line), ++ ///< 16-bit samples, big-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG16LE, ///< bayer, GBGB..(odd line), RGRG..(even line), ++ ///< 16-bit samples, little-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG16BE, ///< bayer, GBGB..(odd line), RGRG..(even line), ++ ///< 16-bit samples, big-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG16LE, ///< bayer, GRGR..(odd line), BGBG..(even line), ++ ///< 16-bit samples, little-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG16BE, ///< bayer, GRGR..(odd line), BGBG..(even line), ++ ///< 16-bit samples, big-endian ++ ++ AV_PIX_FMT_XVMC, ///< XVideo Motion Acceleration via common packet passing ++ ++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P10LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per ++ ///< 1x2 Y samples), little-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P10BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,20bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per ++ ///< 1x2 Y samples), big-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per ++ ///< 1x2 Y samples), little-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:0,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per ++ ///< 1x2 Y samples), big-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_AYUV64LE, ///< packed AYUV 4:4:4,64bpp (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y ++ ///< & A samples), little-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_AYUV64BE, ///< packed AYUV 4:4:4,64bpp (1 Cr & Cb sample per 1x1 Y ++ ///< & A samples), big-endian ++ ++ AV_PIX_FMT_VIDEOTOOLBOX, ///< hardware decoding through Videotoolbox ++ ++ AV_PIX_FMT_P010LE, ///< like NV12, with 10bpp per component, data in the high ++ ///< bits, zeros in the low bits, little-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_P010BE, ///< like NV12, with 10bpp per component, data in the high ++ ///< bits, zeros in the low bits, big-endian ++ ++ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP12BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 48bpp, big-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP12LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 48bpp, little-endian ++ ++ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP10BE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 40bpp, big-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP10LE, ///< planar GBR 4:4:4:4 40bpp, little-endian ++ ++ AV_PIX_FMT_MEDIACODEC, ///< hardware decoding through MediaCodec ++ ++ AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY12BE, ///< Y , 12bpp, big-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY12LE, ///< Y , 12bpp, little-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY10BE, ///< Y , 10bpp, big-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY10LE, ///< Y , 10bpp, little-endian ++ ++ AV_PIX_FMT_P016LE, ///< like NV12, with 16bpp per component, little-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_P016BE, ///< like NV12, with 16bpp per component, big-endian ++ ++ /** ++ * Hardware surfaces for Direct3D11. ++ * ++ * This is preferred over the legacy AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11VA_VLD. The new D3D11 ++ * hwaccel API and filtering support AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11 only. ++ * ++ * data[0] contains a ID3D11Texture2D pointer, and data[1] contains the ++ * texture array index of the frame as intptr_t if the ID3D11Texture2D is ++ * an array texture (or always 0 if it's a normal texture). ++ */ ++ AV_PIX_FMT_D3D11, ++ ++ AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY9BE, ///< Y , 9bpp, big-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY9LE, ///< Y , 9bpp, little-endian ++ ++ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRPF32BE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBR 4:4:4, 96bpp, ++ ///< big-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRPF32LE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBR 4:4:4, 96bpp, ++ ///< little-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAPF32BE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBRA 4:4:4:4, ++ ///< 128bpp, big-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAPF32LE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision planar GBRA 4:4:4:4, ++ ///< 128bpp, little-endian ++ ++ /** ++ * DRM-managed buffers exposed through PRIME buffer sharing. ++ * ++ * data[0] points to an AVDRMFrameDescriptor. ++ */ ++ AV_PIX_FMT_DRM_PRIME, ++ /** ++ * Hardware surfaces for OpenCL. ++ * ++ * data[i] contain 2D image objects (typed in C as cl_mem, used ++ * in OpenCL as image2d_t) for each plane of the surface. ++ */ ++ AV_PIX_FMT_OPENCL, ++ ++ AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY14BE, ///< Y , 14bpp, big-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY14LE, ///< Y , 14bpp, little-endian ++ ++ AV_PIX_FMT_GRAYF32BE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision Y, 32bpp, big-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_GRAYF32LE, ///< IEEE-754 single precision Y, 32bpp, little-endian ++ ++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per ++ ///< 2x1 Y samples), 12b alpha, big-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:2:2,24bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per ++ ///< 2x1 Y samples), 12b alpha, little-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P12BE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per ++ ///< 1x1 Y samples), 12b alpha, big-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P12LE, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4,36bpp, (1 Cr & Cb sample per ++ ///< 1x1 Y samples), 12b alpha, little-endian ++ ++ AV_PIX_FMT_NV24, ///< planar YUV 4:4:4, 24bpp, 1 plane for Y and 1 plane for ++ ///< the UV components, which are interleaved (first byte U ++ ///< and the following byte V) ++ AV_PIX_FMT_NV42, ///< as above, but U and V bytes are swapped ++ ++ /** ++ * Vulkan hardware images. ++ * ++ * data[0] points to an AVVkFrame ++ */ ++ AV_PIX_FMT_VULKAN, ++ ++ AV_PIX_FMT_Y210BE, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2 like YUYV422, 20bpp, data in the ++ ///< high bits, big-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_Y210LE, ///< packed YUV 4:2:2 like YUYV422, 20bpp, data in the ++ ///< high bits, little-endian ++ ++ AV_PIX_FMT_X2RGB10LE, ///< packed RGB 10:10:10, 30bpp, (msb)2X 10R 10G ++ ///< 10B(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined ++ AV_PIX_FMT_X2RGB10BE, ///< packed RGB 10:10:10, 30bpp, (msb)2X 10R 10G ++ ///< 10B(lsb), big-endian, X=unused/undefined ++ AV_PIX_FMT_X2BGR10LE, ///< packed BGR 10:10:10, 30bpp, (msb)2X 10B 10G ++ ///< 10R(lsb), little-endian, X=unused/undefined ++ AV_PIX_FMT_X2BGR10BE, ///< packed BGR 10:10:10, 30bpp, (msb)2X 10B 10G ++ ///< 10R(lsb), big-endian, X=unused/undefined ++ ++ AV_PIX_FMT_P210BE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, data in the high ++ ///< bits, big-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_P210LE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 20bpp, data in the high ++ ///< bits, little-endian ++ ++ AV_PIX_FMT_P410BE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, data in the high ++ ///< bits, big-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_P410LE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:4:4, 30bpp, data in the high ++ ///< bits, little-endian ++ ++ AV_PIX_FMT_P216BE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 32bpp, big-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_P216LE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:2:2, 32bpp, liddle-endian ++ ++ AV_PIX_FMT_P416BE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, big-endian ++ AV_PIX_FMT_P416LE, ///< interleaved chroma YUV 4:4:4, 48bpp, little-endian ++ ++ AV_PIX_FMT_NB ///< number of pixel formats, DO NOT USE THIS if you want to ++ ///< link with shared libav* because the number of formats ++ ///< might differ between versions ++}; ++ ++#if AV_HAVE_BIGENDIAN ++# define AV_PIX_FMT_NE(be, le) AV_PIX_FMT_##be ++#else ++# define AV_PIX_FMT_NE(be, le) AV_PIX_FMT_##le ++#endif ++ ++#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(ARGB, BGRA) ++#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB32_1 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGBA, ABGR) ++#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(ABGR, RGBA) ++#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR32_1 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGRA, ARGB) ++#define AV_PIX_FMT_0RGB32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(0RGB, BGR0) ++#define AV_PIX_FMT_0BGR32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(0BGR, RGB0) ++ ++#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY9BE, GRAY9LE) ++#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY10BE, GRAY10LE) ++#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY12BE, GRAY12LE) ++#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY14BE, GRAY14LE) ++#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAY16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAY16BE, GRAY16LE) ++#define AV_PIX_FMT_YA16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YA16BE, YA16LE) ++#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB48 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB48BE, RGB48LE) ++#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB565 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB565BE, RGB565LE) ++#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB555 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB555BE, RGB555LE) ++#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGB444 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGB444BE, RGB444LE) ++#define AV_PIX_FMT_RGBA64 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(RGBA64BE, RGBA64LE) ++#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR48 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR48BE, BGR48LE) ++#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR565 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR565BE, BGR565LE) ++#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR555 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR555BE, BGR555LE) ++#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGR444 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGR444BE, BGR444LE) ++#define AV_PIX_FMT_BGRA64 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BGRA64BE, BGRA64LE) ++ ++#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P9BE, YUV420P9LE) ++#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P9BE, YUV422P9LE) ++#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P9BE, YUV444P9LE) ++#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P10BE, YUV420P10LE) ++#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P10BE, YUV422P10LE) ++#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV440P10BE, YUV440P10LE) ++#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P10BE, YUV444P10LE) ++#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P12BE, YUV420P12LE) ++#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P12BE, YUV422P12LE) ++#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV440P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV440P12BE, YUV440P12LE) ++#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P12BE, YUV444P12LE) ++#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P14BE, YUV420P14LE) ++#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P14BE, YUV422P14LE) ++#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P14BE, YUV444P14LE) ++#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV420P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV420P16BE, YUV420P16LE) ++#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV422P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV422P16BE, YUV422P16LE) ++#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUV444P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUV444P16BE, YUV444P16LE) ++ ++#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP9BE, GBRP9LE) ++#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP10BE, GBRP10LE) ++#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP12BE, GBRP12LE) ++#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP14 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP14BE, GBRP14LE) ++#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRP16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRP16BE, GBRP16LE) ++#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAP10BE, GBRAP10LE) ++#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAP12BE, GBRAP12LE) ++#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAP16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAP16BE, GBRAP16LE) ++ ++#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_BGGR16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_BGGR16BE, BAYER_BGGR16LE) ++#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_RGGB16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_RGGB16BE, BAYER_RGGB16LE) ++#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GBRG16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_GBRG16BE, BAYER_GBRG16LE) ++#define AV_PIX_FMT_BAYER_GRBG16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(BAYER_GRBG16BE, BAYER_GRBG16LE) ++ ++#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRPF32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRPF32BE, GBRPF32LE) ++#define AV_PIX_FMT_GBRAPF32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GBRAPF32BE, GBRAPF32LE) ++ ++#define AV_PIX_FMT_GRAYF32 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(GRAYF32BE, GRAYF32LE) ++ ++#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA420P9BE, YUVA420P9LE) ++#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P9BE, YUVA422P9LE) ++#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P9 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P9BE, YUVA444P9LE) ++#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA420P10BE, YUVA420P10LE) ++#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P10BE, YUVA422P10LE) ++#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P10BE, YUVA444P10LE) ++#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P12BE, YUVA422P12LE) ++#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P12BE, YUVA444P12LE) ++#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA420P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA420P16BE, YUVA420P16LE) ++#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA422P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA422P16BE, YUVA422P16LE) ++#define AV_PIX_FMT_YUVA444P16 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(YUVA444P16BE, YUVA444P16LE) ++ ++#define AV_PIX_FMT_XYZ12 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(XYZ12BE, XYZ12LE) ++#define AV_PIX_FMT_NV20 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(NV20BE, NV20LE) ++#define AV_PIX_FMT_AYUV64 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(AYUV64BE, AYUV64LE) ++#define AV_PIX_FMT_P010 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P010BE, P010LE) ++#define AV_PIX_FMT_P016 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P016BE, P016LE) ++ ++#define AV_PIX_FMT_Y210 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(Y210BE, Y210LE) ++#define AV_PIX_FMT_X2RGB10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(X2RGB10BE, X2RGB10LE) ++#define AV_PIX_FMT_X2BGR10 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(X2BGR10BE, X2BGR10LE) ++ ++#define AV_PIX_FMT_P210 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P210BE, P210LE) ++#define AV_PIX_FMT_P410 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P410BE, P410LE) ++#define AV_PIX_FMT_P216 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P216BE, P216LE) ++#define AV_PIX_FMT_P416 AV_PIX_FMT_NE(P416BE, P416LE) ++ ++/** ++ * Chromaticity coordinates of the source primaries. ++ * These values match the ones defined by ISO/IEC 23091-2_2019 subclause 8.1 and ++ * ITU-T H.273. ++ */ ++enum AVColorPrimaries { ++ AVCOL_PRI_RESERVED0 = 0, ++ AVCOL_PRI_BT709 = ++ 1, ///< also ITU-R BT1361 / IEC 61966-2-4 / SMPTE RP 177 Annex B ++ AVCOL_PRI_UNSPECIFIED = 2, ++ AVCOL_PRI_RESERVED = 3, ++ AVCOL_PRI_BT470M = ++ 4, ///< also FCC Title 47 Code of Federal Regulations 73.682 (a)(20) ++ ++ AVCOL_PRI_BT470BG = 5, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 625 / ITU-R BT1358 625 / ITU-R ++ ///< BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM ++ AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE170M = ++ 6, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 / ITU-R BT1358 525 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC ++ AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE240M = ++ 7, ///< identical to above, also called "SMPTE C" even though it uses D65 ++ AVCOL_PRI_FILM = 8, ///< colour filters using Illuminant C ++ AVCOL_PRI_BT2020 = 9, ///< ITU-R BT2020 ++ AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE428 = 10, ///< SMPTE ST 428-1 (CIE 1931 XYZ) ++ AVCOL_PRI_SMPTEST428_1 = AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE428, ++ AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE431 = 11, ///< SMPTE ST 431-2 (2011) / DCI P3 ++ AVCOL_PRI_SMPTE432 = 12, ///< SMPTE ST 432-1 (2010) / P3 D65 / Display P3 ++ AVCOL_PRI_EBU3213 = 22, ///< EBU Tech. 3213-E (nothing there) / one of JEDEC ++ ///< P22 group phosphors ++ AVCOL_PRI_JEDEC_P22 = AVCOL_PRI_EBU3213, ++ AVCOL_PRI_NB ///< Not part of ABI ++}; ++ ++/** ++ * Color Transfer Characteristic. ++ * These values match the ones defined by ISO/IEC 23091-2_2019 subclause 8.2. ++ */ ++enum AVColorTransferCharacteristic { ++ AVCOL_TRC_RESERVED0 = 0, ++ AVCOL_TRC_BT709 = 1, ///< also ITU-R BT1361 ++ AVCOL_TRC_UNSPECIFIED = 2, ++ AVCOL_TRC_RESERVED = 3, ++ AVCOL_TRC_GAMMA22 = 4, ///< also ITU-R BT470M / ITU-R BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM ++ AVCOL_TRC_GAMMA28 = 5, ///< also ITU-R BT470BG ++ AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE170M = 6, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 or 625 / ITU-R BT1358 ++ ///< 525 or 625 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC ++ AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE240M = 7, ++ AVCOL_TRC_LINEAR = 8, ///< "Linear transfer characteristics" ++ AVCOL_TRC_LOG = 9, ///< "Logarithmic transfer characteristic (100:1 range)" ++ AVCOL_TRC_LOG_SQRT = ++ 10, ///< "Logarithmic transfer characteristic (100 * Sqrt(10) : 1 range)" ++ AVCOL_TRC_IEC61966_2_4 = 11, ///< IEC 61966-2-4 ++ AVCOL_TRC_BT1361_ECG = 12, ///< ITU-R BT1361 Extended Colour Gamut ++ AVCOL_TRC_IEC61966_2_1 = 13, ///< IEC 61966-2-1 (sRGB or sYCC) ++ AVCOL_TRC_BT2020_10 = 14, ///< ITU-R BT2020 for 10-bit system ++ AVCOL_TRC_BT2020_12 = 15, ///< ITU-R BT2020 for 12-bit system ++ AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE2084 = ++ 16, ///< SMPTE ST 2084 for 10-, 12-, 14- and 16-bit systems ++ AVCOL_TRC_SMPTEST2084 = AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE2084, ++ AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE428 = 17, ///< SMPTE ST 428-1 ++ AVCOL_TRC_SMPTEST428_1 = AVCOL_TRC_SMPTE428, ++ AVCOL_TRC_ARIB_STD_B67 = 18, ///< ARIB STD-B67, known as "Hybrid log-gamma" ++ AVCOL_TRC_NB ///< Not part of ABI ++}; ++ ++/** ++ * YUV colorspace type. ++ * These values match the ones defined by ISO/IEC 23091-2_2019 subclause 8.3. ++ */ ++enum AVColorSpace { ++ AVCOL_SPC_RGB = 0, ///< order of coefficients is actually GBR, also IEC ++ ///< 61966-2-1 (sRGB), YZX and ST 428-1 ++ AVCOL_SPC_BT709 = 1, ///< also ITU-R BT1361 / IEC 61966-2-4 xvYCC709 / ++ ///< derived in SMPTE RP 177 Annex B ++ AVCOL_SPC_UNSPECIFIED = 2, ++ AVCOL_SPC_RESERVED = ++ 3, ///< reserved for future use by ITU-T and ISO/IEC just like 15-255 are ++ AVCOL_SPC_FCC = ++ 4, ///< FCC Title 47 Code of Federal Regulations 73.682 (a)(20) ++ AVCOL_SPC_BT470BG = 5, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 625 / ITU-R BT1358 625 / ITU-R ++ ///< BT1700 625 PAL & SECAM / IEC 61966-2-4 xvYCC601 ++ AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE170M = ++ 6, ///< also ITU-R BT601-6 525 / ITU-R BT1358 525 / ITU-R BT1700 NTSC / ++ ///< functionally identical to above ++ AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE240M = ++ 7, ///< derived from 170M primaries and D65 white point, 170M is derived ++ ///< from BT470 System M's primaries ++ AVCOL_SPC_YCGCO = ++ 8, ///< used by Dirac / VC-2 and H.264 FRext, see ITU-T SG16 ++ AVCOL_SPC_YCOCG = AVCOL_SPC_YCGCO, ++ AVCOL_SPC_BT2020_NCL = 9, ///< ITU-R BT2020 non-constant luminance system ++ AVCOL_SPC_BT2020_CL = 10, ///< ITU-R BT2020 constant luminance system ++ AVCOL_SPC_SMPTE2085 = 11, ///< SMPTE 2085, Y'D'zD'x ++ AVCOL_SPC_CHROMA_DERIVED_NCL = ++ 12, ///< Chromaticity-derived non-constant luminance system ++ AVCOL_SPC_CHROMA_DERIVED_CL = ++ 13, ///< Chromaticity-derived constant luminance system ++ AVCOL_SPC_ICTCP = 14, ///< ITU-R BT.2100-0, ICtCp ++ AVCOL_SPC_NB ///< Not part of ABI ++}; ++ ++/** ++ * Visual content value range. ++ * ++ * These values are based on definitions that can be found in multiple ++ * specifications, such as ITU-T BT.709 (3.4 - Quantization of RGB, luminance ++ * and colour-difference signals), ITU-T BT.2020 (Table 5 - Digital ++ * Representation) as well as ITU-T BT.2100 (Table 9 - Digital 10- and 12-bit ++ * integer representation). At the time of writing, the BT.2100 one is ++ * recommended, as it also defines the full range representation. ++ * ++ * Common definitions: ++ * - For RGB and luma planes such as Y in YCbCr and I in ICtCp, ++ * 'E' is the original value in range of 0.0 to 1.0. ++ * - For chroma planes such as Cb,Cr and Ct,Cp, 'E' is the original ++ * value in range of -0.5 to 0.5. ++ * - 'n' is the output bit depth. ++ * - For additional definitions such as rounding and clipping to valid n ++ * bit unsigned integer range, please refer to BT.2100 (Table 9). ++ */ ++enum AVColorRange { ++ AVCOL_RANGE_UNSPECIFIED = 0, ++ ++ /** ++ * Narrow or limited range content. ++ * ++ * - For luma planes: ++ * ++ * (219 * E + 16) * 2^(n-8) ++ * ++ * F.ex. the range of 16-235 for 8 bits ++ * ++ * - For chroma planes: ++ * ++ * (224 * E + 128) * 2^(n-8) ++ * ++ * F.ex. the range of 16-240 for 8 bits ++ */ ++ AVCOL_RANGE_MPEG = 1, ++ ++ /** ++ * Full range content. ++ * ++ * - For RGB and luma planes: ++ * ++ * (2^n - 1) * E ++ * ++ * F.ex. the range of 0-255 for 8 bits ++ * ++ * - For chroma planes: ++ * ++ * (2^n - 1) * E + 2^(n - 1) ++ * ++ * F.ex. the range of 1-255 for 8 bits ++ */ ++ AVCOL_RANGE_JPEG = 2, ++ AVCOL_RANGE_NB ///< Not part of ABI ++}; ++ ++/** ++ * Location of chroma samples. ++ * ++ * Illustration showing the location of the first (top left) chroma sample of ++ *the image, the left shows only luma, the right shows the location of the ++ *chroma sample, the 2 could be imagined to overlay each other but are drawn ++ *separately due to limitations of ASCII ++ * ++ * 1st 2nd 1st 2nd horizontal luma sample positions ++ * v v v v ++ * ______ ______ ++ *1st luma line > |X X ... |3 4 X ... X are luma samples, ++ * | |1 2 1-6 are possible chroma positions ++ *2nd luma line > |X X ... |5 6 X ... 0 is undefined/unknown position ++ */ ++enum AVChromaLocation { ++ AVCHROMA_LOC_UNSPECIFIED = 0, ++ AVCHROMA_LOC_LEFT = 1, ///< MPEG-2/4 4:2:0, H.264 default for 4:2:0 ++ AVCHROMA_LOC_CENTER = 2, ///< MPEG-1 4:2:0, JPEG 4:2:0, H.263 4:2:0 ++ AVCHROMA_LOC_TOPLEFT = ++ 3, ///< ITU-R 601, SMPTE 274M 296M S314M(DV 4:1:1), mpeg2 4:2:2 ++ AVCHROMA_LOC_TOP = 4, ++ AVCHROMA_LOC_BOTTOMLEFT = 5, ++ AVCHROMA_LOC_BOTTOM = 6, ++ AVCHROMA_LOC_NB ///< Not part of ABI ++}; ++ ++#endif /* AVUTIL_PIXFMT_H */ +diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavutil/rational.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavutil/rational.h +new file mode 100644 +--- /dev/null ++++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavutil/rational.h +@@ -0,0 +1,221 @@ ++/* ++ * rational numbers ++ * Copyright (c) 2003 Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> ++ * ++ * This file is part of FFmpeg. ++ * ++ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or ++ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public ++ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either ++ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. ++ * ++ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ++ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ++ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ++ * Lesser General Public License for more details. ++ * ++ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public ++ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software ++ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA ++ */ ++ ++/** ++ * @file ++ * @ingroup lavu_math_rational ++ * Utilties for rational number calculation. ++ * @author Michael Niedermayer <michaelni@gmx.at> ++ */ ++ ++#ifndef AVUTIL_RATIONAL_H ++#define AVUTIL_RATIONAL_H ++ ++#include <stdint.h> ++#include <limits.h> ++#include "attributes.h" ++ ++/** ++ * @defgroup lavu_math_rational AVRational ++ * @ingroup lavu_math ++ * Rational number calculation. ++ * ++ * While rational numbers can be expressed as floating-point numbers, the ++ * conversion process is a lossy one, so are floating-point operations. On the ++ * other hand, the nature of FFmpeg demands highly accurate calculation of ++ * timestamps. This set of rational number utilities serves as a generic ++ * interface for manipulating rational numbers as pairs of numerators and ++ * denominators. ++ * ++ * Many of the functions that operate on AVRational's have the suffix `_q`, in ++ * reference to the mathematical symbol "ℚ" (Q) which denotes the set of all ++ * rational numbers. ++ * ++ * @{ ++ */ ++ ++/** ++ * Rational number (pair of numerator and denominator). ++ */ ++typedef struct AVRational { ++ int num; ///< Numerator ++ int den; ///< Denominator ++} AVRational; ++ ++/** ++ * Create an AVRational. ++ * ++ * Useful for compilers that do not support compound literals. ++ * ++ * @note The return value is not reduced. ++ * @see av_reduce() ++ */ ++static inline AVRational av_make_q(int num, int den) { ++ AVRational r = {num, den}; ++ return r; ++} ++ ++/** ++ * Compare two rationals. ++ * ++ * @param a First rational ++ * @param b Second rational ++ * ++ * @return One of the following values: ++ * - 0 if `a == b` ++ * - 1 if `a > b` ++ * - -1 if `a < b` ++ * - `INT_MIN` if one of the values is of the form `0 / 0` ++ */ ++static inline int av_cmp_q(AVRational a, AVRational b) { ++ const int64_t tmp = a.num * (int64_t)b.den - b.num * (int64_t)a.den; ++ ++ if (tmp) ++ return (int)((tmp ^ a.den ^ b.den) >> 63) | 1; ++ else if (b.den && a.den) ++ return 0; ++ else if (a.num && b.num) ++ return (a.num >> 31) - (b.num >> 31); ++ else ++ return INT_MIN; ++} ++ ++/** ++ * Convert an AVRational to a `double`. ++ * @param a AVRational to convert ++ * @return `a` in floating-point form ++ * @see av_d2q() ++ */ ++static inline double av_q2d(AVRational a) { return a.num / (double)a.den; } ++ ++/** ++ * Reduce a fraction. ++ * ++ * This is useful for framerate calculations. ++ * ++ * @param[out] dst_num Destination numerator ++ * @param[out] dst_den Destination denominator ++ * @param[in] num Source numerator ++ * @param[in] den Source denominator ++ * @param[in] max Maximum allowed values for `dst_num` & `dst_den` ++ * @return 1 if the operation is exact, 0 otherwise ++ */ ++int av_reduce(int* dst_num, int* dst_den, int64_t num, int64_t den, ++ int64_t max); ++ ++/** ++ * Multiply two rationals. ++ * @param b First rational ++ * @param c Second rational ++ * @return b*c ++ */ ++AVRational av_mul_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const; ++ ++/** ++ * Divide one rational by another. ++ * @param b First rational ++ * @param c Second rational ++ * @return b/c ++ */ ++AVRational av_div_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const; ++ ++/** ++ * Add two rationals. ++ * @param b First rational ++ * @param c Second rational ++ * @return b+c ++ */ ++AVRational av_add_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const; ++ ++/** ++ * Subtract one rational from another. ++ * @param b First rational ++ * @param c Second rational ++ * @return b-c ++ */ ++AVRational av_sub_q(AVRational b, AVRational c) av_const; ++ ++/** ++ * Invert a rational. ++ * @param q value ++ * @return 1 / q ++ */ ++static av_always_inline AVRational av_inv_q(AVRational q) { ++ AVRational r = {q.den, q.num}; ++ return r; ++} ++ ++/** ++ * Convert a double precision floating point number to a rational. ++ * ++ * In case of infinity, the returned value is expressed as `{1, 0}` or ++ * `{-1, 0}` depending on the sign. ++ * ++ * @param d `double` to convert ++ * @param max Maximum allowed numerator and denominator ++ * @return `d` in AVRational form ++ * @see av_q2d() ++ */ ++AVRational av_d2q(double d, int max) av_const; ++ ++/** ++ * Find which of the two rationals is closer to another rational. ++ * ++ * @param q Rational to be compared against ++ * @param q1,q2 Rationals to be tested ++ * @return One of the following values: ++ * - 1 if `q1` is nearer to `q` than `q2` ++ * - -1 if `q2` is nearer to `q` than `q1` ++ * - 0 if they have the same distance ++ */ ++int av_nearer_q(AVRational q, AVRational q1, AVRational q2); ++ ++/** ++ * Find the value in a list of rationals nearest a given reference rational. ++ * ++ * @param q Reference rational ++ * @param q_list Array of rationals terminated by `{0, 0}` ++ * @return Index of the nearest value found in the array ++ */ ++int av_find_nearest_q_idx(AVRational q, const AVRational* q_list); ++ ++/** ++ * Convert an AVRational to a IEEE 32-bit `float` expressed in fixed-point ++ * format. ++ * ++ * @param q Rational to be converted ++ * @return Equivalent floating-point value, expressed as an unsigned 32-bit ++ * integer. ++ * @note The returned value is platform-indepedant. ++ */ ++uint32_t av_q2intfloat(AVRational q); ++ ++/** ++ * Return the best rational so that a and b are multiple of it. ++ * If the resulting denominator is larger than max_den, return def. ++ */ ++AVRational av_gcd_q(AVRational a, AVRational b, int max_den, AVRational def); ++ ++/** ++ * @} ++ */ ++ ++#endif /* AVUTIL_RATIONAL_H */ +diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavutil/samplefmt.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavutil/samplefmt.h +new file mode 100644 +--- /dev/null ++++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavutil/samplefmt.h +@@ -0,0 +1,276 @@ ++/* ++ * This file is part of FFmpeg. ++ * ++ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or ++ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public ++ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either ++ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. ++ * ++ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ++ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ++ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ++ * Lesser General Public License for more details. ++ * ++ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public ++ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software ++ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA ++ */ ++ ++#ifndef AVUTIL_SAMPLEFMT_H ++#define AVUTIL_SAMPLEFMT_H ++ ++#include <stdint.h> ++ ++#include "avutil.h" ++#include "attributes.h" ++ ++/** ++ * @addtogroup lavu_audio ++ * @{ ++ * ++ * @defgroup lavu_sampfmts Audio sample formats ++ * ++ * Audio sample format enumeration and related convenience functions. ++ * @{ ++ */ ++ ++/** ++ * Audio sample formats ++ * ++ * - The data described by the sample format is always in native-endian order. ++ * Sample values can be expressed by native C types, hence the lack of a ++ * signed 24-bit sample format even though it is a common raw audio data format. ++ * ++ * - The floating-point formats are based on full volume being in the range ++ * [-1.0, 1.0]. Any values outside this range are beyond full volume level. ++ * ++ * - The data layout as used in av_samples_fill_arrays() and elsewhere in FFmpeg ++ * (such as AVFrame in libavcodec) is as follows: ++ * ++ * @par ++ * For planar sample formats, each audio channel is in a separate data plane, ++ * and linesize is the buffer size, in bytes, for a single plane. All data ++ * planes must be the same size. For packed sample formats, only the first data ++ * plane is used, and samples for each channel are interleaved. In this case, ++ * linesize is the buffer size, in bytes, for the 1 plane. ++ * ++ */ ++enum AVSampleFormat { ++ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE = -1, ++ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_U8, ///< unsigned 8 bits ++ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16, ///< signed 16 bits ++ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S32, ///< signed 32 bits ++ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLT, ///< float ++ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_DBL, ///< double ++ ++ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_U8P, ///< unsigned 8 bits, planar ++ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S16P, ///< signed 16 bits, planar ++ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S32P, ///< signed 32 bits, planar ++ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_FLTP, ///< float, planar ++ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_DBLP, ///< double, planar ++ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S64, ///< signed 64 bits ++ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_S64P, ///< signed 64 bits, planar ++ ++ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NB ///< Number of sample formats. DO NOT USE if linking ++ ///< dynamically ++}; ++ ++/** ++ * Return the name of sample_fmt, or NULL if sample_fmt is not ++ * recognized. ++ */ ++const char* av_get_sample_fmt_name(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); ++ ++/** ++ * Return a sample format corresponding to name, or AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE ++ * on error. ++ */ ++enum AVSampleFormat av_get_sample_fmt(const char* name); ++ ++/** ++ * Return the planar<->packed alternative form of the given sample format, or ++ * AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE on error. If the passed sample_fmt is already in the ++ * requested planar/packed format, the format returned is the same as the ++ * input. ++ */ ++enum AVSampleFormat av_get_alt_sample_fmt(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, ++ int planar); ++ ++/** ++ * Get the packed alternative form of the given sample format. ++ * ++ * If the passed sample_fmt is already in packed format, the format returned is ++ * the same as the input. ++ * ++ * @return the packed alternative form of the given sample format or ++ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE on error. ++ */ ++enum AVSampleFormat av_get_packed_sample_fmt(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); ++ ++/** ++ * Get the planar alternative form of the given sample format. ++ * ++ * If the passed sample_fmt is already in planar format, the format returned is ++ * the same as the input. ++ * ++ * @return the planar alternative form of the given sample format or ++ AV_SAMPLE_FMT_NONE on error. ++ */ ++enum AVSampleFormat av_get_planar_sample_fmt(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); ++ ++/** ++ * Generate a string corresponding to the sample format with ++ * sample_fmt, or a header if sample_fmt is negative. ++ * ++ * @param buf the buffer where to write the string ++ * @param buf_size the size of buf ++ * @param sample_fmt the number of the sample format to print the ++ * corresponding info string, or a negative value to print the ++ * corresponding header. ++ * @return the pointer to the filled buffer or NULL if sample_fmt is ++ * unknown or in case of other errors ++ */ ++char* av_get_sample_fmt_string(char* buf, int buf_size, ++ enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); ++ ++/** ++ * Return number of bytes per sample. ++ * ++ * @param sample_fmt the sample format ++ * @return number of bytes per sample or zero if unknown for the given ++ * sample format ++ */ ++int av_get_bytes_per_sample(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); ++ ++/** ++ * Check if the sample format is planar. ++ * ++ * @param sample_fmt the sample format to inspect ++ * @return 1 if the sample format is planar, 0 if it is interleaved ++ */ ++int av_sample_fmt_is_planar(enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); ++ ++/** ++ * Get the required buffer size for the given audio parameters. ++ * ++ * @param[out] linesize calculated linesize, may be NULL ++ * @param nb_channels the number of channels ++ * @param nb_samples the number of samples in a single channel ++ * @param sample_fmt the sample format ++ * @param align buffer size alignment (0 = default, 1 = no alignment) ++ * @return required buffer size, or negative error code on failure ++ */ ++int av_samples_get_buffer_size(int* linesize, int nb_channels, int nb_samples, ++ enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align); ++ ++/** ++ * @} ++ * ++ * @defgroup lavu_sampmanip Samples manipulation ++ * ++ * Functions that manipulate audio samples ++ * @{ ++ */ ++ ++/** ++ * Fill plane data pointers and linesize for samples with sample ++ * format sample_fmt. ++ * ++ * The audio_data array is filled with the pointers to the samples data planes: ++ * for planar, set the start point of each channel's data within the buffer, ++ * for packed, set the start point of the entire buffer only. ++ * ++ * The value pointed to by linesize is set to the aligned size of each ++ * channel's data buffer for planar layout, or to the aligned size of the ++ * buffer for all channels for packed layout. ++ * ++ * The buffer in buf must be big enough to contain all the samples ++ * (use av_samples_get_buffer_size() to compute its minimum size), ++ * otherwise the audio_data pointers will point to invalid data. ++ * ++ * @see enum AVSampleFormat ++ * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout. ++ * ++ * @param[out] audio_data array to be filled with the pointer for each channel ++ * @param[out] linesize calculated linesize, may be NULL ++ * @param buf the pointer to a buffer containing the samples ++ * @param nb_channels the number of channels ++ * @param nb_samples the number of samples in a single channel ++ * @param sample_fmt the sample format ++ * @param align buffer size alignment (0 = default, 1 = no alignment) ++ * @return minimum size in bytes required for the buffer on ++ * success, or a negative error code on failure ++ */ ++int av_samples_fill_arrays(uint8_t** audio_data, int* linesize, ++ const uint8_t* buf, int nb_channels, int nb_samples, ++ enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align); ++ ++/** ++ * Allocate a samples buffer for nb_samples samples, and fill data pointers and ++ * linesize accordingly. ++ * The allocated samples buffer can be freed by using av_freep(&audio_data[0]) ++ * Allocated data will be initialized to silence. ++ * ++ * @see enum AVSampleFormat ++ * The documentation for AVSampleFormat describes the data layout. ++ * ++ * @param[out] audio_data array to be filled with the pointer for each channel ++ * @param[out] linesize aligned size for audio buffer(s), may be NULL ++ * @param nb_channels number of audio channels ++ * @param nb_samples number of samples per channel ++ * @param align buffer size alignment (0 = default, 1 = no alignment) ++ * @return >=0 on success or a negative error code on failure ++ * @todo return the size of the allocated buffer in case of success at the next ++ * bump ++ * @see av_samples_fill_arrays() ++ * @see av_samples_alloc_array_and_samples() ++ */ ++int av_samples_alloc(uint8_t** audio_data, int* linesize, int nb_channels, ++ int nb_samples, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, int align); ++ ++/** ++ * Allocate a data pointers array, samples buffer for nb_samples ++ * samples, and fill data pointers and linesize accordingly. ++ * ++ * This is the same as av_samples_alloc(), but also allocates the data ++ * pointers array. ++ * ++ * @see av_samples_alloc() ++ */ ++int av_samples_alloc_array_and_samples(uint8_t*** audio_data, int* linesize, ++ int nb_channels, int nb_samples, ++ enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt, ++ int align); ++ ++/** ++ * Copy samples from src to dst. ++ * ++ * @param dst destination array of pointers to data planes ++ * @param src source array of pointers to data planes ++ * @param dst_offset offset in samples at which the data will be written to dst ++ * @param src_offset offset in samples at which the data will be read from src ++ * @param nb_samples number of samples to be copied ++ * @param nb_channels number of audio channels ++ * @param sample_fmt audio sample format ++ */ ++int av_samples_copy(uint8_t** dst, uint8_t* const* src, int dst_offset, ++ int src_offset, int nb_samples, int nb_channels, ++ enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); ++ ++/** ++ * Fill an audio buffer with silence. ++ * ++ * @param audio_data array of pointers to data planes ++ * @param offset offset in samples at which to start filling ++ * @param nb_samples number of samples to fill ++ * @param nb_channels number of audio channels ++ * @param sample_fmt audio sample format ++ */ ++int av_samples_set_silence(uint8_t** audio_data, int offset, int nb_samples, ++ int nb_channels, enum AVSampleFormat sample_fmt); ++ ++/** ++ * @} ++ * @} ++ */ ++#endif /* AVUTIL_SAMPLEFMT_H */ +diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavutil/version.h b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavutil/version.h +new file mode 100644 +--- /dev/null ++++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/include/libavutil/version.h +@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@ ++/* ++ * copyright (c) 2003 Fabrice Bellard ++ * ++ * This file is part of FFmpeg. ++ * ++ * FFmpeg is free software; you can redistribute it and/or ++ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public ++ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either ++ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. ++ * ++ * FFmpeg is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, ++ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of ++ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU ++ * Lesser General Public License for more details. ++ * ++ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public ++ * License along with FFmpeg; if not, write to the Free Software ++ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA ++ */ ++ ++/** ++ * @file ++ * @ingroup lavu ++ * Libavutil version macros ++ */ ++ ++#ifndef AVUTIL_VERSION_H ++#define AVUTIL_VERSION_H ++ ++#include "macros.h" ++ ++/** ++ * @addtogroup version_utils ++ * ++ * Useful to check and match library version in order to maintain ++ * backward compatibility. ++ * ++ * The FFmpeg libraries follow a versioning sheme very similar to ++ * Semantic Versioning (http://semver.org/) ++ * The difference is that the component called PATCH is called MICRO in FFmpeg ++ * and its value is reset to 100 instead of 0 to keep it above or equal to 100. ++ * Also we do not increase MICRO for every bugfix or change in git master. ++ * ++ * Prior to FFmpeg 3.2 point releases did not change any lib version number to ++ * avoid aliassing different git master checkouts. ++ * Starting with FFmpeg 3.2, the released library versions will occupy ++ * a separate MAJOR.MINOR that is not used on the master development branch. ++ * That is if we branch a release of master 55.10.123 we will bump to 55.11.100 ++ * for the release and master will continue at 55.12.100 after it. Each new ++ * point release will then bump the MICRO improving the usefulness of the lib ++ * versions. ++ * ++ * @{ ++ */ ++ ++#define AV_VERSION_INT(a, b, c) ((a) << 16 | (b) << 8 | (c)) ++#define AV_VERSION_DOT(a, b, c) a##.##b##.##c ++#define AV_VERSION(a, b, c) AV_VERSION_DOT(a, b, c) ++ ++/** ++ * Extract version components from the full ::AV_VERSION_INT int as returned ++ * by functions like ::avformat_version() and ::avcodec_version() ++ */ ++#define AV_VERSION_MAJOR(a) ((a) >> 16) ++#define AV_VERSION_MINOR(a) (((a)&0x00FF00) >> 8) ++#define AV_VERSION_MICRO(a) ((a)&0xFF) ++ ++/** ++ * @} ++ */ ++ ++/** ++ * @defgroup lavu_ver Version and Build diagnostics ++ * ++ * Macros and function useful to check at compiletime and at runtime ++ * which version of libavutil is in use. ++ * ++ * @{ ++ */ ++ ++#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR 57 ++#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MINOR 17 ++#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MICRO 100 ++ ++#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT \ ++ AV_VERSION_INT(LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR, LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MINOR, \ ++ LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MICRO) ++#define LIBAVUTIL_VERSION \ ++ AV_VERSION(LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR, LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MINOR, \ ++ LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MICRO) ++#define LIBAVUTIL_BUILD LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_INT ++ ++#define LIBAVUTIL_IDENT "Lavu" AV_STRINGIFY(LIBAVUTIL_VERSION) ++ ++/** ++ * @defgroup lavu_depr_guards Deprecation Guards ++ * FF_API_* defines may be placed below to indicate public API that will be ++ * dropped at a future version bump. The defines themselves are not part of ++ * the public API and may change, break or disappear at any time. ++ * ++ * @note, when bumping the major version it is recommended to manually ++ * disable each FF_API_* in its own commit instead of disabling them all ++ * at once through the bump. This improves the git bisect-ability of the change. ++ * ++ * @{ ++ */ ++ ++#define FF_API_D2STR (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) ++#define FF_API_DECLARE_ALIGNED (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) ++#define FF_API_COLORSPACE_NAME (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) ++#define FF_API_AV_MALLOCZ_ARRAY (LIBAVUTIL_VERSION_MAJOR < 58) ++ ++/** ++ * @} ++ * @} ++ */ ++ ++#endif /* AVUTIL_VERSION_H */ +diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/moz.build b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/moz.build +new file mode 100644 +--- /dev/null ++++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/ffmpeg59/moz.build +@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ ++# -*- Mode: python; indent-tabs-mode: nil; tab-width: 40 -*- ++# vim: set filetype=python: ++# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public ++# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this ++# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. ++ ++UNIFIED_SOURCES += [ ++ '../FFmpegAudioDecoder.cpp', ++ '../FFmpegDataDecoder.cpp', ++ '../FFmpegDecoderModule.cpp', ++ '../FFmpegVideoDecoder.cpp', ++] ++LOCAL_INCLUDES += [ ++ '..', ++ '/media/mozva', ++ 'include', ++] ++ ++if CONFIG['CC_TYPE'] in ('clang', 'gcc'): ++ CXXFLAGS += [ '-Wno-deprecated-declarations' ] ++if CONFIG['CC_TYPE'] == 'clang': ++ CXXFLAGS += [ ++ '-Wno-unknown-attributes', ++ ] ++if CONFIG['CC_TYPE'] == 'gcc': ++ CXXFLAGS += [ ++ '-Wno-attributes', ++ ] ++if CONFIG['MOZ_WAYLAND']: ++ CXXFLAGS += CONFIG['MOZ_GTK3_CFLAGS'] ++ DEFINES['MOZ_WAYLAND_USE_VAAPI'] = 1 ++ USE_LIBS += ['mozva'] ++ ++include("/ipc/chromium/chromium-config.mozbuild") ++ ++FINAL_LIBRARY = 'xul' +diff --git a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/moz.build b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/moz.build +--- a/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/moz.build ++++ b/dom/media/platforms/ffmpeg/moz.build +@@ -14,6 +14,7 @@ + "libav55", + "ffmpeg57", + "ffmpeg58", ++ "ffmpeg59", + ] + + UNIFIED_SOURCES += [ + |